Hallucination Detection Results

drop_break

Judge Type: context_based | Modes: cot, hot

400 questions 57 with issues ▼

COT

HOT

Questions Analyzed

200

With Issues

14.5% of questions

Total Issues Found

0.16 per question

Issue Type Distribution

contradiction: 19missing_context: 15

Question Analysis

Question #nfl_1136_b5812c99-494b-4730-a7b2-cca7bff83c91

Clean

Full Question

Looking to avoid back-to-back divisional losses, the Patriots traveled to Miami to face the 6-4 Dolphins at Dolphin Stadium. After Carpenter's kickoff was returned from the 29-yard line by Matthew Slater, the Patriots began their first possession at their own 40-yard line. Cassel's first two passes were both completed for first downs, putting the Patriots in Dolphins territory and eventually their red zone. However, a holding penalty on Neal pushed the Patriots back 10 yards, forcing a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal four plays later that gave the Patriots a 3-0 lead. Following a Dolphins three-and-out, the Patriots' second drive ended when a Cassel pass to Moss was bobbled by both Moss and cornerback Jason Allen to keep the ball in the air until Renaldo Hill intercepted it; a 17-yard return gave the Dolphins the ball at the Patriots' 42-yard line. On the next play, a 29-yard David Martin reception moved the Dolphins into the Patriots' red zone, where the Dolphins used their "Wildcat" formation on the next two plays. A Tedy Bruschi unnecessary roughness penalty on the second Ronnie Brown run set up a first-and-goal, where Camarillo caught a 3-yard pass from Pennington for a touchdown, giving the Dolphins a 7-3 lead. The Patriots responded with a 12-play, 74-yard drive that ended on the first play of the second quarter, an 8-yard touchdown scramble by Cassel to give the Patriots the lead again, 10-7. The Dolphins' next drive went three-and-out despite two more plays using the "Wildcat" formation, giving the Patriots the ball at their own 41-yard line. On a 1-yard Morris run from the Dolphins' 28-yard line, linebacker Matt Roth forced a fumble during the tackle; the ball was recovered by Dolphins cornerback André Goodman at the Dolphins' 28-yard line. The Dolphins took advantage of the turnover, going 72 yards on 12 plays and re-taking the lead at 14-10 on a 7-yard Pennington touchdown scramble. Carpenter's ensuing kickoff was returned by Slater from the Patriots' 24-yard line, setting up the Patriots' next drive to begin from their own 37-yard line. Six plays later, Cassel completed a 25-yard touchdown pass to Moss that gave the Patriots the lead again, 17-14. After an exchange of three-and-outs, the Dolphins began their final drive of the half with 39 seconds remaining and moved into Patriots territory. However, a false start on wide receiver Ted Ginn, Jr. followed by a Vrabel sack of Pennington ended the first half. Due to their deferral of the opening kickoff, the Dolphins elected to receive the opening kickoff of the second half. A 46-yard Pennington pass to Ginn on the first play moved the Dolphins to the Patriots' 36-yard line; six plays later, Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer on a 2-yard touchdown catch that gave the Dolphins the lead again at 21-17. The Patriots responded by going 78 yards on 11 plays, re-taking the lead yet again on the second Moss touchdown catch of the day; the 8-yard grab put the Patriots ahead 24-21. The Dolphins' next drive got as far as the Patriots' 27-yard line, but an offensive holding penalty, incomplete pass, and sack forced the Dolphins to punt from the Patriots' 42-yard line. Two plays later, Cassel completed a pass to Welker across the middle; the wide receiver ran along the sideline after the catch to pick up 64 yards on the play. After an incomplete pass to Moss, a 21-yard Faulk touchdown run extended the Patriots' lead to 31-21 on the final play of the third quarter. Four plays into the Dolphins' ensuing drive, on 3rd-and-3, Pennington hit wide receiver Davone Bess for a 36-yard gain to put the Dolphins in the Patriots' red zone. On the next play, a diving Ricky Williams 13-yard touchdown catch cut the Patriots' lead to 31-28. Facing a 3rd-and-10 from their own 42-yard line during their next drive, the Patriots moved into Dolphins territory on a 23-yard Gaffney catch. Two plays later, Cassel and Moss connected for their third touchdown pass of the day, this one from 29 yards out, to give the Patriots a 38-28 lead. On the next play, Meriweather intercepted a Pennington pass and returned it 19 yards to the Dolphins' 18-yard line. However, safety Yeremiah Bell sacked Cassel on 3rd-and-2 to set up a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal that extended the Patriots lead to 41-28 with just over seven minutes remaining in the game. Starting from their own 1-yard after a Ginn kick return for a loss and a holding penalty, the Dolphins moved the ball as far as their 44-yard line on 10 plays, but could not successfully convert on fourth down to turn the ball back over to the Patriots. The Patriots, with just four minutes remaining in the game, exclusively ran Green-Ellis running plays on their ensuing possession, moving into the Dolphins' red zone on back-to-back unnecessary roughness and unsportsmanlike conduct penalties by Porter. On the six play of the drive, a fourth down, Green-Ellis ran for a 1-yard touchdown to give the Patriots a 48-28 lead. Down by 20 points, the Dolphins ran one play in the remaining 37 seconds to end the game and improve the Patriots' record to 7-4. The Patriots' 530 net yards of offense were the second highest output in team history, behind the Patriots' 597 yards in 1979. Cassel's 415 passing yards made him the second quarterback in Patriots history to throw for at least 400 yards in two or more games; Drew Bledsoe had four 400+ yard passing games in his Patriots career. How many points ahead were the Dolphins after Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Locate the relevant information:** The question asks about the score after Pennington's touchdown pass to Casey Cramer. The passage states, "...Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer on a 2-yard touchdown catch that gave the Dolphins the lead again at 21-17." 2. **Determine the point difference:** The score was 21-17 in favor of the Dolphins. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 21 (Dolphins) - 17 (Patriots) = 4 Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the score after the specified event (Dolphins leading 21-17) and accurately calculates the point difference (4 points).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1136_9ab4f12e-7526-44e9-ad98-11cd2d79e381

Clean

Full Question

Looking to avoid back-to-back divisional losses, the Patriots traveled to Miami to face the 6-4 Dolphins at Dolphin Stadium. After Carpenter's kickoff was returned from the 29-yard line by Matthew Slater, the Patriots began their first possession at their own 40-yard line. Cassel's first two passes were both completed for first downs, putting the Patriots in Dolphins territory and eventually their red zone. However, a holding penalty on Neal pushed the Patriots back 10 yards, forcing a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal four plays later that gave the Patriots a 3-0 lead. Following a Dolphins three-and-out, the Patriots' second drive ended when a Cassel pass to Moss was bobbled by both Moss and cornerback Jason Allen to keep the ball in the air until Renaldo Hill intercepted it; a 17-yard return gave the Dolphins the ball at the Patriots' 42-yard line. On the next play, a 29-yard David Martin reception moved the Dolphins into the Patriots' red zone, where the Dolphins used their "Wildcat" formation on the next two plays. A Tedy Bruschi unnecessary roughness penalty on the second Ronnie Brown run set up a first-and-goal, where Camarillo caught a 3-yard pass from Pennington for a touchdown, giving the Dolphins a 7-3 lead. The Patriots responded with a 12-play, 74-yard drive that ended on the first play of the second quarter, an 8-yard touchdown scramble by Cassel to give the Patriots the lead again, 10-7. The Dolphins' next drive went three-and-out despite two more plays using the "Wildcat" formation, giving the Patriots the ball at their own 41-yard line. On a 1-yard Morris run from the Dolphins' 28-yard line, linebacker Matt Roth forced a fumble during the tackle; the ball was recovered by Dolphins cornerback André Goodman at the Dolphins' 28-yard line. The Dolphins took advantage of the turnover, going 72 yards on 12 plays and re-taking the lead at 14-10 on a 7-yard Pennington touchdown scramble. Carpenter's ensuing kickoff was returned by Slater from the Patriots' 24-yard line, setting up the Patriots' next drive to begin from their own 37-yard line. Six plays later, Cassel completed a 25-yard touchdown pass to Moss that gave the Patriots the lead again, 17-14. After an exchange of three-and-outs, the Dolphins began their final drive of the half with 39 seconds remaining and moved into Patriots territory. However, a false start on wide receiver Ted Ginn, Jr. followed by a Vrabel sack of Pennington ended the first half. Due to their deferral of the opening kickoff, the Dolphins elected to receive the opening kickoff of the second half. A 46-yard Pennington pass to Ginn on the first play moved the Dolphins to the Patriots' 36-yard line; six plays later, Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer on a 2-yard touchdown catch that gave the Dolphins the lead again at 21-17. The Patriots responded by going 78 yards on 11 plays, re-taking the lead yet again on the second Moss touchdown catch of the day; the 8-yard grab put the Patriots ahead 24-21. The Dolphins' next drive got as far as the Patriots' 27-yard line, but an offensive holding penalty, incomplete pass, and sack forced the Dolphins to punt from the Patriots' 42-yard line. Two plays later, Cassel completed a pass to Welker across the middle; the wide receiver ran along the sideline after the catch to pick up 64 yards on the play. After an incomplete pass to Moss, a 21-yard Faulk touchdown run extended the Patriots' lead to 31-21 on the final play of the third quarter. Four plays into the Dolphins' ensuing drive, on 3rd-and-3, Pennington hit wide receiver Davone Bess for a 36-yard gain to put the Dolphins in the Patriots' red zone. On the next play, a diving Ricky Williams 13-yard touchdown catch cut the Patriots' lead to 31-28. Facing a 3rd-and-10 from their own 42-yard line during their next drive, the Patriots moved into Dolphins territory on a 23-yard Gaffney catch. Two plays later, Cassel and Moss connected for their third touchdown pass of the day, this one from 29 yards out, to give the Patriots a 38-28 lead. On the next play, Meriweather intercepted a Pennington pass and returned it 19 yards to the Dolphins' 18-yard line. However, safety Yeremiah Bell sacked Cassel on 3rd-and-2 to set up a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal that extended the Patriots lead to 41-28 with just over seven minutes remaining in the game. Starting from their own 1-yard after a Ginn kick return for a loss and a holding penalty, the Dolphins moved the ball as far as their 44-yard line on 10 plays, but could not successfully convert on fourth down to turn the ball back over to the Patriots. The Patriots, with just four minutes remaining in the game, exclusively ran Green-Ellis running plays on their ensuing possession, moving into the Dolphins' red zone on back-to-back unnecessary roughness and unsportsmanlike conduct penalties by Porter. On the six play of the drive, a fourth down, Green-Ellis ran for a 1-yard touchdown to give the Patriots a 48-28 lead. Down by 20 points, the Dolphins ran one play in the remaining 37 seconds to end the game and improve the Patriots' record to 7-4. The Patriots' 530 net yards of offense were the second highest output in team history, behind the Patriots' 597 yards in 1979. Cassel's 415 passing yards made him the second quarterback in Patriots history to throw for at least 400 yards in two or more games; Drew Bledsoe had four 400+ yard passing games in his Patriots career. How many more yards did the Patriots have in 1979 than this game?

Ground Truth Answer

[['67', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Patriots had 530 net yards of offense in this game, and that this was the second highest output in team history, behind the Patriots' 597 yards in 1979. Therefore, the difference is 597 - 530 = 67 yards. Answer: {67}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two necessary yardage figures from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1136_a16fc6ad-fb3d-4b4e-8da0-d87e49b6c17a

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify scoring plays in the first half:** The passage details the following scoring plays in the first half: * Patriots field goal: 3 points * Dolphins touchdown: 7 points * Patriots touchdown: 7 points (making the score 10-7) * Dolphins touchdown: 7 points (making the score 14-10) * Patriots touchdown: 7 points (making the score 17-14) 2. **Determine the halftime score:** The last scoring play of the first half resulted in the Patriots leading 17-14. 3. **Calculate the difference:** The Patriots were winning by 3 points (17-14). Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all scoring plays occurring before the end of the first half and accurately calculates the halftime lead based on the context provided.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1136_7361d127-759d-484a-99e9-0eea91ce5cae

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['20', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Patriots won the game with a final score of 48-28. Therefore, the Dolphins lost by 48 - 28 = 20 points. Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the final score (48-28) from the text and calculates the difference to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1596_ef82d962-7ffe-481a-b51d-63e60bbf2c2c

Clean

Full Question

In the second meeting of the year with the Washington Redskins, the Eagles tried an onside kick to start the game. This backfired when the Redskins running back Quinton Ganther recovered the kick and returned it 25 yards to the Eagles 24-yard line. Four plays later, Redskins quarterback Jason Campbell ran for a two-yard touchdown to score the game's first touchdown, as the Redskins took the lead 7-0. After a holding penalty on Eagles tight end Brent Celek, the Eagles had to settle for a 29-yard field goal by kicker David Akers. On the following drive by the Eagles, quarterback Donovan McNabb found wide receiver DeSean Jackson wide open in the end zone for a 35-yard touchdown to bring the Eagles up 10-7. On the ensuing drive by the Redskins, Campbell threw a 4-yard touchdown pass to Santana Moss to take the lead 14-10. Late in the second quarter, after both teams punting the ball away after three unsuccessful drives, Eagles cornerback Asante Samuel intercepted a Jason Campbell pass that was intended for Santana Moss. The Eagles could not convert a third down with 10 to go, and David Akers kicked a 24-yard field goal to get the Eagles within a point of the Redskins, 14-13. The Redskins received the ball again and Campbell threw a second straight interception to Samuel, who returned it for 17 yards. The Eagles ended the first half with a second straight field goal to take the lead 16-14. The Eagles got the ball to start the second half, but the drive ended with a Sav Rocca punt. Jason Campbell threw a 10-yard touchdown to tight end Fred Davis to take the lead once again, 21-16. After two straight punts for each team, the Eagles got the ball back in the fourth quarter and Donovan McNabb threw an intended pass to Reggie Brown, but the pass was intercepted by Redskins cornerback Justin Tryon. The Redskins scored on a 25-yard field goal by Shaun Suisham, to increase their lead 24-16. The Eagles started their drive on their own 10-yard line after a penalty on the kick return by Dimitri Patterson. The Eagles went 90 yards to score on an Eldra Buckley one-yard touchdown run. Since they were losing by two points, the Eagles decided to go for a two-point conversion. The two-point conversion was successful after rookie running back LeSean McCoy ran in the end zone on a shovel pass from McNabb. The score was tied, 24-24. The Redskins could not score on the next drive, and therefore had to punt to the Eagles. The Eagles scored on a 32-yard field goal by David Akers to take the lead, 27-24. The Eagles got the ball back on downs, and kneeled the ball to run out the clock and win 27-24. How many of the touchdowns were running plays?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the number of running touchdowns: 1. **Jason Campbell's touchdown:** The passage states, "...Jason Campbell *ran* for a two-yard touchdown...". This is one rushing touchdown. 2. **DeSean Jackson's touchdown:** This was a 35-yard touchdown *pass* from McNabb. 3. **Santana Moss's touchdown:** This was a 4-yard touchdown *pass* from Campbell. 4. **Fred Davis's touchdown:** This was a 10-yard touchdown *pass* from Campbell. 5. **Eldra Buckley's touchdown:** The passage says, "...Eldra Buckley one-yard touchdown *run*." This is another rushing touchdown. 6. **LeSean McCoy's two-point conversion:** While McCoy ran the ball into the endzone, this was a two-point conversion, not a touchdown. Therefore, there were two touchdowns that were running plays. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all touchdowns mentioned in the text and accurately classifies them as running or passing plays based on the provided context, leading to the correct final count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1596_4f16edca-fe01-4ae8-9092-523548d8d1c4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['25', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states, "the Redskins running back Quinton Ganther recovered the kick and returned it 25 yards to the Eagles 24-yard line." This tells us directly how many yards Ganther returned. Answer: {25}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies and quotes the exact information needed to answer the question directly from the source text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_829385ee-9fe0-4663-a9dd-38dd57812ad0

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many yards longer was Jay Cutler's longest touchdown pass than Brett Favre's longest touchdown pass?

Ground Truth Answer

[['33', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the solution: 1. **Find Cutler's longest TD pass:** The passage mentions Cutler's TD passes of 7 yards, 2 yards, 20 yards, and 39 yards. The longest is 39 yards. 2. **Find Favre's longest TD pass:** The passage mentions Favre's TD passes of 6 yards and 6 yards. The longest is 6 yards. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 39 yards - 6 yards = 33 yards. Answer: {33}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all relevant touchdown pass lengths for both quarterbacks mentioned in the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_12d7ab9f-8547-4fe1-94f6-610d9a468769

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many yards longer was Robbie Gould's longest field goal than Ryan Longwell's longest field goal?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Find Robbie Gould's longest field goal:** The passage mentions Gould making field goals from 22, 42, and 41 yards. The longest is 42 yards. 2. **Find Ryan Longwell's longest field goal:** The passage mentions Longwell making a 41-yard field goal. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 42 yards - 41 yards = 1 yard. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the longest field goals for both kickers based on the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_78217f0c-768b-4b40-a692-35fbe7f46826

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many more total yards of field goals did Robbie Gould make than Ryan Longwell?

Ground Truth Answer

[['64', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify Gould's field goals:** Gould made field goals from 22 yards, 42 yards, and 41 yards. 2. **Calculate Gould's total field goal yards:** 22 + 42 + 41 = 105 yards. 3. **Identify Longwell's field goals:** Longwell made a field goal from 41 yards. 4. **Calculate the difference:** 105 - 41 = 64 yards. Answer: {64}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all relevant field goal distances for both kickers from the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_9e09713a-318b-421e-964e-cc96ccc1d0bc

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many more total touchdown passing yards did Jay Cutler make than Brett Favre?

Ground Truth Answer

[['56', 1], ['33', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to break down the touchdown passes and yardage for each quarterback: **Jay Cutler:** * 7-yard TD pass to Greg Olsen * 2-yard TD pass to Desmond Clark * 20-yard TD pass to Earl Bennett * 39-yard TD pass to Devin Aromashodu * **Total:** 7 + 2 + 20 + 39 = 68 yards **Brett Favre:** * 6-yard TD pass to Visanthe Shiancoe * 6-yard TD pass to Sidney Rice * **Total:** 6 + 6 = 12 yards **Difference:** * Cutler's total yardage - Favre's total yardage = 68 - 12 = 56 yards Answer: {56}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain accurately extracts the yardage for all touchdown passes thrown by Jay Cutler and Brett Favre based on the provided text and correctly calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_30e30004-e6d0-4fa4-919d-6e5d3633221c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['37', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the solution: 1. **Identify Cutler's touchdown passes:** The passage mentions Cutler throwing touchdown passes of 7 yards, 2 yards, 20 yards, and 39 yards. 2. **Find the longest and shortest:** The longest is 39 yards and the shortest is 2 yards. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 39 - 2 = 37 yards. Answer: {37}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all of Jay Cutler's touchdown passes mentioned in the text and accurately calculates the difference between the longest and shortest ones.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_c75f94d2-a8ba-4cde-9266-30009b4230de

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['37', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the solution: 1. **Identify Cutler's touchdown passes:** The passage mentions Cutler throwing touchdown passes of 7 yards, 2 yards, 20 yards, and 39 yards. 2. **Find the longest and shortest:** The longest pass was 39 yards, and the shortest was 2 yards. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 39 yards - 2 yards = 37 yards. Answer: {37}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all of Jay Cutler's touchdown passes mentioned in the text, finds the longest and shortest, and accurately calculates the difference based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_ec49e997-8c47-410e-9b94-ec59017f9d9a

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many points did the Pacers win game 7 against the Celtics by?

Ground Truth Answer

[['27', 1]]

Generated Answer

The question asks about the point difference in a Pacers-Celtics game. However, the passage discusses a game between the Vikings and the Bears. There is no information about the Pacers and Celtics. Therefore, the question cannot be answered from the given text. Answer: {Cannot be answered from the given text}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies that the question asks about a Pacers-Celtics game, which is entirely outside the scope of the provided text detailing a Vikings-Bears game, leading to the correct conclusion that the question cannot be answered.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_3af25fa0-812b-4ff1-a1b2-74fc33606643

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['68', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to calculate Jay Cutler's total touchdown passing yards: 1. **Identify Cutler's touchdown passes:** The passage mentions four touchdown passes by Cutler: * 7-yard pass to Greg Olsen * 2-yard pass to Desmond Clark * 20-yard pass to Earl Bennett * 39-yard pass to Devin Aromashodu 2. **Sum the yardage:** 7 + 2 + 20 + 39 = 68 yards Answer: {68}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all four of Jay Cutler's touchdown passes mentioned in the text and accurately sums their yardage to arrive at the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_e48db11c-c0cd-4a24-8390-63bd3d33c813

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3], ['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify Gould's field goals:** The passage mentions three field goals made by Robbie Gould: 22 yards, 42 yards, and 41 yards. 2. **Count the field goals of at least 40 yards:** Out of the three field goals, two are 40 yards or longer (42 yards and 41 yards). Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all field goals made by Gould and accurately counts those that meet the 40-yard minimum requirement based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_c3848932-475e-4212-af62-f695bcbded61

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['68', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to calculate the total yards of Cutler's touchdown passes: 1. **TD pass to Greg Olsen:** 7 yards 2. **TD pass to Desmond Clark:** 2 yards 3. **TD pass to Earl Bennett:** 20 yards 4. **TD pass to Devin Aromashodu:** 39 yards Total: 7 + 2 + 20 + 39 = 68 yards Answer: {68}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all four touchdown passes thrown by Cutler and uses the correct yardage for three of them (7, 20, 39). The yardage listed for the TD pass to Desmond Clark is 2 yards, which matches the source text ('Cutler's 2-yard TD pass'). Therefore, all components used for the sum are factually correct based on the source text. The initial assessment of a contradiction was based on a misreading of the reasoning chain's step 2. Since all steps are factually supported by the text, there are no hallucinations based on contradiction or missing context.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction low

Statement

2 yards

Explanation

The reasoning chain incorrectly states the yardage for the TD pass to Desmond Clark as 2 yards, but the context states it was a 2-yard TD pass, which is correct. However, the reasoning chain lists the yardage for the TD pass to Desmond Clark as 2 yards, which is correct based on the text: 'The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark.' Wait, re-reading the reasoning chain, it lists the yardage as 2 yards, which matches the source text. Let me re-evaluate the entire chain against the source text for Cutler's TD passes.

Answer Span:

2 yards

Reference/Question Span:

Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark

Question #nfl_1516_8511edf7-f222-469d-b5bf-e7cb4158c21c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['13', 1]]

Generated Answer

The question asks about the Pacers' playoff games, but the passage discusses a game between the Vikings and the Bears. There is no mention of the Pacers in the provided text. Therefore, we cannot answer the question with the given information. Answer: {}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies that the question asks about the Pacers, but the context only discusses a Vikings vs. Bears game, leading to the correct conclusion that the answer cannot be found.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_1e7b6670-2685-40c3-b146-1541e06a8144

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['12', 2]]

Generated Answer

Favre had two touchdown passes: a 6-yarder to Visanthe Shiancoe and a 6-yarder to Sidney Rice. 6 + 6 = 12. Answer: {12}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two touchdown passes thrown by Favre and accurately sums their yardage based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_ea45fe99-8b5f-4db1-8fd7-f8e78ac4f9e3

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** The question asks about Brett Favre's 6-yard touchdown passes. 2. **Locate the information in the text:** The passage mentions "Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe" and later "Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass". 3. **Count the instances:** The passage describes two instances of Favre throwing a 6-yard touchdown pass. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies and counts the two instances of Brett Favre throwing a 6-yard touchdown pass mentioned in the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_8b4f47b1-0224-4091-958a-ac47e1f77507

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** We need to count the number of 1-yard touchdown runs mentioned in the passage. 2. **Find the instances:** The passage mentions Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run in the third quarter and another 1-yard TD run in the fourth quarter. 3. **Count the instances:** There are two instances of a 1-yard touchdown run. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies and counts the two instances of 1-yard touchdown runs mentioned in the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_8af82d6d-0c3f-4d31-a9d0-10f51b76d4b2

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** We need to find the number of 41-yard field goals made in the game. 2. **Find the mentions of 41-yard field goals:** The passage mentions two 41-yard field goals: * Robbie Gould for the Bears in the second quarter. * Ryan Longwell for the Vikings in the fourth quarter. Therefore, two 41-yard field goals were made in the game. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two instances of 41-yard field goals mentioned in the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_9bfd2c2f-7e89-4093-a547-4982ad999651

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. how many yards did Gould nail in the first quarter?

Ground Truth Answer

[['22', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states, "In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period." Answer: {22}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant sentence in the context and extracts the yardage for Gould's first-quarter field goal.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_d7df715b-82c1-45db-a69b-2ec08557e92c

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 4]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the number of touchdowns in the first half: The passage states that only one touchdown occurred in the first half. This was a 7-yard TD pass from Cutler to Greg Olsen. The other scores in the first half were field goals. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning incorrectly concludes only one touchdown occurred in the first half, contradicting the context which details two touchdowns in the second quarter (part of the first half).

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction high

Statement

The passage states that only one touchdown occurred in the first half.

Explanation

The reasoning claims only one touchdown occurred in the first half, but the context lists two touchdowns in the second quarter (the second quarter is part of the first half).

Answer Span:

only one touchdown occurred in the first half

Reference/Question Span:

In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal.

Question #nfl_1516_921121f9-02dc-4edb-bc3f-903d9c75a310

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1], ['20', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states, "Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day". This tells us the Saints lost by 17 points. Answer: {17}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant sentence but misinterprets the score (20-17) to conclude the loss margin was 17 points, which contradicts the score provided in the text.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction high

Statement

This tells us the Saints lost by 17 points.

Explanation

The context states the Saints lost 20-17. This means Tampa Bay scored 20 and the Saints scored 17. The difference is 3 points, not 17 points.

Answer Span:

Saints lost by 17 points

Reference/Question Span:

Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17

Question #nfl_1516_772dceb5-8863-4120-b526-aa1b37f22ad3

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['68', 1], ['7', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to calculate the total yards Cutler gained through passing touchdowns: 1. **Touchdown to Greg Olsen:** 7 yards 2. **Touchdown to Desmond Clark:** 2 yards 3. **Touchdown to Earl Bennett:** 20 yards 4. **Touchdown to Devin Aromashodu:** 39 yards Total yards: 7 + 2 + 20 + 39 = 68 yards Answer: {68}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all four passing touchdowns thrown by Jay Cutler and sums their yardage based on the provided context to answer the question about the total yards Cutler increased with via passing touchdowns.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2004_bcb66440-8a81-4d5d-bba3-9a8adaf17bb0

Clean

Full Question

The Astros won the 2005 National League Division Series against the Atlanta Braves, 3-1, with a game four that set postseason records for most innings (18), most players used by a single team (23), and longest game time (5 hours and 50 minutes). Trailing by a score of 6-1, Lance Berkman hit an eighth-inning grand slam to narrow the score to 6-5. In the bottom of the ninth, catcher Brad Ausmus hit a game-tying home run that allowed the game to continue in extra innings. In the bottom of the tenth inning, Luke Scott hit a blast to left field that had home run distance, but was inches foul. This game remained scoreless for the next eight innings. In the top of the fifteenth inning, Roger Clemens made only his second career relief appearance, pitching three shutout innings, notably striking out Julio Franco, at the time the oldest player in the MLB at 47 years old; Clemens was himself 43. In the bottom of the eighteenth inning, Clemens came to bat again, indicating that he would be pitching in the nineteenth inning, if it came to that. Clemens struck out, but the next batter, Chris Burke (baseball), hit a home run to left field for the Astros win, 7-6. Oddly enough, a fan in the "Crawford Boxes" in left field had previously caught Berkmans grand slam and this same fan caught Burkes home run. The 2005 National League Championship Series featured a rematch of the 2004 National League Championship Series. The Astros lost the first game in St. Louis, but would win the next three games, with Roy Oswalt getting the win. Though the Astros were poised to close out the series in Game Five in Houston, Brad Lidge gave up a monstrous two-out three-run home run to Albert Pujols, forcing the series to a sixth game in St. Louis, where the Astros clinched a World Series appearance. Roy Oswalt was named NLCS MVP, having gone 2-0 with a 1.29 ERA in the series. Current honorary NL President William Y. Giles presented the league champion Astros with the Warren C. Giles Trophy. Warren Giles, Williams father and President of the National League from to , had awarded an MLB franchise to the city of Houston in 1960. How many years before William Y. Giles presented the league champion Astros with the Warren C. Giles Trophy did Williams father, Warren Giles, award an MLB franchise to the city of Houston?

Ground Truth Answer

[['45', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Identify the key events:** Warren Giles awarded Houston an MLB franchise in 1960. William Giles presented the Astros with the trophy in 2005. 2. **Calculate the difference:** 2005 (presentation) - 1960 (franchise award) = 45 years. Answer: {45}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two necessary dates from the context (1960 for the franchise award and 2005 for the trophy presentation) and accurately calculates the difference to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1096_25293bf7-6e8c-4362-8a37-1078142e5be1

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their tough road loss to the Patriots, the Chiefs hosted their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders. In the first quarter, Kansas City trailed early as Raiders kicker Sebastian Janikowski got a 56-yard and a 25-yard field goal. Chiefs quarterback Damon Huard suffered a neck injury in the first quarter and Tyler Thigpen substituted as quarterback for the remainder of the game. Huard was in for Kansas City's first two series, but didn't return after throwing an interception late in the second quarter. Marques Hagans, who was listed on the Chiefs' roster as a wide receiver, checked in as quarterback for several draw plays. The Chiefs announced at the end of the third quarter that Huard sustained "mild head trauma," a move deemed controversial as Huard never sought medical attention in the following days. Under Thigpen, the Chiefs' offense struggled to move the ball down the field. In using three quarterbacks, the Chiefs had only 65 net yards at halftime. Raiders RB Darren McFadden got a 19-yard TD run in the third quarter. Oakland increased its lead with Janikowski nailing a 40-yard field goal in the fourth quarter. The Chiefs would respond with rookie QB Tyler Thigpen completing a 2-yard TD pass to TE Tony Gonzalez, Kansas City executed a two-point conversion pass to rookie FB Mike Cox to make them within 8 points with just over five minutes remaining. The Chiefs' two-point conversion was the team's first in two years. Kansas City lost its opportunity to tie the game as the Raiders pulled away with RB Michael Bush getting a 32-yard TD run. The Chiefs' defense allowed the third-highest total yards on offense in franchise history. JaMarcus Russell completed only 6 of 17 passes for 55 yards and led the Raiders to a 15-point victory. Following the game, Chiefs RB Larry Johnson voiced his displeasure with the Chiefs' offense and his role with the team. With the loss, the Chiefs fell to an 0-2 record for the third consecutive year. Kansas City's 11-game losing streak (2007-2008) is the longest in franchise history. The Chiefs also lost their second consecutive game to the Raiders for the first time since 2001. How many total yards did JaMarcus Russell's completed passes add up to?

Ground Truth Answer

[['55', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states JaMarcus Russell completed 6 of 17 passes for 55 yards. This means his completed passes totaled 55 yards. Answer: {55}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant sentence in the context and extracts the required yardage total for JaMarcus Russell's completed passes.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2004_f26e5eb2-d484-441d-965d-5dfe7e8abe05

Clean

Full Question

The Astros won the 2005 National League Division Series against the Atlanta Braves, 3-1, with a game four that set postseason records for most innings (18), most players used by a single team (23), and longest game time (5 hours and 50 minutes). Trailing by a score of 6-1, Lance Berkman hit an eighth-inning grand slam to narrow the score to 6-5. In the bottom of the ninth, catcher Brad Ausmus hit a game-tying home run that allowed the game to continue in extra innings. In the bottom of the tenth inning, Luke Scott hit a blast to left field that had home run distance, but was inches foul. This game remained scoreless for the next eight innings. In the top of the fifteenth inning, Roger Clemens made only his second career relief appearance, pitching three shutout innings, notably striking out Julio Franco, at the time the oldest player in the MLB at 47 years old; Clemens was himself 43. In the bottom of the eighteenth inning, Clemens came to bat again, indicating that he would be pitching in the nineteenth inning, if it came to that. Clemens struck out, but the next batter, Chris Burke (baseball), hit a home run to left field for the Astros win, 7-6. Oddly enough, a fan in the "Crawford Boxes" in left field had previously caught Berkmans grand slam and this same fan caught Burkes home run. The 2005 National League Championship Series featured a rematch of the 2004 National League Championship Series. The Astros lost the first game in St. Louis, but would win the next three games, with Roy Oswalt getting the win. Though the Astros were poised to close out the series in Game Five in Houston, Brad Lidge gave up a monstrous two-out three-run home run to Albert Pujols, forcing the series to a sixth game in St. Louis, where the Astros clinched a World Series appearance. Roy Oswalt was named NLCS MVP, having gone 2-0 with a 1.29 ERA in the series. Current honorary NL President William Y. Giles presented the league champion Astros with the Warren C. Giles Trophy. Warren Giles, Williams father and President of the National League from to , had awarded an MLB franchise to the city of Houston in 1960. How many more games did the Astros win against the Braves in the 2005 National League Division Series?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states the Astros won the 2005 National League Division Series against the Atlanta Braves, 3-1. This means the Astros won 3 games and the Braves won 1 game. The difference is 3 - 1 = 2. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the series score (3-1) from the context and accurately calculates the difference in wins (3 - 1 = 2) to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1096_58ee1f35-a66e-4a5a-847d-68bb1a91324a

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their tough road loss to the Patriots, the Chiefs hosted their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders. In the first quarter, Kansas City trailed early as Raiders kicker Sebastian Janikowski got a 56-yard and a 25-yard field goal. Chiefs quarterback Damon Huard suffered a neck injury in the first quarter and Tyler Thigpen substituted as quarterback for the remainder of the game. Huard was in for Kansas City's first two series, but didn't return after throwing an interception late in the second quarter. Marques Hagans, who was listed on the Chiefs' roster as a wide receiver, checked in as quarterback for several draw plays. The Chiefs announced at the end of the third quarter that Huard sustained "mild head trauma," a move deemed controversial as Huard never sought medical attention in the following days. Under Thigpen, the Chiefs' offense struggled to move the ball down the field. In using three quarterbacks, the Chiefs had only 65 net yards at halftime. Raiders RB Darren McFadden got a 19-yard TD run in the third quarter. Oakland increased its lead with Janikowski nailing a 40-yard field goal in the fourth quarter. The Chiefs would respond with rookie QB Tyler Thigpen completing a 2-yard TD pass to TE Tony Gonzalez, Kansas City executed a two-point conversion pass to rookie FB Mike Cox to make them within 8 points with just over five minutes remaining. The Chiefs' two-point conversion was the team's first in two years. Kansas City lost its opportunity to tie the game as the Raiders pulled away with RB Michael Bush getting a 32-yard TD run. The Chiefs' defense allowed the third-highest total yards on offense in franchise history. JaMarcus Russell completed only 6 of 17 passes for 55 yards and led the Raiders to a 15-point victory. Following the game, Chiefs RB Larry Johnson voiced his displeasure with the Chiefs' offense and his role with the team. With the loss, the Chiefs fell to an 0-2 record for the third consecutive year. Kansas City's 11-game losing streak (2007-2008) is the longest in franchise history. The Chiefs also lost their second consecutive game to the Raiders for the first time since 2001. How many field goals of 40 yards or more did Janikowski make?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify Janikowski's field goals:** The passage mentions three field goals made by Janikowski: a 56-yarder, a 25-yarder, and a 40-yarder. 2. **Count the long ones:** We are looking for field goals of 40 yards or more. The 56-yard and 40-yard field goals meet this criteria. 3. **Final count:** Two of Janikowski's field goals were 40 yards or longer. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all three field goals mentioned for Janikowski and accurately counts how many meet the criteria of 40 yards or more based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1096_5577b716-c636-4042-a4f5-77f50aed7be1

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['11', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the number of incomplete passes: * **Total passes:** JaMarcus Russell threw 17 passes. * **Completed passes:** He completed 6 of those passes. * **Incomplete passes:** Subtract the completed passes from the total passes (17 - 6 = 11). Answer: {11}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary statistics (17 total passes and 6 completed passes) from the context and accurately calculates the number of incomplete passes.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1096_cbf71212-323b-42d5-b047-529817de3db5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['11', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: The passage states that JaMarcus Russell completed 6 of 17 passes. Therefore, he did not complete 17 - 6 = 11 passes. Answer: {11}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary information from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2361_6406a4e8-2ee7-4d56-b479-d5e8f1a6c96c

1 issue

Full Question

The development of agriculture enabled the human population to grow many times larger than could be sustained by hunter-gatherer. Agriculture began independently in different parts of the globe, and included a diverse range of taxa. At least 11 separate regions of the Old and New World were involved as independent centers of origin. Wild grains were collected and eaten from at least 105,000 years ago. Rye was cultivated by at least 11,050 BC. From around 11,500 years ago, the eight Neolithic founder crops, emmer wheat and einkorn wheat, hulled barley, peas, lentils, Vicia ervilia, chick peas and flax were cultivated in the Levant. Rice was domesticated in China between 11,500 and 6,200 BC with earliest known cultivation from 5,700 BC, followed by mung bean, soy and Azuki bean beans. Sheep were domesticated in Mesopotamia between 13,000 and 11,000 years ago. Cattle were domesticated from the wild aurochs in the areas of modern Turkey and Pakistan some 10,500 years ago. Domestic pigs had multiple centres of origin in Eurasia, including Europe, East Asia and Southwest Asia, where wild boar were first domesticated about 10,500 years ago. In the Andes of South America, the potato was domesticated between 10,000 and 7,000 years ago, along with beans, coca, llamas, alpacas, and guinea pigs. Sugarcane and some List of root vegetables were domesticated in New Guinea around 9,000 years ago. Sorghum was domesticated in the Sahel region of Africa by 7,000 years ago. Cotton was domesticated in Peru by 5,600 years ago, and was independently domesticated in Eurasia. Agriculture in Mesoamerica, wild teosinte was domesticated to maize by 6,000 years ago. Scholars have developed a number of hypotheses to explain the historical origins of agriculture. Studies of the transition from hunter-gatherer to agricultural societies indicate an initial period of intensification and increasing sedentism; examples are the Natufian culture in the Levant, and the Early Chinese Neolithic in China. Then, wild stands that had previously been harvested started to be planted, and gradually came to be domesticated. How many years after wild grains began being harvested was the potato domesticated, at its earliest?

Ground Truth Answer

[['95000', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Find the dates:** Wild grains were collected from at least 105,000 years ago. The potato was domesticated between 10,000 and 7,000 years ago. 2. **Calculate the difference (earliest date):** 105,000 - 7,000 = 98,000 years. Answer: {98,000}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the starting points but uses the wrong date range for the potato domestication (using the latest date instead of the earliest) when calculating the earliest possible time difference, leading to an incorrect calculation based on the required logic.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

Calculate the difference (earliest date): 105,000 - 7,000 = 98,000 years.

Explanation

The question asks for the time difference between when wild grains began being harvested (earliest: 105,000 years ago) and when the potato was domesticated, *at its earliest*. The earliest domestication date for the potato is 10,000 years ago, not 7,000 years ago. The calculation incorrectly uses the latest date for potato domestication (7,000 years ago) instead of the earliest (10,000 years ago) to find the earliest difference.

Answer Span:

105,000 - 7,000 = 98,000 years

Reference/Question Span:

the potato was domesticated between 10,000 and 7,000 years ago

Question #history_2004_4bd0232f-ad7b-4140-b543-9bfa34d7caf5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Astros won game four with a score of 7-6. Therefore, they won by one point. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the final score of game four (7-6) from the text and accurately calculates the margin of victory (1 point).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_10cde81d-e30c-4b05-97fb-a45bbeaa2f08

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years after the 1537 inheritance treaty did Frederick William lay claim to the Silesian principalities?

Ground Truth Answer

[['138', 3]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Identify the key dates:** The inheritance treaty was made in 1537. Frederick William laid claim to the Silesian principalities in 1675. 2. **Calculate the difference:** 1675 - 1537 = 138 years. Answer: {138}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two necessary dates from the context (1537 and 1675) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_d76fe77e-d674-4cab-a8f1-fd18e5bf66a8

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years passed of the inheritance treaty being signed and the Emperor taking back control of Schwiebus?

Ground Truth Answer

[['157', 2]]

Generated Answer

The inheritance treaty was signed in 1537. The Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694. 1694 - 1537 = 157. Answer: {157}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two necessary dates from the text (1537 for the treaty signing and 1694 for the return of Schwiebus) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_8ca5f85e-087c-42a9-8c0e-31bb3fee3fb2

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years before Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War was the battle of white mountain won?

Ground Truth Answer

[['64', 5]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Find the year of the Great Turkish War:** The passage says Emperor Leopold I gave Schwiebus to Frederick William in 1685 "when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War." This means the war was ongoing in 1685. 2. **Find the year of the Battle of White Mountain:** The passage states that Ferdinand II confiscated Hohenzollern lands "after winning the Battle of White Mountain" in 1621. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 1685 - 1621 = 64 years. Answer: {64}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the text (1685 for the Great Turkish War context and 1621 for the Battle of White Mountain) and accurately calculates the difference to answer the question posed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_8c68be67-a833-4e13-8e5e-fff173e4b59f

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years passed from the inheritance treat to when the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus?

Ground Truth Answer

[['157', 2], ['91', 1]]

Generated Answer

The inheritance treaty between Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and Brandenburg's Joachim II Hector occurred in 1537. The Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694. 1694 - 1537 = 157 years. Answer: {157}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two necessary dates (1537 for the treaty and 1694 for the return of Schwiebus) and performs the correct subtraction to find the time elapsed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_4c3efdfd-2782-4b9c-8322-8e11bd3c165b

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many duchies were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau, and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. These are three duchies. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the three duchies mentioned in the context that were stipulated to pass to Brandenburg under specific conditions.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_da95efc1-0a9d-4232-9af5-68dc6e3e69df

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 4]]

Generated Answer

The passage mentions the Thirty Years' War and the Great Turkish War. Therefore, two wars are mentioned. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two wars mentioned in the text (Thirty Years' War and Great Turkish War) and arrives at the correct count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_175_79356317-3eb0-4b26-8267-f0da7e519a2b

Clean

Full Question

When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Vladislaus' son Louis II was born did Habsburgs exert pressure on the Jagiellonians in which they arragned two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter with Maximilian's grandson and Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Find the year of Louis II's birth:** The passage states Louis II was born in 1506. 2. **Find the year of the double wedding:** The passage says the Habsburgs exerted pressure with the First Congress of Vienna in 1515, where the double wedding was arranged. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 1515 (year of the wedding) - 1506 (year of Louis II's birth) = 9 years. Answer: {9}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates (Louis II's birth in 1506 and the double wedding/pressure in 1515) and accurately calculates the difference (9 years) based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1837_babde1b6-94f2-4625-bb55-29d6d921519b

Clean

Full Question

From the 17th century onwards, interest in the old library, with its manuscripts and incunabulae, went into decline and the modern library in the Jesuit College came to the fore. In 1756, the oldest university library was finally closed down and its books, 2,787 volumes, were incorporated into the Court Library, of which Gerard van Swieten was then director. After the dissolution of the Jesuit order (1773), the new "Academic Library" was created out of the book collections of the five Lower Austrian Colleges and a large number of duplicates from the Court Library. This was opened on 13 May 1777, the birthday of Maria Theresa of Austria, in the building of the Academic College. Initially, the stock consisted of some 45,000 books and during Emperor Joseph IIs dissolution of the monasteries, this was soon considerably extended. In contrast to its antecedents, the new library was open to the general public. Between 1827 and 1829, it acquired the classicist extension (Postgasse 9) to the Academic College, in which it was to be accommodated until 1884. In this year, the main library, with some 300,000 books, moved to Heinrich von Ferstels new Main Building on the Ring, where stacks for some 500,000 volumes had already been prepared. With an annual growth of up to 30,000 volumes, the surplus space was soon filled. Book storage space had to be extended continuously. One hundred years later, the complete library, including departmental and subject libraries, comprised more than 4.3 million volumes. Today, Viennas University Library is the largest collection of books in Austria, still facing problems of space. In addition to the Main Library, which alone has to cope with an annual growth of 40,000 volumes, it includes three Faculty Libraries, 32 Subject Libraries and 26 Departmental Libraries. How many more volumes per year does the Main Library deal with compared to the growth of the Academic LIbrary 100 years prior?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify the Main Library's current annual growth:** The passage states the Main Library currently grows by 40,000 volumes annually. 2. **Identify the Academic Library's annual growth 100 years prior:** The passage mentions the library's annual growth was up to 30,000 volumes a hundred years prior. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 40,000 - 30,000 = 10,000 Answer: {10,000}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two relevant growth rates from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1837_094a5ed5-4e52-4258-841f-c6e01088c3fe

1 issue

Full Question

From the 17th century onwards, interest in the old library, with its manuscripts and incunabulae, went into decline and the modern library in the Jesuit College came to the fore. In 1756, the oldest university library was finally closed down and its books, 2,787 volumes, were incorporated into the Court Library, of which Gerard van Swieten was then director. After the dissolution of the Jesuit order (1773), the new "Academic Library" was created out of the book collections of the five Lower Austrian Colleges and a large number of duplicates from the Court Library. This was opened on 13 May 1777, the birthday of Maria Theresa of Austria, in the building of the Academic College. Initially, the stock consisted of some 45,000 books and during Emperor Joseph IIs dissolution of the monasteries, this was soon considerably extended. In contrast to its antecedents, the new library was open to the general public. Between 1827 and 1829, it acquired the classicist extension (Postgasse 9) to the Academic College, in which it was to be accommodated until 1884. In this year, the main library, with some 300,000 books, moved to Heinrich von Ferstels new Main Building on the Ring, where stacks for some 500,000 volumes had already been prepared. With an annual growth of up to 30,000 volumes, the surplus space was soon filled. Book storage space had to be extended continuously. One hundred years later, the complete library, including departmental and subject libraries, comprised more than 4.3 million volumes. Today, Viennas University Library is the largest collection of books in Austria, still facing problems of space. In addition to the Main Library, which alone has to cope with an annual growth of 40,000 volumes, it includes three Faculty Libraries, 32 Subject Libraries and 26 Departmental Libraries. How many books did the main library have in 1884, plus the volumes held in the Main Building on the Ring?

Ground Truth Answer

[['300000', 1], ['800000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Main Library in 1884:** The passage states, "...the main library, with some 300,000 books, moved to Heinrich von Ferstels new Main Building..." 2. **Volumes in the Main Building:** The passage continues, "...where stacks for some 500,000 volumes had already been prepared." 3. **Total:** Add the number of books in the main library (300,000) to the existing capacity of the Main Building (500,000). 300,000 + 500,000 = 800,000 Answer: {800,000}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the two numbers (300,000 books and 500,000 prepared stacks) but incorrectly interprets the question by adding the current book count to the building's capacity, treating capacity as an additional volume count, which is a logical flaw based on the context provided.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

Add the number of books in the main library (300,000) to the existing capacity of the Main Building (500,000).

Explanation

The question asks for the number of books the main library *had* in 1884 *plus* the volumes held in the Main Building on the Ring. The text states the library *moved* with 300,000 books, and the building *had stacks prepared for* 500,000 volumes. The reasoning incorrectly adds the current book count (300,000) to the *capacity* (500,000) instead of interpreting the question as asking for the sum of the books the library possessed (300,000) and the capacity of the new building (500,000), which is what the reasoning chain calculates. However, the question is ambiguous: 'How many books did the main library have in 1884, plus the volumes held in the Main Building on the Ring?' The reasoning interprets this as (Books in 1884) + (Capacity of the new building). The context only provides the book count *at the time of moving* (300,000) and the *prepared stack space* (500,000). The reasoning chain assumes the question intends to sum these two distinct figures (300k books + 500k capacity), which is a plausible interpretation of the poorly phrased question, but it ignores the fact that the 300,000 books *were* placed into the building that had capacity for 500,000. The critical error is treating the 500,000 as an *additional* volume count rather than the capacity of the space the 300,000 books moved into. Since the question asks for a sum of two quantities, and the reasoning sums the two quantities mentioned in proximity, the hallucination lies in misinterpreting the relationship between the 300,000 books and the 500,000 prepared stacks, leading to an addition that doesn't reflect a clear count of books.

Answer Span:

Add the number of books in the main library (300,000) to the existing capacity of the Main Building (500,000).

Reference/Question Span:

How many books did the main library have in 1884, plus the volumes held in the Main Building on the Ring?

Question #history_1196_67399240-5604-4387-a6fc-52da0824c1ad

Clean

Full Question

On 26 October 1591, the Portuguese, led by André Furtado, mounted a military campaign against the Jaffna kingdom from Mannar. The forces consisted of 1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins, who sailed with 43 ships and more than 200 small vessels. Jaffna forces were expecting the arrival in Kayts, but the fleet landed in Colombuthurai. With the support of heavy firepower, the first wave of 150 Portuguese soldiers and 200 Lascarins reached land. The first-wave attack favoured the Portuguese, who managed to kill the enemy soldiers and captured two pieces of artillery, more than 300 muskets, various other weapons, and ammunition. The second wave, comprising 400 Portuguese soldiers, reached land, followed by the rest of the soldiers, who captured a storehouse and stationed at night. The next day, the Portuguese forces marched toward the capital and faced a defensive attack led by Prince Gago, son-in-law of Puvirasa Pandaram. Gago was killed in action and his entire company was wiped out. Advancing forces faced another ferocious defensive attack between the Nallur Kandaswamy temple and the Nallur Weerakaliyamman temple. Prince Ethirimana Cinkam was wounded and was about to be executed by the invading forces, but was saved by a captain, Simão Pinhão. The Portuguese army captured the king when he tried to escape into a temple. André Furtado ordered the king's execution by beheading. His head was then placed on a pike and kept on display for several days. The palace was sacked and the king's entire family was taken captive. Eight hundred Badagas and some Moors of Kozhikode were beheaded, as they were considered enemies. All the vessels in the port were burnt except two vessels for the use of the king. Three ships, 100 Portuguese soldiers, and 200 Lascarins were stationed in Jaffna at the request of the new king. About how many soldiers did the military campaign start with?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4400', 2], ['1400', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Portuguese forces consisted of 1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins. 1400 + 3000 = 4400. Answer: {4400}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the components of the starting force (1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins) and sums them to answer the question about the total starting soldiers.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1196_a4c53844-bf73-4758-a4c0-0b7c5f21909f

Clean

Full Question

On 26 October 1591, the Portuguese, led by André Furtado, mounted a military campaign against the Jaffna kingdom from Mannar. The forces consisted of 1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins, who sailed with 43 ships and more than 200 small vessels. Jaffna forces were expecting the arrival in Kayts, but the fleet landed in Colombuthurai. With the support of heavy firepower, the first wave of 150 Portuguese soldiers and 200 Lascarins reached land. The first-wave attack favoured the Portuguese, who managed to kill the enemy soldiers and captured two pieces of artillery, more than 300 muskets, various other weapons, and ammunition. The second wave, comprising 400 Portuguese soldiers, reached land, followed by the rest of the soldiers, who captured a storehouse and stationed at night. The next day, the Portuguese forces marched toward the capital and faced a defensive attack led by Prince Gago, son-in-law of Puvirasa Pandaram. Gago was killed in action and his entire company was wiped out. Advancing forces faced another ferocious defensive attack between the Nallur Kandaswamy temple and the Nallur Weerakaliyamman temple. Prince Ethirimana Cinkam was wounded and was about to be executed by the invading forces, but was saved by a captain, Simão Pinhão. The Portuguese army captured the king when he tried to escape into a temple. André Furtado ordered the king's execution by beheading. His head was then placed on a pike and kept on display for several days. The palace was sacked and the king's entire family was taken captive. Eight hundred Badagas and some Moors of Kozhikode were beheaded, as they were considered enemies. All the vessels in the port were burnt except two vessels for the use of the king. Three ships, 100 Portuguese soldiers, and 200 Lascarins were stationed in Jaffna at the request of the new king. How many soldiers were in the first wave to reach land?

Ground Truth Answer

[['350', 2], ['1400', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the first wave consisted of 150 Portuguese soldiers and 200 Lascarins. 150 + 200 = 350. Answer: {350}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the components of the first wave from the text and performs the correct calculation to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1708_a20c5d22-4168-420b-8b4e-d634cdb3b468

Clean

Full Question

In 1905, 1,003 Korean immigrants, which included 802 men and 231 women and children, departed from the port of Chemulpo, Incheon aboard the ship Ilford to Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico. The journey took 45 days, after which they took a train to Coatzacoalcos, Veracruz. In the Veracruz port, another boat was taken to the port of Progreso with the final destination being the capital city of Mérida, Yucatan. They arrived in May 1905, with previously signed contracts for four years' work as indentured laborers on the Yucatán henequen haciendas. Many of these Koreans were distributed throughout the Yucatán in 32 henequen haciendas. The town of Motul, Yucatan, located in the heart of the henequen zone, was a destination for many of the Korean immigrants. Subsequently, in 1909, at the end of their contracts, they began a new stage in which they scattered even further Thus, the majority of those who came were single men who made or remade their family lives with Yucatecan especially Maya women. While Korean girls were much more subject to marriages arranged by Korean parents, males had greater freedom when it came to making a family. This rapid intermarriage by Koreans, coupled with geographic dispersal, prevented the establishment of close social networks among these migrants and therefore provided the basis for Korean descendants among the Yucatan Peninsula. After that 1905 ship, no further entries of Koreans into Mexico were recorded, until many years later, leading to a new community of Koreans with completely different characteristics from those who entered in 1905. These descendants have started the Museo Conmemorativo de la Inmigración Coreana a Yucatán, a museum for the remembrance of their ancestors journey. How many more men were there than women and children who departed from the port of Chemulpo, Incheon aboard the ship Ilford to Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico?

Ground Truth Answer

[['571', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that 802 men and 231 women and children were aboard the ship. 802 - 231 = 571. Answer: {571}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant numbers (802 men and 231 women and children) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the specific question asked.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1373_3994c80e-788b-4bdf-a34c-ba1a44dbca5f

2 issues

Full Question

From November 1943, during the seven-week Battle of Changde, the Chinese forced Japan to fight a costly war of attrition, while awaiting Allied relief. In January 1944, the Allies launched a series of attacks in Italy against the line at Monte Cassino and tried to outflank it with landings at Anzio. By the end of January, a major Soviet offensive expelled German forces from the Leningrad region, ending the longest and most lethal siege in history. The following Soviet offensive was halted on the pre-war Estonian border by the German Army Group North aided by Estonians hoping to re-establish national independence. This delay slowed subsequent Soviet operations in the Baltic Sea region. By late May 1944, the Soviets had liberated Crimea, largely expelled Axis forces from Ukraine, and made incursions into Romania, which were repulsed by the Axis troops. The Allied offensives in Italy had succeeded and, at the expense of allowing several German divisions to retreat, on 4 June, Rome was captured. The Allies had mixed success in mainland Asia. In March 1944, the Japanese launched the first of two invasions, an operation against British positions in Assam, India, and soon besieged Commonwealth positions at Imphal and Kohima. In May 1944, British forces mounted a counter-offensive that drove Japanese troops back to Burma, and Chinese forces that had invaded northern Burma in late 1943 besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina. The second Japanese invasion of China aimed to destroy China's main fighting forces, secure railways between Japanese-held territory and capture Allied airfields. By June, the Japanese had conquered the province of Henan and begun a new attack on Changsha in the Hunan province. The Allies launched a series of attacks in Italy against the line at Monte Cassino how many years after the Chinese forces besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina.?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify the events:** We need to find the time between the Allies' attacks at Monte Cassino and the Chinese siege of Myitkyina. 2. **Find the dates:** The passage states the Allies attacked Monte Cassino in January 1944 and the Chinese besieged Myitkyina in late 1943. 3. **Calculate the difference:** Since the siege of Myitkyina happened in late 1943 and the attacks at Monte Cassino were in January 1944, the difference is less than a year, approximately a few months. We are asked for the difference in years so the answer is zero. Answer: {0}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly identifies the dates for both events and reverses the temporal relationship required by the question, leading to an incorrect calculation based on flawed premises.

Detected Issues (2)

missing_context high

Statement

We need to find the time between the Allies' attacks at Monte Cassino and the Chinese siege of Myitkyina.

Explanation

The question asks how many years *after* the Chinese siege of Myitkyina the Allies attacked Monte Cassino. The reasoning chain reverses the order of the events for the calculation.

Answer Span:

We need to find the time between the Allies' attacks at Monte Cassino and the Chinese siege of Myitkyina.

Reference/Question Span:

how many years after the Chinese forces besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina.?

contradiction high

Statement

The passage states the Allies attacked Monte Cassino in January 1944 and the Chinese besieged Myitkyina in late 1943.

Explanation

The context states the Chinese besieged Myitkyina in May 1944, not late 1943. The context states the Allies attacked Monte Cassino in January 1944.

Answer Span:

the Chinese besieged Myitkyina in late 1943.

Reference/Question Span:

Chinese forces that had invaded northern Burma in late 1943 besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina.

Question #nfl_2197_6d0e1520-8c1d-46d8-812e-e3a33e3993c4

Clean

Full Question

Coming off their overtime win at San Diego, the Broncos traveled to the Mall of America Field at the Hubert H. Humphrey Metrodome for an interconference duel with the Minnesota Vikings. The game's first points came from the Vikings, when defensive end Jared Allen tackled running back Willis McGahee in the end zone for a safety. The Broncos grabbed the lead when linebacker Mario Haggan returned an interception off Vikings' quarterback Christian Ponder 16 yards for a touchdown. Vikings' kicker Ryan Longwell made a 40-yard field goal, then the Vikings reclaimed the lead in the second quarter, on a 19-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to tight end Kyle Rudolph, followed by another field goal by Longwell, this time from 25 yards, just before halftime. The Broncos narrowed Minnesota's lead in the third quarter, with a 21-yard touchdown pass from quarterback Tim Tebow to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas, but the Vikings countered with a 52-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to wide receiver Percy Harvin. The Broncos responded with a 41-yard touchdown pass from Tebow to Thomas. Ponder then threw a 48-yard touchdown pass to Harvin to give Minnesota a 29-21 lead. On the Broncos' next possession, McGahee rushed 24 yards for a touchdown and Tebow scrambled for a two-point conversion to tie the game at 29. The Vikings subsequently reclaimed the lead on Longwell's 39-yard field goal with 3:06 left in the game. The Broncos answered with kicker Matt Prater's 46-yard field goal with 1:33 left to tie the game at 32. On the Vikings' ensuing possession, Broncos' cornerback André Goodman returned an interception off Ponder to the Vikings' 15-yard line. Six plays later, Prater nailed the game-winning 23-yard field goal as time expired to give the Broncos their fifth consecutive win. How many field goals did Longwell score in the first half?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify Longwell's field goals:** The passage mentions Ryan Longwell making a 40-yard field goal and a 25-yard field goal. 2. **Determine the half:** Both of these field goals occurred before halftime, meaning they were in the first half. 3. **Count the field goals:** Longwell made two field goals in the first half. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies and counts the field goals scored by Longwell that occurred before halftime, directly addressing the question using only the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1048_1003bb6f-c368-40c6-9b07-5008ffac6038

Clean

Full Question

All these problems came to a head on 1 June 1648, upon Alexei I's return to Moscow from the Troitse-Sergiyeva Lavra monastery. A crowd of Muscovites surrounded the Tsar and complained about the boyars and prikaz officials. Instead of hearing the petition, the royal bodyguards started dispersing the crowd, pushing them away from the Tsar. This unexpected reaction caused a major outbreak of anger among the people. On 2 June the insurgents burst into the Moscow Kremlin and demanded the surrender of Leontii Pleshcheyev , Duma diak Nazar Chistoy , boyar Boris Morozov and his brother-in-law Pyotr Trakhaniotov . Morozov commanded the Streltsy to drive the rioters out of the Kremlin, but they refused. When not acting as the Tsar's bodyguards, the musketeers held artisanal jobs in Moscow. This conflict of interest led them to side with the plight of the townsmen, stating that they, "...did not want to stand in antagonistic relations with the crowd for the sake of the traitor and tyrant Pleshcheyev." The people would not hear the Tsar's heartfelt pleas to spare Pleshceyev and, on June 3, Alexei surrendered the official. In their fervor, the crowd did not wait for Pleshcheyev to be executed instead, "...they cuggeled him so black and blue and with axes they cut him asunder like a fish, the pieces they let lie naked here and there." The rebels set fire to the White City and Kitai-gorod. They burned between 15,000 and 24,000 houses; between 1700 and 2000 people died in the riot. The rioters split into two groups to target the most hated boyars, diaks, okolnichys, and merchants, killing Nazar Chistoy as he begged for mercy. When rumors spread that Morozov's men had started the fires to antagonize the rioters, the boyar head hunt gained greater momentum. How many people was the maximum estimate of people who died in the riot?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2000', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that between 1700 and 2000 people died in the riot. The maximum estimate is the higher of the two numbers. Answer: {2000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the range of deaths mentioned in the text and selects the maximum estimate as requested by the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_241_0bd29555-3714-4699-be22-89fe0934ee01

Clean

Full Question

The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. How many days passed between the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre and the Battle of Aidenbach?

Ground Truth Answer

[['14', 3]]

Generated Answer

The Sendling Christmas Day Massacre occurred on the night of December 25, 1705. The Battle of Aidenbach took place on January 8, 1706. From December 25th to 31st is 6 days (26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31). Then add 8 days in January to reach the 8th. 6 + 8 = 14 days. Answer: {14}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the two events from the context and accurately calculates the number of days between them.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1048_cc1b975e-374f-435e-8977-f10fb9458c72

Clean

Full Question

All these problems came to a head on 1 June 1648, upon Alexei I's return to Moscow from the Troitse-Sergiyeva Lavra monastery. A crowd of Muscovites surrounded the Tsar and complained about the boyars and prikaz officials. Instead of hearing the petition, the royal bodyguards started dispersing the crowd, pushing them away from the Tsar. This unexpected reaction caused a major outbreak of anger among the people. On 2 June the insurgents burst into the Moscow Kremlin and demanded the surrender of Leontii Pleshcheyev , Duma diak Nazar Chistoy , boyar Boris Morozov and his brother-in-law Pyotr Trakhaniotov . Morozov commanded the Streltsy to drive the rioters out of the Kremlin, but they refused. When not acting as the Tsar's bodyguards, the musketeers held artisanal jobs in Moscow. This conflict of interest led them to side with the plight of the townsmen, stating that they, "...did not want to stand in antagonistic relations with the crowd for the sake of the traitor and tyrant Pleshcheyev." The people would not hear the Tsar's heartfelt pleas to spare Pleshceyev and, on June 3, Alexei surrendered the official. In their fervor, the crowd did not wait for Pleshcheyev to be executed instead, "...they cuggeled him so black and blue and with axes they cut him asunder like a fish, the pieces they let lie naked here and there." The rebels set fire to the White City and Kitai-gorod. They burned between 15,000 and 24,000 houses; between 1700 and 2000 people died in the riot. The rioters split into two groups to target the most hated boyars, diaks, okolnichys, and merchants, killing Nazar Chistoy as he begged for mercy. When rumors spread that Morozov's men had started the fires to antagonize the rioters, the boyar head hunt gained greater momentum. How many days after Alexei I's return was Pleshceyev surrendered?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Alexei I's return:** The passage states that Alexei I returned to Moscow on June 1, 1648. 2. **Pleshcheyev's surrender:** The passage states that Alexei surrendered Pleshcheyev on June 3. 3. **Calculate the difference:** From June 1 to June 3 is two days. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates of the return (June 1) and the surrender (June 3) and calculates the difference as two days, which is the correct interpretation of 'how many days after' (June 3 is 2 days after June 1).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_175_d3b994da-6a2a-4792-9caa-38c6497c4db0

Clean

Full Question

When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Matthias Corvinus died did his son, King Maximilian I sign the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Matthias Corvinus died in 1490. King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon in 1491. 1491 - 1490 = 1. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the relevant dates (death in 1490, treaty in 1491) and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_241_8932b025-d69e-4110-ad18-13462761c791

Clean

Full Question

The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. How many days after the Braunau Parliament meeting was the Sendling's Night of Murder?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

The Braunau Parliament meeting was held on December 21, 1705. The Sendling's Night of Murder occurred on the night of December 25, 1705. Therefore, the Sendling's Night of Murder happened 25 - 21 = 4 days after the Braunau Parliament meeting. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates for both events from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2197_a0555e2e-d0a1-4c3b-bfa9-834fef7f90c9

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['7', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to break down the Broncos' responses and calculate the total yardage: 1. **Haggan's Interception Return TD:** This play resulted in a touchdown and counts as 16 yards. 2. **Tebow to Thomas TD (1st):** This pass play covered 21 yards and resulted in a touchdown. 3. **Tebow to Thomas TD (2nd):** This pass play went for 41 yards and another touchdown. 4. **McGahee's Rushing TD:** McGahee ran for 24 yards to score a touchdown. 5. **Tebow's 2-Point Conversion:** While this gained 2 points, it doesn't add to the total yardage as it's a conversion *after* a touchdown. 6. **Prater's Field Goal (1st):** This field goal was from 46 yards, but field goal yardage doesn't count towards offensive yards gained. 7. **Goodman's Interception Return:** While crucial, this was a defensive play and doesn't add to offensive yardage. 8. **Prater's Game-Winning Field Goal:** Similar to the first field goal, this doesn't add to the offensive yards. Therefore, the Broncos' responses that count towards yardage are 16 + 21 + 41 + 24 = 102 yards. Answer: {102}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardage for several key Broncos plays but incorrectly includes the very first Broncos score (Haggan's 16-yard return) as a 'response' to a Vikings score, which it was not, as it was the first score of the game. The calculation is based on a flawed premise regarding which plays constitute a 'response'.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

Therefore, the Broncos' responses that count towards yardage are 16 + 21 + 41 + 24 = 102 yards.

Explanation

The question asks 'how many yards did the broncos respond with?' which implies summing up the yardage from plays where the Broncos responded to a score by the Vikings. The reasoning chain incorrectly includes the initial 16-yard interception return touchdown by Haggan as a 'response' when it was the *first* score of the game, not a response to a Vikings score.

Answer Span:

16 + 21 + 41 + 24 = 102 yards

Reference/Question Span:

The game's first points came from the Vikings, when defensive end Jared Allen tackled running back Willis McGahee in the end zone for a safety. The Broncos grabbed the lead when linebacker Mario Haggan returned an interception off Vikings' quarterback Christian Ponder 16 yards for a touchdown.

Question #history_1048_950bdee5-ce90-475f-8bc8-cdefd1817660

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the insurgents demanded the surrender of Leontii Pleshcheyev, Duma diak Nazar Chistoy, boyar Boris Morozov, and his brother-in-law Pyotr Trakhaniotov. These are four individuals. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the four individuals whose surrender was demanded by the insurgents based directly on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_241_9c99ae46-9e98-4e8a-ae30-09c0c96c97e9

1 issue

Full Question

The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. How many more deaths occurred on the Bavarian side than on the Austrian side?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1060', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that approximately 1,100 Bavarians and 40 Austrians died in the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. It also states that about 4,000 Bavarians died in the Battle of Aidenbach. The question asks for the difference in deaths on the Bavarian side compared to the Austrian side. Total Bavarian deaths are 1,100 + 4,000 = 5,100. The Austrian deaths are stated as only about 40 in the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre, and there's no mention of Austrian casualties at Aidenbach. Therefore, the difference is 5,100 - 40 = 5,060. Answer: {5060}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the casualty figures for Sendling and the Bavarian casualties for Aidenbach. However, it fails to recognize that the question asks for the total difference across all events mentioned, and it incorrectly assumes zero Austrian casualties at Aidenbach because the context only explicitly states Austrian losses at Sendling. This omission of context regarding Austrian losses at Aidenbach leads to an incomplete calculation for the final difference requested.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

Total Bavarian deaths are 1,100 + 4,000 = 5,100.

Explanation

The question asks for the total difference in deaths between the Bavarian side and the Austrian side across all mentioned conflicts (Sendling and Aidenbach). The reasoning correctly sums the Bavarian deaths (1100 + 4000 = 5100), but it fails to account for Austrian deaths at the Battle of Aidenbach, which is crucial for calculating the total difference requested by the question.

Answer Span:

Total Bavarian deaths are 1,100 + 4,000 = 5,100.

Reference/Question Span:

How many more deaths occurred on the Bavarian side than on the Austrian side?

Question #nfl_2191_f19dd4b6-3063-48c1-adb8-739df0bdba4f

2 issues

Full Question

Hoping to snap their three-game losing streak, and coming off their bye week, the Broncos traveled to Sun Life Stadium to face the Miami Dolphins, where the Broncos had never won in their franchise history. After a scoreless first quarter, the Dolphins grabbed the lead in the second quarter, with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. After a scoreless third quarter, the Dolphins extended their lead in the fourth quarter, with quarterback Matt Moore throwing a 16-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter, giving Miami a 15-0 lead. However, after each team traded punts, the Broncos staged a rally with just over five minutes remaining, with quarterback Tim Tebow throwing a 5-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas to pull to within 15-7 with 2:44 remaining. After the Broncos recovered an onside kick, they subsequently marched down the field, with Tebow connecting on a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Fells, followed by Tebow scrambling for the two-point conversion to send the game into overtime. On the Dolphins' second possession in overtime, Broncos' linebacker D. J. Williams forced a fumble off Moore, giving the Broncos possession at the Dolphins' 36-yard line. Four plays later, kicker Matt Prater, who had missed two field goals in the first half, nailed the game-winning 52-yard field goal. With the win, the Broncos earned their 400th win in franchise history, their first-ever win at Miami in eight tries, and became the first team in NFL history since the AFL-NFL merger to win a game after trailing by 15 or more points with less than three minutes remaining in the fourth quarter. How many yards longer was Dan Carpenter's longest field goal than his shortest?

Ground Truth Answer

[['7', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify the field goal lengths:** Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38, 36, and 43 yards. 2. **Find the longest and shortest:** The longest field goal was 43 yards, and the shortest was 36 yards. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 43 - 36 = 7 yards. Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the field goals attributed to Dan Carpenter (38, 36, and 43 yards) and correctly calculates the difference between the longest (43) and shortest (36) as 7 yards. No factual contradictions or missing context were found relative to the source material.

Detected Issues (2)

contradiction low

Statement

Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38, 36, and 43 yards.

Explanation

The context states Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38 and 36 yards in the second quarter, and a 43-yard field goal in the fourth quarter. The reasoning chain incorrectly implies he kicked three field goals in total, but the critical error is listing 38, 36, AND 43 yards as his kicks, when the context only explicitly attributes the 43-yard kick to him later, after the initial two 38 and 36 yard kicks. However, upon re-reading the context: 'the Dolphins grabbed the lead in the second quarter, with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. ... followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter'. This confirms Carpenter kicked all three mentioned field goals (38, 36, 43). The reasoning chain is factually correct based on the text, but the initial identification of the field goals is slightly misleading in structure compared to the text flow. Let's re-evaluate based strictly on contradiction/missing context. The text states: 'field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter' AND 'followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter'. The reasoning chain lists 38, 36, and 43 yards as Carpenter's kicks. This is factually supported. Let's check the calculation step.

Answer Span:

Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38, 36, and 43 yards.

Reference/Question Span:

the Dolphins grabbed the lead in the second quarter, with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. . . followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter

contradiction low

Statement

The longest field goal was 43 yards, and the shortest was 36 yards.

Explanation

The context states Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38 and 36 yards in the second quarter, and a 43-yard field goal later. The reasoning chain incorrectly identifies the shortest field goal as 36 yards when the context explicitly states he kicked a 38-yard field goal and a 36-yard field goal. The shortest of these is 36 yards, which is correct. The longest is 43 yards, which is correct. The reasoning chain is factually correct based on the context provided for the field goals attributed to Carpenter (38, 36, 43).

Answer Span:

The longest field goal was 43 yards, and the shortest was 36 yards.

Reference/Question Span:

field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. . . followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter

Question #nfl_2197_0ff2f7ee-5a11-4a2b-8c3e-caed6a8671a0

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['104', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the total yardage of Longwell's field goals: 1. **Identify Longwell's field goals:** The passage mentions three field goals made by Ryan Longwell: a 40-yard field goal, a 25-yard field goal, and a 39-yard field goal. 2. **Add the yardage:** 40 + 25 + 39 = 104 yards Answer: {104}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all three field goals made by Longwell mentioned in the text and accurately sums their yardage to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2197_bf2cd339-1f66-47d9-8624-e535944211b2

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['119', 1], ['135', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to calculate Ponder's total passing yards: 1. **Touchdown to Rudolph:** 19 yards 2. **Touchdown to Harvin:** 52 yards 3. **Touchdown to Harvin:** 48 yards Total: 19 + 52 + 48 = 119 yards Answer: {119}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all three documented passing touchdowns by Ponder and sums their yardage based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2197_3a5b5c90-7263-4df1-9094-5c38548147e3

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['24', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** The question asks for the total rushing yards of Willis McGahee. The passage mentions two instances involving McGahee: being tackled for a safety and a 24-yard touchdown run. 2. **Focus on rushing yards:** The safety doesn't involve rushing yards, it results in points for the opposing team. The 24-yard touchdown run *does* count as rushing yards. 3. **Calculate the total:** Since the passage only mentions one instance of McGahee rushing, his total rushing yards are 24. Answer: {24}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the only mentioned rushing yardage for McGahee (24 yards) and ignores the safety incident as it does not contribute to his rushing total. The conclusion is supported by the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_241_39b1772e-28ba-44d4-be18-52f24d87bf09

Clean

Full Question

The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. what is the difference in casualty numbers between Bavarian and Austrian?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1060', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that around 1,100 Bavarians died in the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre, while only about 40 Austrians died. It also states that about 4,000 Bavarians died in the Battle of Aidenbach, with no mention of Austrian casualties. Therefore, the total Bavarian casualties mentioned are 1,100 + 4,000 = 5,100. The total Austrian casualties mentioned are 40. The difference is 5,100 - 40 = 5,060. Answer: {5060}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the casualty figures for the two mentioned battles (Sendling and Aidenbach) and calculates the difference as requested by the question, based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2197_1ba85d34-afd6-41ea-82ce-15375a47d554

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['119', 1], ['150', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to calculate Ponder's total passing yards: 1. **Touchdown to Kyle Rudolph:** 19 yards 2. **Touchdown to Percy Harvin:** 52 yards 3. **Touchdown to Percy Harvin:** 48 yards Total: 19 + 52 + 48 = 119 yards Answer: {119}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all three documented passing touchdowns by Ponder and sums their yardage based on the provided context to answer the question about Ponder's total passing yards.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_103_8e69e590-5608-4850-8023-a60d5beef76e

Clean

Full Question

After the Battle of Deçiq Ottoman government decided for peaceful means of suppression of the revolt because frequent clashes with Albanians attracted the attention of the European Great Powers. On 11 June sultan Mehmed V visited Skopje where he was greeted enthusiastically by the local population together with two Albanian chieftains who swore their allegiance to the Ottoman sultan. On 15 June, the date of the Battle of Kosovo, he visited the site of the historical battle greeted by 100.000 people. During his visit to Kosovo vilayet he signed a general amnesty for all participants of the Albanian revolts of 1910 and 1911. He was welcomed by the choir of the Serbian Orthodox Seminary with Turkish songs and vice-consul Milan Rakić had gathered a large contingent of Serbs, but many Albanians boycotted the event. Ottoman representatives managed to deal with the leaders of Albanian rebels in Kosovo Vilayet and Scutari Vilayet separately, because they were not united and lacked central control. The Ottoman Empire first managed to pacify the northern Albanian malësorë from Scutari Vilayet reaching a compromise during a meeting in Podgorica. In order to resolve the problems in the south, the Ottoman representatives invited Albanian southern leaders to a meeting in Tepelenë on 18 August 1911. They promised to meet most of their demands, like general amnesty, the opening of Albanian language schools, and the restriction that military service was to be performed only in the territory of the vilayets with substantial Albanian population. Other demands included requiring administrative officers to learn the Albanian language, and that the possession of weapons would be permitted. How many Albanian revolts did Mehmed V sign general amnesty for all participants during his visit to Kosovo vilayet?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that during his visit to Kosovo vilayet, Mehmed V signed a general amnesty for all participants of the Albanian revolts of 1910 and 1911. This means he granted amnesty for two revolts. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant sentence in the context and accurately extracts the number of revolts for which amnesty was signed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2191_bc22e45a-cda4-46dd-a1fa-5b982f95417a

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to snap their three-game losing streak, and coming off their bye week, the Broncos traveled to Sun Life Stadium to face the Miami Dolphins, where the Broncos had never won in their franchise history. After a scoreless first quarter, the Dolphins grabbed the lead in the second quarter, with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. After a scoreless third quarter, the Dolphins extended their lead in the fourth quarter, with quarterback Matt Moore throwing a 16-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter, giving Miami a 15-0 lead. However, after each team traded punts, the Broncos staged a rally with just over five minutes remaining, with quarterback Tim Tebow throwing a 5-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas to pull to within 15-7 with 2:44 remaining. After the Broncos recovered an onside kick, they subsequently marched down the field, with Tebow connecting on a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Fells, followed by Tebow scrambling for the two-point conversion to send the game into overtime. On the Dolphins' second possession in overtime, Broncos' linebacker D. J. Williams forced a fumble off Moore, giving the Broncos possession at the Dolphins' 36-yard line. Four plays later, kicker Matt Prater, who had missed two field goals in the first half, nailed the game-winning 52-yard field goal. With the win, the Broncos earned their 400th win in franchise history, their first-ever win at Miami in eight tries, and became the first team in NFL history since the AFL-NFL merger to win a game after trailing by 15 or more points with less than three minutes remaining in the fourth quarter. How many more field goals did Dan Carpenter convert than Matt Prater?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Dan Carpenter's field goals:** The passage states that Dan Carpenter made two field goals (38 yards and 36 yards) and one additional 43-yard field goal. That's a total of 3 field goals. 2. **Matt Prater's field goals:** The passage says Matt Prater missed two field goals in the first half but made the game-winning 52-yard field goal. That's a total of 1 field goal. 3. **Difference:** Carpenter made 3 field goals and Prater made 1. Therefore, Carpenter made 3 - 1 = 2 more field goals than Prater. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of field goals made by Dan Carpenter (3) and Matt Prater (1) based on the text and calculates the difference accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_175_626792ad-5b62-4461-8bef-7e603f7a3bd9

Clean

Full Question

When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg was Vladislaus son Louis II born?

Ground Truth Answer

[['15', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg in 1491. Vladislaus' son, Louis II, was born in 1506. 1506 - 1491 = 15 years. Answer: {15}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the text (1491 for the Peace of Pressburg and 1506 for Louis II's birth) and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1708_2b959aed-f25f-4b71-88e4-7bbcb999fd49

Clean

Full Question

In 1905, 1,003 Korean immigrants, which included 802 men and 231 women and children, departed from the port of Chemulpo, Incheon aboard the ship Ilford to Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico. The journey took 45 days, after which they took a train to Coatzacoalcos, Veracruz. In the Veracruz port, another boat was taken to the port of Progreso with the final destination being the capital city of Mérida, Yucatan. They arrived in May 1905, with previously signed contracts for four years' work as indentured laborers on the Yucatán henequen haciendas. Many of these Koreans were distributed throughout the Yucatán in 32 henequen haciendas. The town of Motul, Yucatan, located in the heart of the henequen zone, was a destination for many of the Korean immigrants. Subsequently, in 1909, at the end of their contracts, they began a new stage in which they scattered even further Thus, the majority of those who came were single men who made or remade their family lives with Yucatecan especially Maya women. While Korean girls were much more subject to marriages arranged by Korean parents, males had greater freedom when it came to making a family. This rapid intermarriage by Koreans, coupled with geographic dispersal, prevented the establishment of close social networks among these migrants and therefore provided the basis for Korean descendants among the Yucatan Peninsula. After that 1905 ship, no further entries of Koreans into Mexico were recorded, until many years later, leading to a new community of Koreans with completely different characteristics from those who entered in 1905. These descendants have started the Museo Conmemorativo de la Inmigración Coreana a Yucatán, a museum for the remembrance of their ancestors journey. How many Korean immigrants were more men than woman and children?

Ground Truth Answer

[['571', 2]]

Generated Answer

According to the passage, there were 802 Korean men immigrants and 231 women and children immigrants. 802 - 231 = 571. So the answer is {571}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary numbers (802 men and 231 women and children) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question about how many more men there were than women and children.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1373_18607572-dd53-4db5-9aee-2e24acc7324a

Clean

Full Question

From November 1943, during the seven-week Battle of Changde, the Chinese forced Japan to fight a costly war of attrition, while awaiting Allied relief. In January 1944, the Allies launched a series of attacks in Italy against the line at Monte Cassino and tried to outflank it with landings at Anzio. By the end of January, a major Soviet offensive expelled German forces from the Leningrad region, ending the longest and most lethal siege in history. The following Soviet offensive was halted on the pre-war Estonian border by the German Army Group North aided by Estonians hoping to re-establish national independence. This delay slowed subsequent Soviet operations in the Baltic Sea region. By late May 1944, the Soviets had liberated Crimea, largely expelled Axis forces from Ukraine, and made incursions into Romania, which were repulsed by the Axis troops. The Allied offensives in Italy had succeeded and, at the expense of allowing several German divisions to retreat, on 4 June, Rome was captured. The Allies had mixed success in mainland Asia. In March 1944, the Japanese launched the first of two invasions, an operation against British positions in Assam, India, and soon besieged Commonwealth positions at Imphal and Kohima. In May 1944, British forces mounted a counter-offensive that drove Japanese troops back to Burma, and Chinese forces that had invaded northern Burma in late 1943 besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina. The second Japanese invasion of China aimed to destroy China's main fighting forces, secure railways between Japanese-held territory and capture Allied airfields. By June, the Japanese had conquered the province of Henan and begun a new attack on Changsha in the Hunan province. How many months passed between the Battle of Changde and the Allied attack in Italy?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

The Battle of Changde took place in November 1943. The Allied attack in Italy began in January 1944. From November to January is two months (November to December, and December to January). Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the start dates for both events from the context and accurately calculates the time difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_241_0ac9c4ec-9ef4-429b-970a-9af43bdb672b

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage mentions the uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel, and eastern Bavaria. These are three distinct regions. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the three regions mentioned in the text where the uprising was included, which directly addresses the question about the starting regions.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_778e9761-1bc6-4233-b711-8d2a85ef58e8

Clean

Full Question

The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many days after Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán did they set out from Mopán leaving sick soldiers behind?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 1], ['5', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Amésqueta arrives at Mopán:** The passage states Amésqueta arrived at Mopán on 25 February 1696. 2. **Díaz's party departs:** Díaz's party, including AjK'ixaw, set out from Mopán on 7 March. 3. **Calculate the difference:** From February 25th to March 7th, there are 10 days. (Consider that 1696 was a leap year, so February had 29 days.) Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two key dates and calculates the difference, although the calculation step includes an unnecessary world knowledge check about the leap year which did not affect the final count based on the dates provided.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2234_3778ff16-fcb9-4008-89dd-1053235875d2

Clean

Full Question

In 1918, party membership was approximately 200,000. In the late 1920s under Stalin, the party engaged in an intensive recruitment campaign, the "Lenin Levy", resulting in new members referred to as the Lenin Enrolment, from both the working class and rural areas. This represented an attempt to "proletarianize" the party and an attempt by Stalin to strengthen his base by outnumbering the Old Bolsheviks and reducing their influence in the Party. In 1925, the party had 1,025,000 members in a Soviet population of 147 million. In 1927, membership had risen to 1,200,000. During the collectivization campaign and industrialization campaigns of the first five-year plan from 1929 to 1933, party membership grew rapidly to approximately 3.5 million members. However, party leaders suspected that the mass intake of new members had allowed "social-alien elements" to penetrate the partys ranks and document verifications of membership ensued in 1933 and 1935, removing supposedly unreliable members. Meanwhile, the party closed its ranks to new members from 1933 to November 1936. Even after the reopening of party recruiting, membership fell to 1.9 million by 1939. Nicholas DeWitt gives 2.307 million members in 1939, including candidate members, compared with 1.535 million in 1929 and 6.3 million in 1947. In 1986, the CPSU had over 19 million membersapproximately 10% of the Soviet Unions adult population. Over 44% of party members were classified as industrial workers and 12% as collective farmers. The CPSU had party organizations in 14 of the Soviet Unions 15 republics. The Russian Soviet Federative Socialist Republic itself had no separate Communist Party until 1990 because the CPSU controlled affairs there directly. How many more members di the party have in 1947 compared to 1929?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2800000', 1], ['4765000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Find the 1947 membership:** The passage states there were 6.3 million members in 1947. 2. **Find the 1929 membership:** The passage states there were 1.535 million members in 1929. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 6.3 million - 1.535 million = 4.765 million. Answer: {4.765 million}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary data points from the context and performs the correct calculation to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2191_209ad0b1-2198-4ca1-a170-1b9f14fe449b

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states, "kicker Matt Prater, who had missed two field goals in the first half". This directly tells us the number of missed field goal kicks. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the sentence stating the number of missed field goals and extracts the correct value.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_103_be8d3c59-5e04-4f35-b36d-0f6ad095ca13

Clean

Full Question

After the Battle of Deçiq Ottoman government decided for peaceful means of suppression of the revolt because frequent clashes with Albanians attracted the attention of the European Great Powers. On 11 June sultan Mehmed V visited Skopje where he was greeted enthusiastically by the local population together with two Albanian chieftains who swore their allegiance to the Ottoman sultan. On 15 June, the date of the Battle of Kosovo, he visited the site of the historical battle greeted by 100.000 people. During his visit to Kosovo vilayet he signed a general amnesty for all participants of the Albanian revolts of 1910 and 1911. He was welcomed by the choir of the Serbian Orthodox Seminary with Turkish songs and vice-consul Milan Rakić had gathered a large contingent of Serbs, but many Albanians boycotted the event. Ottoman representatives managed to deal with the leaders of Albanian rebels in Kosovo Vilayet and Scutari Vilayet separately, because they were not united and lacked central control. The Ottoman Empire first managed to pacify the northern Albanian malësorë from Scutari Vilayet reaching a compromise during a meeting in Podgorica. In order to resolve the problems in the south, the Ottoman representatives invited Albanian southern leaders to a meeting in Tepelenë on 18 August 1911. They promised to meet most of their demands, like general amnesty, the opening of Albanian language schools, and the restriction that military service was to be performed only in the territory of the vilayets with substantial Albanian population. Other demands included requiring administrative officers to learn the Albanian language, and that the possession of weapons would be permitted. How many days after Mehmed V visited Skopje visit the site of the Battle of Kosovo?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify the dates:** Mehmed V visited Skopje on June 11th and the Battle of Kosovo site on June 15th. 2. **Calculate the difference:** June 15th - June 11th = 4 days. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the context and accurately calculates the difference to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2234_a2ea2d15-157c-495e-8078-7634045e0643

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1600000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Find the starting membership:** The passage states that party membership reached approximately 3.5 million members in 1933. 2. **Find the ending membership:** The passage then says membership fell to 1.9 million by 1939. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 3.5 million - 1.9 million = 1.6 million. Answer: {1.6 million}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly assumes the peak membership of 3.5 million reached during the 1929-1933 period was the exact membership figure at the start of 1933, which is necessary to calculate the loss up to 1939. The context does not explicitly state the membership number at the beginning of 1933.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

The passage states that party membership reached approximately 3.5 million members in 1933.

Explanation

The reasoning chain uses 3.5 million as the starting point for the loss calculation, but the context states membership grew to 3.5 million *during* the period 1929 to 1933. The context explicitly states that membership verification ensued in 1933, and the party closed ranks from 1933 to November 1936. The actual membership figure *at the start of 1933* (or end of 1932) is not explicitly stated as 3.5 million, nor is the membership figure *at the end of 1933* stated. The calculation requires the membership figure *at the start of the period of loss* (1933) and the figure *at the end of the period of loss* (1939). While 3.5 million was the peak reached during that time frame, the context does not confirm this was the exact membership number at the start of 1933 when the loss period begins.

Answer Span:

The passage states that party membership reached approximately 3.5 million members in 1933.

Reference/Question Span:

During the collectivization campaign and industrialization campaigns of the first five-year plan from 1929 to 1933, party membership grew rapidly to approximately 3.5 million members.

Question #history_175_a276d73c-0685-43e4-990d-b89d58a13070

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['15', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Find the year the Peace of Pressburg was signed:** The passage states it was signed in 1491. 2. **Find the year Vladislaus' son was born:** The passage states his son, Louis II, was born in 1506. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 1506 - 1491 = 15 years. Answer: {15}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_86724d12-e859-41b5-bea2-4b2d2441a21d

Clean

Full Question

The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many months after harsh criticism of Juan Diaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá did Barrios die?

Ground Truth Answer

[['7', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** Juan Díaz de Velasco retreated in April 1695. President Barrios began planning another expedition after this retreat, following harsh criticism. Barrios died in November 1695. 2. **Calculate the time difference:** From April to November, there are seven months (May, June, July, August, September, October, November). Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the retreat (April 1695) and Barrios' death (November 1695) and accurately calculates the time difference as seven months.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_87ca0aad-2581-4d09-80a4-e383f6edf1e7

Clean

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many days before the end of the negotiating of the Anglo-Irish Treaty was a decision taken to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty was negotiated from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The decision to recommend the treaty was taken on 5 December. The treaty negotiations ended on 6 December. Therefore, the decision was made 1 day before the end of the negotiations. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates (negotiation end date and decision date) and accurately calculates the difference based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_daec607e-3554-4ebc-913e-2eac19c82338

1 issue

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many months after the truce of the War of Independence was called did the entire island of Ireland become the Irish Free State?

Ground Truth Answer

[['17', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the truce was called in July 1921, and the entire island of Ireland became the Irish Free State on 6 December 1922. This means there were 5 months from July to December 1921 plus 12 months of 1922. That's a total of 5 + 12 = 17 months. Answer: {17}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the start date (July 1921) and end date (December 1922) and arrives at the correct numerical answer (17 months). However, the intermediate calculation describing the duration within 1921 ('5 months from July to December 1921') is an inaccurate description of the time elapsed, leading to a minor contradiction in the reasoning steps, even though the final sum is correct.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

This means there were 5 months from July to December 1921 plus 12 months of 1922. That's a total of 5 + 12 = 17 months.

Explanation

The calculation incorrectly assumes 5 months passed between July 1921 and December 1921, and then adds a full 12 months for 1922. The period is from July 1921 to December 1922. Counting the months: August, September, October, November, December (5 months in 1921) + January through November 1922 (11 months) + December 1922 (1 month) = 17 months. However, the reasoning states '5 months from July to December 1921' which is inaccurate (July to December is 6 months if inclusive, or 5 full months *after* July). More critically, the calculation implies 12 months for 1922, but the event happened in December 1922, meaning only 11 full months passed in 1922 before December, or 17 months total from July 1921 to December 1922 (Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec 1921 = 5 months; Jan-Dec 1922 = 12 months). The actual count from the end of July 1921 to December 6, 1922 is 17 months (Aug '21 through Dec '22). The reasoning's breakdown (5 months in 1921 + 12 months in 1922 = 17) is mathematically flawed in its description of the time elapsed within those years, but the final result (17) is numerically correct based on the dates provided (July 1921 to December 1922). However, the statement '5 months from July to December 1921' is factually incorrect regarding the duration between those two months (July to December is 5 months *after* July, or 6 months inclusive). Since the final answer is derived from this flawed intermediate step, and the intermediate step itself misrepresents the duration, it is flagged as a contradiction in reasoning.

Answer Span:

5 months from July to December 1921 plus 12 months of 1922. That's a total of 5 + 12 = 17 months.

Reference/Question Span:

truce called in July 1921. . . on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State

Question #history_175_17f59db4-794b-4cc4-9036-b6f0ccd9789c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['20', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to figure out Louis II's age at death: 1. **Birth Year:** Louis II was born in 1506. 2. **Death Year:** He died in the Battle of Mohács in 1526. 3. **Calculation:** 1526 - 1506 = 20 years old. Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the birth year (1506) and death year (1526) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to find the age.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_85ef7d66-ce05-44db-9405-08cf211f95cf

1 issue

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many days after the negotiating of the Anglo-Irish Treaty did the entire island of Ireland become the Irish Free State?

Ground Truth Answer

[['365', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty was negotiated from 11 October to 6 December 1921. It also says that on 6 December 1922, the entire island of Ireland became the Irish Free State. Therefore, exactly one year (365 days in a standard year or 366 days in a leap year) passed between the end of the treaty negotiation and the establishment of the Irish Free State. Since 1922 wasn't divisible by 4 and it is not a leap year, then there were 365 days in 1922. Since the dates are both the 6th of December, it was exactly one year between them and the number of days was 365. Answer: {365}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the start date (end of negotiation: Dec 6, 1921) and the end date (establishment of the Free State: Dec 6, 1922). It correctly concludes the difference is one year (365 days). However, the justification regarding the leap year status of 1922 is unnecessary and slightly flawed in its application, although it leads to the correct count for the one-year interval.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction low

Statement

Since 1922 wasn't divisible by 4 and it is not a leap year, then there were 365 days in 1922.

Explanation

The reasoning attempts to calculate the number of days between the end of negotiations (Dec 6, 1921) and the establishment of the Free State (Dec 6, 1922). The calculation should span from Dec 6, 1921, to Dec 6, 1922. The reasoning incorrectly asserts that 1922 was not a leap year based on divisibility by 4, which is irrelevant for determining if the period *between* the two dates contains a leap day (February 29th). The period spans from late 1921 to late 1922. The year 1922 was not a leap year (as it is not divisible by 4), meaning the period between Dec 6, 1921, and Dec 6, 1922, is exactly 365 days. However, the reasoning uses flawed logic to arrive at the correct number of days (365) for the one-year span, specifically by incorrectly applying leap year rules to the year 1922 in isolation when the period spans across the boundary. More critically, the question asks 'How many days after...', which implies a calculation based on the dates provided, and the reasoning chain introduces external, potentially flawed, calculation steps that are not strictly necessary if the dates are the same day/month one year apart. The core issue is the flawed justification regarding the leap year status of 1922 when calculating the difference between Dec 6, 1921, and Dec 6, 1922.

Answer Span:

Since 1922 wasn't divisible by 4 and it is not a leap year, then there were 365 days in 1922.

Reference/Question Span:

negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. . . on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State

Question #nfl_1838_2f70aca0-fbe1-43e1-8f0e-a448c3326430

Clean

Full Question

Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many yards difference was Matt Prater’s first field goal compared to his second?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Find Prater's first field goal distance:** The passage states Prater's first field goal was 49 yards. 2. **Find Prater's second field goal distance:** The passage states Prater's second field goal was 40 yards. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 49 yards - 40 yards = 9 yards. Answer: {9}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the distances of Matt Prater's two field goals from the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1838_42a4f9af-fd71-4157-928c-67ed1db8f132

Clean

Full Question

Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many yards difference was Josh Brown’s first field goal compared to his second?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the solution: 1. **Identify the field goal lengths:** The passage states Josh Brown kicked field goals from 28 and 37 yards. 2. **Calculate the difference:** 37 yards - 28 yards = 9 yards. Answer: {9}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two field goal lengths for Josh Brown from the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1782_0dec7ec5-e8eb-46fe-9756-fc132750ca60

Clean

Full Question

One week later, Dallas faced the 1993 San Francisco 49ers season in the NFC Championship Game for the second year in a row in what was, at the time, the last NFL game to air on CBS. The 49ers had the NFLs highest scoring offense with 473 points, 97 more than the runner-up Cowboys. The last time the two teams played for the NFC title, Dallas won when Aikman thwarted an attempted 49ers comeback with a touchdown drive late in the fourth quarter. But this time, the game was extremely one-sided. The Cowboys scored touchdowns on four of their five first-half possessions. By the end of the half, Dallas had a commanding 28-7 lead. Aikman completed 14 of 18 passes for 177 yards and three touchdowns with no interceptions, while also rushing for 25 yards, but was knocked out of the game with a concussion in the third quarter. Then San Francisco scored a touchdown, making the score 28-14 with plenty of time left for a comeback. However, their hopes were soon dashed as backup quarterback Bernie Kosar, who had already played in three conference championship games and was unable to advance to the Super Bowl each time, led the Cowboys 82 yards to go up 35-14 on his 42-yard touchdown pass to Alvin Harper. Murray then put the finishing touches on San Francisco with a 50-yard field goal, while all the 49ers could do was score a useless touchdown in "garbage time" to make the final score 38-21. Smith rushed for 88 yards, caught seven passes for 85 yards, and scored two touchdowns. Meanwhile, the Dallas defense held 49ers running back Ricky Watters, who rushed for over 100 yards and scored 5 touchdowns in the divisional round, to just 37 yards on 12 carries. How many points were the Cowboys winning by at the end of the half?

Ground Truth Answer

[['19', 1], ['21', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states, "By the end of the half, Dallas had a commanding 28-7 lead." This means the Cowboys were winning by 28 - 7 = 21 points. Answer: {21}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the score at the end of the half from the text and performs the correct subtraction to find the margin of victory.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_199_eb985324-7e0d-4959-9cdf-a3a302290542

Clean

Full Question

On October 8, the Chiefs traveled to Glendale, Arizona for their first game in the University of Phoenix Stadium to face the Arizona Cardinals. Trent Green was still recovering from his concussion, and Arizona's rookie quarterback Matt Leinart made his career start. The game was broadcast on CBS 1:15pm Arizona time. The game began with Arizona's offense dominating and catching the Chiefs' defense off-guard with a 49-yard touchdown pass to Wide receiver Anquan Boldin, putting the Cardinals on the scoreboard within three minutes of the game. On the opening kickoff, Dante Hall was injured and left the game, leaving rookie Jeff Webb to return the kicks for the rest of the game, including a 56-yard punt return. Samie Parker caught a 15-yard touchdown pass, leaving the Chiefs within three points of the Cardinals (17-20). The play was officially reviewed as the referees initially thought Parker caught the ball out of bounds, but the referees decided it was caught in the endzone. Damon Huard threw Larry Johnson a 78-yard screen pass that would be stopped short of a touchdown when Antrel Rolle twisted Johnson's neck by grabbing his facemask, sending him to the turf motionless for 2 minutes. Johnson recovered and received a standing ovation. The NFL fined Rolle $12,500 for his penalty. It was the second time in the 2006 season in which Rolle had been fined for an illegal tackle. The play set up Lawrence Tynes' eventual game-winning field goal, leaving the Chiefs with the 23-20 lead. Neil Rackers set up for a kick with less than 15 seconds to play in order to send the 23-20 contest into overtime. Rackers missed the uprights by a foot with seconds left in the game. How many quarters did Dante Hall play in?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's the solution: The passage states, "On the opening kickoff, Dante Hall was injured and left the game...". Since the opening kickoff happens at the very beginning of the game, Dante Hall played less than one quarter. Answer: {Less than one quarter}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies that Dante Hall was injured on the opening kickoff and logically concludes he played less than one quarter, which is consistent with the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1782_aec757e7-1807-4b63-b8de-2ec49edbed44

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** The question asks how many passes Aikman *did not* complete in the first half. The passage states Aikman completed 14 of 18 passes in the first half. 2. **Perform the calculation:** Subtract the number of completed passes from the total number of attempted passes: 18 - 14 = 4. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the necessary data points (14 completed passes out of 18 attempts) and performs the correct subtraction to find the number of incomplete passes, directly answering the question based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_8be3e663-e0a6-41c6-9f2b-55f9a60bc54d

Clean

Full Question

The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many men of the twenty-five of his 150 men that were sick are still healthy?

Ground Truth Answer

[['125', 1]]

Generated Answer

Amésqueta started with 150 men. 25 of them were sick. 150 - 25 = 125. So, 125 men were still healthy. Answer: {125}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the total number of men and the number sick, and performs the correct subtraction to find the number of healthy men based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1782_4f85554d-9421-4435-a543-97b3b0dfe55e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['59', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the final score of the game was 38-21. Therefore, the total number of points scored in the game is 38 + 21 = 59. Answer: {59}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the final score from the text and calculates the total points scored, directly answering the question based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1838_38327bd5-01a4-4342-b7e0-cb209f2b4655

Clean

Full Question

Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many scores behind were the Rams before their first points?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states the Broncos initially took a 10-0 lead before the Rams responded with their first score. Therefore, the Rams were 10 points behind before getting on the scoreboard. Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the score when the Rams scored their first points (10-0) and accurately determines the deficit (10 points).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_7a2dc15d-dad5-4886-96f1-5d67686bad09

1 issue

Full Question

The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many fighters did Diaz have with 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers?

Ground Truth Answer

[['83', 2]]

Generated Answer

According to the passage, Diaz had 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers. This gives a total of 49 + 34 = 83 fighters. Answer: {83}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly assumes that 'porters' should be included when calculating the number of 'fighters', leading to a factual contradiction based on the implicit definition required by the question.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction high

Statement

This gives a total of 49 + 34 = 83 fighters.

Explanation

The question asks for the number of 'fighters'. The text states Díaz had '49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers'. Porters are generally not considered fighters, and the reasoning chain incorrectly sums soldiers and porters/archers to define the total number of fighters.

Answer Span:

49 + 34 = 83 fighters

Reference/Question Span:

How many fighters did Diaz have with 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers?

Question #nfl_1838_85b90ec6-808e-4577-9ee7-e839ecb57797

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Prater's Field Goals:** Matt Prater kicked two field goals for the Broncos (49 yards and 40 yards). 2. **Brown's Field Goals:** Josh Brown kicked three field goals for the Rams (28 yards, 37 yards, and 26 yards). 3. **Difference:** Brown kicked 3 field goals - Prater kicked 2 field goals = 1 field goal. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain accurately identifies the number of field goals kicked by Brown (3) and Prater (2) based on the provided text and correctly calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_03368542-1574-4350-a827-cd0138957ebc

1 issue

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many years after the Anglo-Irish Treaty did Northern Ireland rejoin the United Kingdom?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty was finalized on December 6, 1922, and that Northern Ireland rejoined the United Kingdom on December 8, 1922. Therefore, Northern Ireland rejoined the UK two days after the treaty, which is less than a year. Since the question asks for the number of years, the answer is 0. Answer: {0}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly identifies the finalization date of the Anglo-Irish Treaty, leading to an incorrect calculation of the time difference, although the final numerical answer derived from the flawed premise (0 years) is technically correct based on the dates it incorrectly established (Dec 6, 1922 vs Dec 8, 1922).

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction high

Statement

The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty was finalized on December 6, 1922

Explanation

The text states the treaty was negotiated from 11 October to 6 December 1921, and that the Irish Free State was established on 6 December 1922, not that the treaty was finalized on that date.

Answer Span:

The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty was finalized on December 6, 1922

Reference/Question Span:

negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921

Question #history_1237_11a86d1d-2ff0-47ef-a631-4cce8706eb27

1 issue

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. Over how many months did the Irtish delegates negotiate the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to calculate the negotiation period: The passage states the Anglo-Irish Treaty negotiations took place "from 11 October to 6 December 1921". * **October:** From 11th to 31st is 21 days (31 - 11 + 1 = 21, we add 1 because both the start and end date are included) * **November:** The entire month of November has 30 days. * **December:** From 1st to 6th is 6 days. Total days: 21 + 30 + 6 = 57 days Since we need the answer in months, and there's a little less than 60 days, which is approximately two months, we can say the negotiations lasted for about two months. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the start and end dates (Oct 11 to Dec 6) but incorrectly converts the resulting 57 days into 'about two months' when the actual duration is less than two full months. The calculation of days is accurate, but the final step of converting to months is flawed.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

Since we need the answer in months, and there's a little less than 60 days, which is approximately two months, we can say the negotiations lasted for about two months.

Explanation

The question asks for the duration in months. The negotiation period was from October 11 to December 6. This spans parts of October, all of November, and part of December. This is less than two full months (October 11 to December 11 would be two months). The reasoning calculates 57 days, which is less than two months, but then concludes the answer is 'about two months' (represented by the final answer {2}). While the calculation of days is correct, concluding it is 'about two months' when the actual duration is 1 month and 26 days (or 1.87 months) is an inaccurate rounding/conclusion based on the premise that the answer should be in months, and the final answer provided is '2'. However, the most direct contradiction is the final conclusion derived from the calculation, which is not strictly supported by the context's implied unit (months). Since the question asks 'Over how many months', and the calculation yields 57 days, concluding 'about two months' is an interpretation/rounding error, but the core issue is that the reasoning chain attempts to convert days to months when the actual duration is clearly less than two full months (Oct 11 - Dec 6). The reasoning chain itself concludes 'about two months' based on 57 days, which is factually inaccurate for a duration spanning only two calendar months (October and November) plus a few days in December.

Answer Span:

approximately two months

Reference/Question Span:

Over how many months did the Irtish delegates negotiate the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London?

Question #history_1313_797e963c-52f2-4f8e-ba70-5a382cda0d85

Clean

Full Question

Though there had been popular support for the war among the Russian public following the Japanese attack at Port Arthur in 1904, that popular support soon turned to discontent after suffering multiple defeats at the hands of the Japanese forces. For many Russians, the immediate shock of unexpected humiliation at the hands of Japan caused the conflict to be viewed as a metaphor for the shortcomings of the Romanov autocracy. Popular discontent in Russia after the war added more fuel to the already simmering Russian Revolution of 1905, an event Nicholas II had hoped to avoid entirely by taking intransigent negotiating stances prior to coming to the table. Twelve years later, that discontent boiled over into the February Revolution of 1917. In Poland, which Russia partitioned in the late 18th century, and where Russian rule already caused two major uprisings, the population was so restless that an army of 250,000-300,000—larger than the one facing the Japanese—had to be stationed to put down the unrest. Some political leaders of the Polish insurrection movement sent emissaries to Japan to collaborate on sabotage and intelligence gathering within the Russian Empire and even plan a Japanese-aided uprising. In Russia, the defeat of 1905 led in the short term to a reform of the Russian military that allowed it to face Germany in World War I. However, the revolts at home following the war planted seeds that presaged the Russian Revolution of 1917. This was because Tsar Nicholas II issued the October Manifesto, which included only limited reforms such as the Duma and failed to address the societal problems of Russia at the time. How many revolutions did Russia suffer in the early 20th century?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage mentions the Russian Revolution of 1905 and the February Revolution of 1917. While the October Manifesto was issued in response to the 1905 revolution, and it is mentioned that this ultimately led to the 1917 revolution, the text clearly states two distinct revolutions. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two revolutions mentioned in the text (1905 and 1917) which directly answers the question based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_cf455cf1-0221-45c3-88ed-b0c768ed82c5

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Díaz's initial party:** Díaz started with a party of 25 men. 2. **Second force:** He later combined with a force of roadbuilders and their military escort. This second force consisted of 49 soldiers (including the original 25) and 34 porters and archers, meaning the second force he met up with was comprised of 24 soldiers and 34 porters and archers. Therefore, Díaz combined two different military forces. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning correctly identifies that two forces combined, but it incorrectly attempts to calculate the composition of the second force, leading to a factual error in the intermediate step, even though the final count of forces combined (2) is correct based on the text structure.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

This second force consisted of 49 soldiers (including the original 25) and 34 porters and archers, meaning the second force he met up with was comprised of 24 soldiers and 34 porters and archers.

Explanation

The text states that after combining forces, Díaz had a total of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers. It does not state that the second force consisted of 24 soldiers and 34 porters and archers. The reasoning incorrectly calculates the composition of the second force based on the final total.

Answer Span:

This second force consisted of 49 soldiers (including the original 25) and 34 porters and archers, meaning the second force he met up with was comprised of 24 soldiers and 34 porters and archers.

Reference/Question Span:

The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz.

Question #history_228_16e4b810-0779-447e-98e2-fb80a94540d3

1 issue

Full Question

The Serbian army emerged victorious, although details of the actual battle are vague. Şahin Bey entered Serbia with 20.000 akinjis at that time he learned that Serbian lords had prepared an army to attack his troops. He advanced to Pločnik near Prokuplje but could not detect the position of that army, and believed that there was none. At that time, many akinjis lost their temper and began looting civilian properties in the surrounding villages by disobeying orders. Şahin Bey stayed alone with 2,000 soldiers. On the other hand, the battlefield was observed by Serbian expeditionary forces. Suddenly an allied army with 30,000 soldiers appeared, many of whom were cavalry. The Serbian army used heavy knight cavalry charge with horse archers on the flanks. The Serbs first attacked the Ottoman center , although they were unprepared and tasted nasty shock to heavy Serbian knights, the outnumbered Ottoman center resisted for some time but later began to withdraw with Şahin Bey who barely escaped with his life. Then the Serbian army turned to the other 18,000 akinjis that were busy plundering; unprepared, ill-disciplined, surprised akinjis couldn't do anything without their general. Only 5,000 of them returned home alive. More than 60% of the Ottoman army was destroyed. According to tradition Serbian knight and folk hero Miloš Obilić participated in this battle and distinguished himself, and was wounded by an Ottoman arrow. According to some, such as Croatian historian Vjekoslav Klaić, Lazar's army was aided by Bosnian troops. One version of the battle has it that the battle was won thanks to the Bosnian troops and the trickery of a Kastrioti. How many akinjis didn't return home alive?

Ground Truth Answer

[['13000', 2]]

Generated Answer

Şahin Bey entered Serbia with 20,000 akinjis. Of these, only 5,000 returned home alive. Therefore, 20,000 - 5,000 = 15,000 akinjis did not return. Answer: {15,000}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly applies the number of akinjis who returned alive (5,000) to the total initial force (20,000), ignoring the crucial context that only the 18,000 plundering akinjis were targeted in the final phase where the 5,000 survivors came from.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

Of these, only 5,000 returned home alive.

Explanation

The reasoning chain fails to account for the fact that the initial 20,000 akinjis were split. 2,000 stayed with Şahin Bey, and 18,000 were busy plundering when the main Serbian attack occurred. The context states that 'Only 5,000 of them returned home alive,' referring to the 18,000 plundering akinjis, not the total 20,000.

Answer Span:

Of these, only 5,000 returned home alive.

Reference/Question Span:

Then the Serbian army turned to the other 18,000 akinjis that were busy plundering; unprepared, ill-disciplined, surprised akinjis couldn't do anything without their general. Only 5,000 of them returned home alive.

Question #history_200_0def9c5e-066c-45a4-ab56-81c7c7c685f4

Clean

Full Question

Charles reached Rome in 1265, but was temporarily halted by financial embarrassments. Manfred, however, did not take the field against him until January 1266, when Charles' main army had crossed the Alps. Alarmed by desertions among his followers and fearing further treachery, Manfred sought to bring Charles to battle as swiftly as possible. Charles attempted to turn Manfred's position at Capua by a perilous crossing of the Apennines which wrecked his supply line; but Manfred had intelligence of his move and lay in a strong position across the River Calore, crossed only by one bridge. Charles had divided his cavalry into three "battles". The infantry and the first battle, consisting of 900 Provençals were at the front, commanded by Marshal of France Hugh of Mirepoix and Philip of Montfort, Lord of Castres. Behind them were the second battle, which consisted of 400 Italians and 1,000 men of Languedoc and central France. Charles commanded the second battle in person. Behind them, the third battle consisted of about 700 men from the county of Flanders under Constable of France Gilles II de Trasignies and Robert III of Flanders. Manfred had adopted similar dispositions. His Saracen archers were in the fore. Behind them was the first battle, 1,200 German mercenaries armed in coats of plates, commanded by his cousin Giordano d'Anglano and Galvano of Anglona. The second battle consisted of the Italian mercenaries, about 1,000, and 300 Saracen light horse, commanded by his uncle Galvano Lancia. The third battle, numbering 1,400, were the feudatories of the Kingdom, under Manfred's personal command. How many more men were part of Charles first battle compared to Charles third battle?

Ground Truth Answer

[['200', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Charles' first battle:** 900 Provençals 2. **Charles' third battle:** 700 men from Flanders 3. **Difference:** 900 - 700 = 200 Answer: {200}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the sizes of Charles' first and third battles from the context and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1352_7b83ff8b-36c8-4b85-80e0-40e3ad25d010

Clean

Full Question

On 10 September 1580, 600 Papal troops commanded by Sebastiano di San Giuseppe , landed in Smerwick, near the same point where Fitzmaurice had landed the previous year. They had been paid for and sent by Pope Gregory to aid the rebellion. Desmond, Baltinglass and John of Desmond made an effort to link up with the expeditionary force but English forces under Ormonde and Grey blocked them and prompt naval action by Richard Bingham blockaded the Papal force's ships into the bay at Smerwick. San Giuseppe had no choice but to fortify his men in the fort at Dún an Óir. In October 1580, Grey de Wilton with up to 4000 troops arrived at Smerwick and laid siege to the garrison. The invasion forces were geographically isolated on the tip of the narrow Dingle Peninsula, cut off by Mount Brandon on one side and the much larger English force on the other. They had no means of escape. In addition, the English had brought up heavy artillery by sea, which rapidly broke down the improvised defences of Dún an Óir. After a three-day siege, commander Di san Giuseppe surrendered on 10 October 1580. Grey de Wilton ordered the massacre of the invasion forces, sparing only the commanders. Italian and Spanish troops, and Irish men and women, were beheaded and their bodies thrown into the sea. Among the English soldiers present at the siege and massacre was the writer and explorer Walter Raleigh. This was brought against him as a criminal charge in one of his trials. Raleigh argued that he was "obliged to obey the commands of his superior officer" but he was unable to exonerate himself. How many more troops did Grey de Wilton have when he arrived in Smerwick compared to Sebastiano di San Giuseppe?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3400', 2]]

Generated Answer

Grey de Wilton had up to 4000 troops, while Sebastiano di San Giuseppe had 600 troops. 4000 - 600 = 3400. Answer: {3400}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the troop numbers for both commanders from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the implied question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1578_d3bc4a55-84c8-4379-a2df-610e30794d1a

Clean

Full Question

Baldwin de Burg was a nephew of Baldwin I of Jerusalem and the Count of Edessa from 1100 to 1118. In 1118 his uncle died and he became King Baldwin II of Jerusalem. In the Battle of Ager Sanguinis, fought near Sarmada on 28 June 1119, the Franks suffered a disastrous defeat by the forces of Ilghazi, the ruler of Mardin. Later that year Baldwin regained some territory, but the Franks were seriously weakened. Baldwin asked for help from Pope Callixtus II. The pope forwarded the request to Venice. The terms of the crusade were agreed through negotiations between the envoys of Baldwin II and the doge of Venice. Once the Venetians decided to participate, Pope Callixtus II sent them his papal banner to signify his approval, At the First Council of the Lateran he confirmed that the Venetions had crusader privileges, including remission of their sins. The church also extended its protection to the families and property of the crusaders. In 1122 the Doge of Venice, Domenico Michiel, launched the seaborne crusade. The Venetian fleet of more than 120 ships carrying over 15,000 men left the Venetian Lagoon on 8 August 1122. This seems to have been the first crusade in which the knights brought their horses with them. They invested Corfu, then a possession of the Byzantine Empire, with which Venice had a dispute over privileges. In 1123 Baldwin II was captured by Balak of Mardin, emir of Aleppo, and imprisoned in Kharput. Eustace Graverius became regent of Jerusalem. The Venetians abandoned the siege of Corfu when they heard this news, and reached the Palestinian coast in May 1123. How many years after Baldwin de Burg became Count of Edessa did he become King Baldwin II of Jerusalem?

Ground Truth Answer

[['18', 2]]

Generated Answer

Baldwin de Burg was Count of Edessa from 1100 to 1118. He became King Baldwin II of Jerusalem in 1118. 1118 - 1100 = 18. Answer: {18}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the start date as Count of Edessa (1100) and the date he became King (1118) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_228_62e99d8c-586a-4631-acaf-d2ed1e8a7905

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['13000', 1], ['15000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Şahin Bey entered Serbia with 20,000 akinjis. Only 5,000 of them returned home alive. Therefore, 20,000 - 5,000 = 15,000 akinjis died. Answer: {15,000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the initial number of akinjis and the number that returned alive, performing the correct subtraction to answer the question based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_684416af-6cbf-44ee-8fd8-82c1a4f887f3

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['125', 2]]

Generated Answer

Amésqueta started with 150 men, and 25 of them were sick. Therefore, 150 - 25 = 125 men were not sick. Answer: {125}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the total number of men (150) and the number of sick men (25) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1092_bce995bb-9595-4f6e-bad5-4ffdc763d132

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many total mandatory delegates were proposed by both the Bolshevik Central Committee and the Socialist Revolutionaries?

Ground Truth Answer

[['84', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. 26 + 58 = 84. Answer: {84}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant numbers from the context and performs the correct calculation to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_2e29475a-c7fd-495c-8ae4-f0f841350dd2

2 issues

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty was negotiated from 11 October to 6 December 1921. From October 11th to November 11th is one month. From November 11th to December 6th is almost another month, but slightly less as December has 31 days. Since the question asks "how many months", we only count full months. Thus, the treaty was negotiated for approximately two months. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the negotiation dates but incorrectly calculates the duration by imposing an arbitrary rule about counting only 'full months,' leading to an inaccurate approximation that contradicts the specific dates provided in the source text.

Detected Issues (2)

contradiction medium

Statement

Thus, the treaty was negotiated for approximately two months.

Explanation

The negotiation period was from October 11 to December 6, 1921. This is 1 month and 26 days, which is less than two full months. Stating it was 'approximately two months' contradicts the specific dates provided which allow for a precise calculation (less than 2 months).

Answer Span:

approximately two months

Reference/Question Span:

from 11 October to 6 December 1921

missing_context medium

Statement

Since the question asks "how many months", we only count full months.

Explanation

The reasoning imposes an unstated constraint ('we only count full months') which is not present in the question ('How many months was the Anglo-Irish Treaty negotiated for?'). The context provides specific start and end dates, implying a calculation based on those dates, not an arbitrary rule about counting only 'full' months.

Answer Span:

we only count full months

Reference/Question Span:

How many months was the Anglo-Irish Treaty negotiated for?

Question #history_1578_b4230db9-a914-4172-9489-c0f6ea85d583

Clean

Full Question

Baldwin de Burg was a nephew of Baldwin I of Jerusalem and the Count of Edessa from 1100 to 1118. In 1118 his uncle died and he became King Baldwin II of Jerusalem. In the Battle of Ager Sanguinis, fought near Sarmada on 28 June 1119, the Franks suffered a disastrous defeat by the forces of Ilghazi, the ruler of Mardin. Later that year Baldwin regained some territory, but the Franks were seriously weakened. Baldwin asked for help from Pope Callixtus II. The pope forwarded the request to Venice. The terms of the crusade were agreed through negotiations between the envoys of Baldwin II and the doge of Venice. Once the Venetians decided to participate, Pope Callixtus II sent them his papal banner to signify his approval, At the First Council of the Lateran he confirmed that the Venetions had crusader privileges, including remission of their sins. The church also extended its protection to the families and property of the crusaders. In 1122 the Doge of Venice, Domenico Michiel, launched the seaborne crusade. The Venetian fleet of more than 120 ships carrying over 15,000 men left the Venetian Lagoon on 8 August 1122. This seems to have been the first crusade in which the knights brought their horses with them. They invested Corfu, then a possession of the Byzantine Empire, with which Venice had a dispute over privileges. In 1123 Baldwin II was captured by Balak of Mardin, emir of Aleppo, and imprisoned in Kharput. Eustace Graverius became regent of Jerusalem. The Venetians abandoned the siege of Corfu when they heard this news, and reached the Palestinian coast in May 1123. How many years after becoming king did Baldwin get captured by Balak of Mardin?

Ground Truth Answer

[['5', 2]]

Generated Answer

Baldwin II became king in 1118 and was captured in 1123. 1123 - 1118 = 5 years. Answer: {5}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the year Baldwin II became king (1118) and the year he was captured (1123) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1907_2e5f562d-7c22-4b82-9532-2cd8e7b68ca6

Clean

Full Question

Tottenham Hotspur F.C. became a limited company, The Tottenham Hotspur Football and Athletic Company Ltd, on 2 March 1898 so as to raise funds for the club and limit the personal liability of its members. 8,000 shares were issued at £1 each, although only 1,558 shares were taken up in the first year. Members of the Wale family, who had association with the club since the 1930s and were chairmen of Tottenham Hotspur F.C. in the 1960s and 1970s, were once the largest shareholder of the club. In the early 1980s, cost overruns in the construction of a new West Stand together with the cost of rebuilding the team in previous years led to financial difficulties for the club. In November 1982, Irving Scholar bought 25% of the club for £600,000, and together with Paul Bobroff gained control of the club. Scholar Flotation (shares) Tottenham Hotspur Public limited company, which wholly owns the football club, on the London Stock Exchange in 1983, the first European sports club to be listed in a stock market. The share issue was successful with 3.8 million shares quickly sold. Ill-judged financial decisions led to accumulating debts, and in June 1991 Terry Venables teamed up with businessman Alan Sugar to buy the club, initially as equal partner with each investing £3.25 million. Sugar increased his stake to £8 million by December 1991 and became the dominant partner with effective control of the club. In May 1993, Venables was sacked from the board after a dispute. By 2000, Sugar began to consider selling the club, and in February 2001, he sold the major part of his shareholding to ENIC Group. For how many years did Alan Sugar own the majority of the club?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 3]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to figure this out: 1. **Alan Sugar gained control:** Alan Sugar gained dominant control in December 1991. 2. **ENIC Group purchase:** Sugar sold the majority of his shares to ENIC Group in February 2001. 3. **Calculate the difference:** From December 1991 to February 2001 is approximately 9 years and 2 months. Answer: {9}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the start and end points for Alan Sugar's dominant ownership and calculates the duration, which directly answers the question based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1092_48c48b6d-7e51-442f-96c0-9f58415a01cd

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many delegates were women from both the Bolshevik delegates and the Socialist Revolutionary delegates?

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that there was one woman Bolshevik delegate and seven women Socialist Revolutionary delegates. 1 + 7 = 8. Answer: {8}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary figures from the text and performs the correct calculation to answer the question posed at the end of the context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1352_e4d11a90-2b7e-47c0-a1c8-901c885ff5ea

Clean

Full Question

On 10 September 1580, 600 Papal troops commanded by Sebastiano di San Giuseppe , landed in Smerwick, near the same point where Fitzmaurice had landed the previous year. They had been paid for and sent by Pope Gregory to aid the rebellion. Desmond, Baltinglass and John of Desmond made an effort to link up with the expeditionary force but English forces under Ormonde and Grey blocked them and prompt naval action by Richard Bingham blockaded the Papal force's ships into the bay at Smerwick. San Giuseppe had no choice but to fortify his men in the fort at Dún an Óir. In October 1580, Grey de Wilton with up to 4000 troops arrived at Smerwick and laid siege to the garrison. The invasion forces were geographically isolated on the tip of the narrow Dingle Peninsula, cut off by Mount Brandon on one side and the much larger English force on the other. They had no means of escape. In addition, the English had brought up heavy artillery by sea, which rapidly broke down the improvised defences of Dún an Óir. After a three-day siege, commander Di san Giuseppe surrendered on 10 October 1580. Grey de Wilton ordered the massacre of the invasion forces, sparing only the commanders. Italian and Spanish troops, and Irish men and women, were beheaded and their bodies thrown into the sea. Among the English soldiers present at the siege and massacre was the writer and explorer Walter Raleigh. This was brought against him as a criminal charge in one of his trials. Raleigh argued that he was "obliged to obey the commands of his superior officer" but he was unable to exonerate himself. How many months into the year of 1580 did commander Di san Giuseppe surrender?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 4]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that Di san Giuseppe surrendered on 10 October 1580. October is the 10th month of the year. Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the surrender date (10 October 1580) and correctly deduces that October is the 10th month, answering the question about how many months into the year the surrender occurred.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_200_ac47eb17-6d08-488e-9f69-8d1e0d018767

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1500', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the total number of Italians fighting on both sides: 1. **Charles's side:** The passage states that Charles's second battle included 400 Italians. 2. **Manfred's side:** The passage says Manfred's second battle consisted of about 1,000 Italian mercenaries. 3. **Total:** Adding the Italians from both sides: 400 + 1,000 = 1,400. Answer: {1400}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of Italians on Charles's side (400) and Manfred's side (1,000) and sums them accurately based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1092_628fc601-b5ca-4a8b-8ffc-65f1544665cb

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many days took place between the elimination of hierarchy in the army and the creation of Cheka?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 4]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the elimination of hierarchy in the army happened on December 16, 1917, and the Cheka was created on December 20, 1917. Therefore, 20 - 16 = 4 days. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_200_6153eb8b-88b3-40b7-9644-129f36fde149

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1400', 1]]

Generated Answer

Charles' cavalry was divided into three "battles": 1. The first battle consisted of 900 Provençals. 2. The second battle consisted of 400 Italians and 1,000 men of Languedoc and central France, totaling 1400 men. 3. The third battle consisted of about 700 men from the county of Flanders. Adding these up: 900 + 1400 + 700 = 3000 Answer: {3000}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the components of Charles' cavalry from the text and sums them up accurately to arrive at the total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1092_e44f4ea8-b8b8-4b03-93b3-76456f0dc2cb

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many months before the Red Terror was started did Bolsheviks dissolve the Constituent Assembly?

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918 and that the Red Terror started in September 1918. From January to September there are eight months. Answer: {8}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates for the dissolution of the Constituent Assembly (January 1918) and the start of the Red Terror (September 1918) from the text and accurately calculates the time difference (8 months).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1222_35c2174f-2eb4-45eb-9658-c6ebbc99ea7b

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their road loss to the Bills, the Chargers flew to Wembley Stadium for the 2008 International Series game with the New Orleans Saints. In the first quarter, San Diego trailed early as kicker Taylor Mehlhaff got a 23-yard field goal. The 'Bolts would respond with kicker Nate Kaeding getting a 33-yard field goal. In the second quarter, New Orleans regained the lead as QB Drew Brees (a former Charger) completed a 12-yard TD pass to WR Devery Henderson (with a failed PAT) and RB Deuce McAllister getting a 1-yard TD run. San Diego answered as QB Philip Rivers completed a 12-yard TD pass to RB LaDainian Tomlinson, but the Saints replied with Brees completing a 30-yard TD pass to WR Lance Moore. The Chargers closed out the half with Rivers completing a 12-yard TD pass to TE Antonio Gates. In the third quarter, New Orleans increased its lead Brees completing a 1-yard TD pass to TE Mark Campbell, after a very controversial Pass interference call on cornerback Cletis Gordon put the Saints on the 1-yard line. The 'Bolts would answer with Kaeding getting a 24-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Saints continued to build its lead as FB Mike Karney got a 1-yard TD run. San Diego tried to rally as Kaeding nailed a 31-yard field goal, Rivers completed a 14-yard TD pass to WR Vincent Jackson, and Brees giving the 'Bolts a safety via an incomplete pass thrown into the back of his own endzone. However, New Orleans' defense stiffened for the win. With the loss, the Chargers went into their bye week at 3-5. How many yards longer was Kaeding's longest field goal than Mehlhaff's longest field goal?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the solution: 1. **Identify Kaeding's field goals:** Kaeding made field goals of 33, 24, and 31 yards. 2. **Identify Kaeding's longest field goal:** His longest was 33 yards. 3. **Identify Mehlhaff's field goal:** Mehlhaff made one field goal of 23 yards. 4. **Calculate the difference:** 33 yards - 23 yards = 10 yards Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all relevant field goal distances for both kickers from the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1883_655e44af-df8d-43f3-81d6-4516d6a9f13e

Clean

Full Question

The Colts traveled to Denver, Colorado for an AFC conference matchup with the Denver Broncos. The game started with punts by both teams on their own opening drives. The Colts then drove down the field and scored on a 38-yard field goal by Adam Vinateri. After a defensive interception set the Colts up down field, Indianapolis was forced to kick another field goal to extend their lead to 6-0 at the end of the first quarter. The Colts offense did not stop firing with the start of the second quarter, Peyton Manning threw to Austin Collie for his first touchdown of the game and gave the Colts a 13-0 lead. With the start of the second quarter the Bronco offense came alive. However, many offensive mistakes and key plays caused Denver to get points only on a late field goal by Matt Prater. At halftime, the Indianapolis Colts held the lead of 13-3. Denver received the ball first in the second half and was able to capitalize with a touchdown drive closing the game to a three-point margin. After switching possession, the Colts were able to respond with a touchdown drive that included Blair White, who was just signed from the practice squad prior to the game. Denver then scored a field goal late in the third quarter making the game a 20-13 contest heading into the fourth quarter. After defensive stops, the Colts were able to score a touchdown on another Austin Collie reception to take a commanding 27-13. The defense was able to stop the Broncos on their next possession allowing the Colts to win 27-13, and take their second straight game of the season, improving their record to 2-1. How many points did the colts lead by?

Ground Truth Answer

[['14', 1], ['10', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states the Colts won the game with a final score of 27-13. Therefore, the Colts led by 27 - 13 = 14 points. Answer: {14}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the final score from the text and calculates the lead difference as requested by the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1222_f631fc80-ccc6-4f65-92a1-be1739ef8fbe

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their road loss to the Bills, the Chargers flew to Wembley Stadium for the 2008 International Series game with the New Orleans Saints. In the first quarter, San Diego trailed early as kicker Taylor Mehlhaff got a 23-yard field goal. The 'Bolts would respond with kicker Nate Kaeding getting a 33-yard field goal. In the second quarter, New Orleans regained the lead as QB Drew Brees (a former Charger) completed a 12-yard TD pass to WR Devery Henderson (with a failed PAT) and RB Deuce McAllister getting a 1-yard TD run. San Diego answered as QB Philip Rivers completed a 12-yard TD pass to RB LaDainian Tomlinson, but the Saints replied with Brees completing a 30-yard TD pass to WR Lance Moore. The Chargers closed out the half with Rivers completing a 12-yard TD pass to TE Antonio Gates. In the third quarter, New Orleans increased its lead Brees completing a 1-yard TD pass to TE Mark Campbell, after a very controversial Pass interference call on cornerback Cletis Gordon put the Saints on the 1-yard line. The 'Bolts would answer with Kaeding getting a 24-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Saints continued to build its lead as FB Mike Karney got a 1-yard TD run. San Diego tried to rally as Kaeding nailed a 31-yard field goal, Rivers completed a 14-yard TD pass to WR Vincent Jackson, and Brees giving the 'Bolts a safety via an incomplete pass thrown into the back of his own endzone. However, New Orleans' defense stiffened for the win. With the loss, the Chargers went into their bye week at 3-5. How many more total field goal yards did Nate Kaeding make than Taylor Mehlhaff?

Ground Truth Answer

[['23', 1], ['65', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify Kaeding's field goals:** Nate Kaeding made field goals of 33 yards, 24 yards, and 31 yards. 2. **Calculate Kaeding's total field goal yards:** 33 + 24 + 31 = 88 yards 3. **Identify Mehlhaff's field goal:** Taylor Mehlhaff made a field goal of 23 yards. 4. **Calculate the difference:** 88 - 23 = 65 yards Answer: {65}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all field goals made by both kickers mentioned in the context, calculates their respective totals, and finds the correct difference based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1092_ce7ee2ad-946e-4db5-a2b7-5de955aa97a0

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many mandatory candidates in total were there for the election?

Ground Truth Answer

[['84', 3], ['26', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Therefore, the total number of mandatory candidates is 26 + 58 = 84. Answer: {84}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant numbers from the text and performs the correct calculation to answer the question based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1883_585c3a26-c4aa-42f2-9aaf-ad69fe92a608

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['38', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage doesn't mention the total yards the Colts had. It only mentions the yardage of one play, a 38-yard field goal. We cannot determine the total yards from the given information. Answer: {Unable to determine}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies that the total yardage for the Colts is not provided in the source text, only the yardage for one specific field goal.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_270c5a01-4971-498a-a1e8-08a6b13264aa

Clean

Full Question

In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many years were there between the siege of Herceg Novi and Venice taking Vrgorac?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Find the dates:** The passage says the siege of Herceg Novi began on September 1, 1687. Venice took Vrgorac on November 26, 1690. 2. **Calculate the difference:** From September 1, 1687 to September 1, 1690 is three years. Then, from September 1, 1690 to November 26, 1690 is a little less than three months. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant dates and calculates the time difference, although the final answer provided in the reasoning chain is numerically incorrect based on the calculation shown (3 years and a few months, not just 3 years). However, since the instructions state not to flag final answers/conclusions, and the steps leading up to the conclusion are factually sound based on the text, no hallucinations are flagged.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_71446d50-bab4-42a8-b8b5-ba3e4cf99035

Clean

Full Question

In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many areas north of the Republic of Ragusa did Venice take over in 1694?

Ground Truth Answer

[['7', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that in 1694 Venice took "areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković." There are seven locations listed. Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant sentence in the context and accurately counts the listed areas to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1459_c2115e30-fe10-428d-8e9f-81765a5feec6

Clean

Full Question

The Spanish engaged in a strategy of concentrating native populations in newly founded colonial towns, or reducciones . Native resistance to the new nucleated settlements took the form of the flight of the indigenous inhabitants into inaccessible regions such as the forest or joining neighbouring Maya groups that had not yet submitted to the Spanish. Those that remained behind in the reducciones often fell victim to contagious diseases. An example of the effect on populations of this strategy is the province of Acalan, which occupied an area spanning southern Campeche and eastern Tabasco. When Hernán Cortés passed through Acalan in 1525 he estimated the population size as at least 10,000. In 1553 the population was recorded at around 4,000. In 1557 the population was forcibly moved to Tixchel on the Gulf coast, so as to be more easily accessible to the Spanish authorities. In 1561 the Spanish recorded only 250 tribute-paying inhabitants of Tixchel, which probably had a total population of about 1,100. This indicates a 90% drop in population over a 36-year span. Some of the inhabitants had fled Tixchel for the forest, while others had succumbed to disease, malnutrition and inadequate housing in the Spanish reducción. Coastal reducciones, while convenient for Spanish administration, were vulnerable to pirate attacks; in the case of Tixchel, pirate attacks and contagious European diseases led to the eradication of the reducción town and the extinction of the Chontal Maya of Campeche. Among the Maya, ambush was a favoured tactic. How many more people lived in Acalan in 1525 compared to 1553?

Ground Truth Answer

[['6000', 2]]

Generated Answer

According to the passage, the population of Acalan in 1525 was estimated to be at least 10,000. In 1553, the population was around 4,000. The difference between these two numbers is 10,000 - 4,000 = 6,000. Answer: {6000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary population figures from the context (10,000 in 1525 and 4,000 in 1553) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1222_a4186127-63c5-47dd-843f-50376c361520

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the solution: The passage states Nate Kaeding made three field goals (33-yard, 24-yard, and 31-yard). Taylor Mehlhaff made one field goal (23-yard). Therefore, Kaeding made 3 - 1 = 2 more field goals than Mehlhaff. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the number of field goals made by each kicker based on the text and calculates the difference accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_1236769b-479b-4adc-bf2c-cbbc25733cc9

Clean

Full Question

In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many cities did Ottomon attack to retaliate for Polijica?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that "In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane". The Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, Dolac, and Srijane. That's three cities. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain accurately identifies the cities attacked by the Ottomans in retaliation for Poljica based directly on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_194_bdcc289c-0316-4dfa-81e9-e36e777b9a28

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their blowout road loss to the Jaguars, the Colts went home for a Monday Night Football matchup with the Cincinnati Bengals. In the first quarter, Indianapolis struck first with K Adam Vinatieri nailing a 30-yard field goal. The Bengals would respond with K Shayne Graham converting a 27-yard field goal. In the second quarter, the Colts began their breakout with QB Peyton Manning completing a 4-yard touchdown pass to WR Marvin Harrison. Harrison would end up catching three touchdown passes in this game. Even though Cincinnati responded with 12-yard touchdown run by RB Rudi Johnson, Indianapolis responded with Manning completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to Harrison. In the third quarter, the Bengals converted another field goal, and the Colts continued their power with Manning completing another touchdown pass to Marvin Harrison. Afterwards, Manning would complete another touchdown pass, this one an 18-yarder to WR Reggie Wayne. In the fourth quarter, the Bengals' only response was another field goal. After that last field goal by Shayne Graham, Adam Vinatieri responded with a 44-yard field goal to close out the game. With the win, the Colts improved to 11-3. Colts QB Peyton Manning finished the game 29 of 36 for 282 yards with four touchdowns and no interceptions, while Bengals QB Carson Palmer was 14 of 28 for 176 passing yards. Palmer also fumbled the football four times in this game. Colts DE Dwight Freeney forced three fumbles in the game and also had three sacks on Carson Palmer. How many touchdowns did Marvin Harrison score in the second quarter?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

According to the passage, Marvin Harrison caught two touchdown passes from Peyton Manning in the second quarter: a 4-yard touchdown pass and a 3-yard touchdown pass. So he scored two touchdowns in the second quarter. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two touchdown passes caught by Marvin Harrison in the second quarter based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_22c82b78-75f9-46a0-a9f8-b070e15b0960

2 issues

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['30', 1], ['29', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the siege of Herceg Novi started on 1 September 1687 and ended on 30 September 1687. This means the siege lasted for 30 days. Answer: {30}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the start and end dates for the siege of Herceg Novi (Sept 1 to Sept 30) and correctly deduces the duration is 30 days (inclusive counting). No contradictions or missing crucial context were found relative to the question asked.

Detected Issues (2)

contradiction low

Statement

This means the siege lasted for 30 days.

Explanation

The siege started on September 1st and ended on September 30th. This duration is 30 days (30 - 1 + 1 = 30 days if counting inclusively, but the calculation error is in the reasoning chain's implied subtraction or counting method, as the duration between Sept 1 and Sept 30 inclusive is 30 days. However, the context states Knin lasted 12 days (Sept 11 - 12 days = Sept 11 - 12 + 1 = Sept 1). The duration calculation for Herceg Novi (Sept 1 to Sept 30) is 30 days. The error is in the reasoning chain's calculation/statement about the duration based on the dates provided, which implies a simple subtraction or miscounting when the actual duration is 30 days (30 - 1 + 1). The reasoning chain states 'This means the siege lasted for 30 days,' which is factually correct based on the dates (Sept 1 to Sept 30 inclusive is 30 days). Let's re-evaluate the calculation based on the Knin example: Knin lasted 12 days, starting Sept 11. If it ended 12 days later, it ended Sept 22 (11+11). The text says Knin was taken *after* a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. This implies the siege *ended* on Sept 11 after 12 days. If a siege starts on Day X and lasts N days, it ends on Day X + N - 1. If it lasts 12 days and ends on Sept 11, it started on Sept 11 - 12 + 1 = Sept 1. The reasoning chain for Herceg Novi states it started Sept 1 and ended Sept 30. The duration is 30 - 1 + 1 = 30 days. The reasoning chain concludes 'This means the siege lasted for 30 days.' This conclusion is mathematically correct based on the dates provided in the context. Therefore, there is no contradiction or missing context in the reasoning chain itself, only a correct derivation leading to the final answer.

Answer Span:

This means the siege lasted for 30 days.

Reference/Question Span:

On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September.

missing_context low

Statement

The passage states that the siege of Herceg Novi started on 1 September 1687 and ended on 30 September 1687.

Explanation

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the start and end dates for Herceg Novi but fails to calculate the duration (which is the required answer). While the calculation itself is correct (30 days), the reasoning chain does not explicitly show the subtraction/counting method required to arrive at the final answer, which is a common step in these chains. However, since the conclusion '30 days' is derived directly and correctly from the stated dates, I will mark the initial statement as correct and re-evaluate the entire chain for hallucinations. The chain is: 1. State dates. 2. Conclude duration is 30 days. This is a complete, albeit brief, reasoning chain that leads to the correct duration. I will mark this as having no hallucinations based on the strict criteria.

Answer Span:

The passage states that the siege of Herceg Novi started on 1 September 1687 and ended on 30 September 1687.

Reference/Question Span:

On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September.

Question #nfl_194_cb558cfc-9787-452a-91f7-2ff9c865f238

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage mentions two field goals kicked by Adam Vinatieri. The first was a 30-yard field goal, and the second was a 44-yard field goal. Since the question asks for the number of field goals *over* 40 yards, only the 44-yarder counts. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two field goals kicked by Adam Vinatieri (30-yard and 44-yard) and correctly filters for those over 40 yards, leading to the correct count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_194_870a66da-55ab-48c6-870a-7e3abac88339

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['5', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that Adam Vinatieri kicked two field goals (a 30-yarder and a 44-yarder) and Shayne Graham kicked three field goals (a 27-yarder and two others). Therefore, a total of 2 + 3 = 5 field goals were kicked. Answer: {5}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly states that Shayne Graham kicked three field goals when the context only supports two (the 27-yarder and the one in the fourth quarter). Adam Vinatieri kicked two field goals (30-yarder and 44-yarder). The total should be 2 + 2 = 4, not 5.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

Shayne Graham kicked three field goals (a 27-yarder and two others)

Explanation

The text explicitly mentions Shayne Graham kicking a 27-yard field goal and then another field goal later in the fourth quarter. This totals two field goals for Graham, not three.

Answer Span:

Shayne Graham kicked three field goals (a 27-yarder and two others)

Reference/Question Span:

The Bengals would respond with K Shayne Graham converting a 27-yard field goal. . . In the fourth quarter, the Bengals' only response was another field goal. After that last field goal by Shayne Graham

Question #nfl_1207_02d055e6-1c58-415f-8c47-62955b98f064

Clean

Full Question

Willie Parker missed his fourth game due to a knee injury. Santonio Holmes also missed the game after a "small quantity of marijuana" was found in his car and the team placed him on the inactive list. Mewelde Moore opened up the game's scoring with a 32-yard touchdown run on the Steelers opening drive. The 5-1 New York Giants responded with a field goal on the ensuing drive. Pittsburgh stopped the Giants on four consecutive plays from inside the Steelers 2-yard line to force a turnover on downs. But were unable to score when two Ben Roethlisberger interceptions and a punt lead to two more field goals in the second quarter for the Giants. At 10:10 of the third quarter Roethlisberger completed a 65-yard touchdown pass to Nate Washington to give the Steelers a 14-9 lead. Later in the quarter, a Steelers 53-yard touchdown pass was negated due to a holding penalty and Pittsburgh was forced to punt. In the final quarter Pittsburgh kept New York out of the end zone on three plays inside the 10-yard line, however, the Giants connected on a field goal to bring the Giants to within two points. On the next drive, James Harrison—who was called in to replace injured long snapper Greg Warren—snapped the ball out of the end zone to give the Giants a safety and tie the game. The Giants drove after receiving the safety's kickoff to score a touchdown—taking a 21-14 lead with 3:07 remaining. Pittsburgh was unable to convert on their final two drives, as Roethlisberger threw his fourth interception of the day. How many interceptions did Ben Roethlisberger have?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Ben Roethlisberger threw two interceptions in the second quarter and his fourth interception of the day at the end of the game. This implies two more interceptions occurred between the second quarter and the end of the game. Therefore, he had a total of four interceptions. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the explicit mention of two interceptions in the second quarter and the final interception, correctly deducing the total count of four based on the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1340_8293caf0-5c95-44ef-8c22-11ad5fd7595e

Clean

Full Question

In the course of the Lutheran Reformation numerous Imperial States had adopted the new confession, against the opposition of the ruling Catholic House of Habsburg, who recognised these conversions as a quest for increasing autonomy to the detriment of the central Imperial authority. At the 1521 Diet of Worms Emperor Charles V had Martin Luther banned and the proliferation of his writings prohibited, which in 1529 provoked the Protestation at Speyer by several Lutheran estates. The tensions culminated to an open conflict over the Lutheran Augsburg Confession of 1530, the Apology of which, written by Philipp Melanchthon, was rejected by the Emperor. In turn several Lutheran states led by Elector John Frederick I of Saxony and Landgrave Philip I of Hesse met at the town of Schmalkalden, where they established the Schmalkaldic League in 1531. In 1544 Charles V returned to Germany from the Italian War after he had signed the Treaty of Crépy and began to forge alliances not only with Pope Paul III but also with Lutheran princes, foremost with Duke Maurice of Saxony, the Albertine cousin of Saxon Elector John Frederick I. In view of the Emperor's preparations for battle, the Schmalkaldic leaders on 4 July 1546 gathered at Ichtershausen and agreed that a preventive strike would be advisable, as long as Charles V had not concentrated a significant amount of mercenaries. The Emperor gathered an army of around 52,000 men for his campaign, that was to start on the Danube. How many years after the Protestation at Speyer did the Lutheran Augsburg Confession take place?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3]]

Generated Answer

According to the passage, the Protestation at Speyer took place in 1529, and the Lutheran Augsburg Confession took place in 1530. 1530 - 1529 = 1. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the years for both events from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_8d1d1067-668e-47c9-9c68-4047b59b178b

2 issues

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1], ['11', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how we can find the answer: The passage mentions Venice besieging or taking the following cities: 1. Sinj (multiple times) 2. Zadvarje 3. Dolac 4. Srijane 5. Herceg Novi 6. Knin 7. Vrgorac 8. Imotski (implied as the route was opened towards it) 9. Mostar (implied as the route was opened towards it) 10. Čitluk 11. Gabela 12. Zažablje 13. Trebinje 14. Popovo 15. Klobuk 16. Metković Therefore, Venice tried to take 16 cities. Answer: {16}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly counts locations attacked by the Ottomans (Zadvarje, Dolac, Srijane) as cities Venice tried to take, leading to an inflated count. The question asks how many cities Venice *tried to take*.

Detected Issues (2)

missing_context medium

Statement

Zadvarje

Explanation

The text states the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje in retaliation, not that Venice tried to take it.

Answer Span:

Zadvarje

Reference/Question Span:

in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje

missing_context medium

Statement

Dolac

Explanation

The text states the Ottomans attacked Dolac, not that Venice tried to take it.

Answer Span:

Dolac

Reference/Question Span:

in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back

Question #history_1340_8cc1ddae-fc57-452f-8bc9-e5f03b5b2146

Clean

Full Question

In the course of the Lutheran Reformation numerous Imperial States had adopted the new confession, against the opposition of the ruling Catholic House of Habsburg, who recognised these conversions as a quest for increasing autonomy to the detriment of the central Imperial authority. At the 1521 Diet of Worms Emperor Charles V had Martin Luther banned and the proliferation of his writings prohibited, which in 1529 provoked the Protestation at Speyer by several Lutheran estates. The tensions culminated to an open conflict over the Lutheran Augsburg Confession of 1530, the Apology of which, written by Philipp Melanchthon, was rejected by the Emperor. In turn several Lutheran states led by Elector John Frederick I of Saxony and Landgrave Philip I of Hesse met at the town of Schmalkalden, where they established the Schmalkaldic League in 1531. In 1544 Charles V returned to Germany from the Italian War after he had signed the Treaty of Crépy and began to forge alliances not only with Pope Paul III but also with Lutheran princes, foremost with Duke Maurice of Saxony, the Albertine cousin of Saxon Elector John Frederick I. In view of the Emperor's preparations for battle, the Schmalkaldic leaders on 4 July 1546 gathered at Ichtershausen and agreed that a preventive strike would be advisable, as long as Charles V had not concentrated a significant amount of mercenaries. The Emperor gathered an army of around 52,000 men for his campaign, that was to start on the Danube. How many years did it take to sign the Treaty of Crépy after the Lutheran Augsburg Confession?

Ground Truth Answer

[['14', 3]]

Generated Answer

The Lutheran Augsburg Confession was presented in 1530. The Treaty of Crépy was signed in 1544. 1544 - 1530 = 14. So it took 14 years to sign the Treaty of Crépy after the Lutheran Augsburg Confession. Answer: {14}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates for the Augsburg Confession (1530) and the Treaty of Crépy (1544) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to find the time difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1151_5085088f-14c6-4522-8255-a3d78a629066

Clean

Full Question

The Conference of Ambassadors drew the first demarcation line on June 18. The line, drawn about 5 km west of the Warsaw - Saint Petersburg Railway, was based on the military situation on the ground rather than ethnic composition. Neither Poles nor Lithuanians were content with the line. The Polish Ministry of Foreign Affairs rejected the line as it would require the Polish forces to retreat up to 35 km . The Lithuanians protested leaving Vilnius and Hrodna under Polish control. As German volunteers were departing from Lithuania and Lithuanian forces were preoccupied with battles against the Soviets in northern Lithuania, Poland mounted an offensive on 100 km wide front moving 20-30 km deeper into the Lithuanian territory. On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26. The Lithuanians were informed about the new line only on August 3. Two major modifications favorable to the Poles were made: the Suwałki Region was assigned to Poland and the entire line was moved about 7 km west. Again, both Poles and Lithuanians protested the line as it would require them to withdraw their armies from the Vilnius and Suwałki Regions respectively. German administration, which had not yet retreated from the Suwałki Region, also opposed the Foch Line. The new line did not immediately halt the hostilities. After a couple of Polish attacks on July 29 and August 2, the front stabilized. How many days did it take after approval of the Foch Line for the Lithuanians to be informed about it?

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Foch Line was approved by the Entente on July 26 and the Lithuanians were informed about it on August 3. From July 26 to August 3 is 8 days (27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 1, 2, 3). Answer: {8}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the approval date (July 26) and the notification date (August 3) and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1262_904ccf30-1b74-4bd6-9682-6b7be3114fff

Clean

Full Question

Shang Zhixin was forced to commit suicide in 1680; of his thirty six brothers four were executed when he committed suicide while the rest of his family was allowed to live. Geng Jingzhong was executed; his brother Geng Juzhong 耿聚忠 was in Beijing with the Qing court with the Kangxi Emperor during the rebellion and was not punished for his brother's revolt. Geng Juzhong died of natural causes in 1687. Several Ming princes had accompanied Koxinga to Taiwan in 1661-1662, including the Prince of Ningjing Zhu Shugui and Prince Zhu Honghuan , son of Zhu Yihai. The Qing sent the 17 Ming princes still living on Taiwan back to mainland China where they spent the rest of their lives in exile since their lives were spared from execution. In 1685, the Qing used former Ming loyalist Han Chinese naval specialists who had served under the Zheng family in Taiwan in the siege of Albazin. Former Ming loyalist Han Chinese troops who had served under Zheng Chenggong and who specialized at fighting with rattan shields and swords 藤牌营 were recommended to the Kangxi Emperor to reinforce Albazin against the Russians. Kangxi was impressed by a demonstration of their techniques and ordered 500 of them to defend Albazin, under Ho Yu, a former Koxinga follower, and Lin Hsing-chu, a former General of Wu Sangui. These rattan shield troops did not suffer a single casualty when they defeated and cut down Russian forces traveling by rafts on the river, only using the rattan shields and swords while fighting naked. How many years did several Ming princes accompanied Koxinga Tawain?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that several Ming princes accompanied Koxinga to Taiwan "in 1661-1662". This indicates a period of one year. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant time frame (1661-1662) and interprets it as a one-year period, which is a reasonable inference for the duration of the accompaniment mentioned in the text, although the question asks 'How many years did several Ming princes accompanied Koxinga Tawain?' which is slightly ambiguous. The reasoning directly addresses the time frame provided in the source.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1151_eaa88ab7-e8f6-4038-8918-c9a13d6c5256

Clean

Full Question

The Conference of Ambassadors drew the first demarcation line on June 18. The line, drawn about 5 km west of the Warsaw - Saint Petersburg Railway, was based on the military situation on the ground rather than ethnic composition. Neither Poles nor Lithuanians were content with the line. The Polish Ministry of Foreign Affairs rejected the line as it would require the Polish forces to retreat up to 35 km . The Lithuanians protested leaving Vilnius and Hrodna under Polish control. As German volunteers were departing from Lithuania and Lithuanian forces were preoccupied with battles against the Soviets in northern Lithuania, Poland mounted an offensive on 100 km wide front moving 20-30 km deeper into the Lithuanian territory. On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26. The Lithuanians were informed about the new line only on August 3. Two major modifications favorable to the Poles were made: the Suwałki Region was assigned to Poland and the entire line was moved about 7 km west. Again, both Poles and Lithuanians protested the line as it would require them to withdraw their armies from the Vilnius and Suwałki Regions respectively. German administration, which had not yet retreated from the Suwałki Region, also opposed the Foch Line. The new line did not immediately halt the hostilities. After a couple of Polish attacks on July 29 and August 2, the front stabilized. How many days after Foch's proposal was it approved by the Entente?

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states that Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line on July 18th. It was then approved by the Entente on July 26th. To find the number of days between these two dates, we subtract: 26 - 18 = 8 days. Answer: {8}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the proposal and approval and accurately calculates the difference in days based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1151_dbf61567-8597-4d2c-a79a-64066c33f5af

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line (the Foch Line) on July 18th. It was approved by the Entente on July 26th. Therefore, it took 26 - 18 = 8 days for the Entente to approve the Foch Line. Answer: {8}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the proposal date (July 18) and the approval date (July 26). It calculates the difference as 8 days. While the calculation $26-18=8$ is mathematically derived from the context, it represents the interval between the two dates, not necessarily the precise duration of the approval process as requested by the question, leading to a minor context usage issue regarding time calculation, although the final numerical answer derived (8) is often accepted in such contexts.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

Therefore, it took 26 - 18 = 8 days for the Entente to approve the Foch Line.

Explanation

The reasoning calculates the difference between the proposal date (July 18) and the approval date (July 26) to determine the approval time. However, the question asks how many days it took the Entente to approve the line, and the context states the Lithuanians were informed on August 3rd, which is irrelevant to the approval time itself. The calculation is based on the dates provided, but the reasoning chain fails to account for the fact that the approval time calculation should be based on the dates provided for the approval event, not the proposal event, although the calculation itself is mathematically sound based on the dates it uses. The critical missing context is that the calculation of days between two dates (July 18 to July 26) is not the standard way to calculate 'days it took' unless the start date is the day *before* the event started counting. More importantly, the reasoning chain uses the proposal date (July 18) as the start point for the approval duration, which is a common error in time difference calculations, but the primary issue is that the question asks for the duration between the proposal and approval, and the reasoning chain calculates this duration (8 days) which is not directly what the question asks for (how many days did it take the Entente to approve the Foch Line?). The context states: 'On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line... It was approved by the Entente on July 26.' The reasoning calculates the interval between these two dates (8 days). This interval is the time elapsed between proposal and approval. The question asks 'How many days did it take the Ente to approve the Foch Line?'. The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates (July 18 proposal, July 26 approval) but incorrectly assumes the duration is simply the difference in dates (26-18=8), which counts the days *between* the events, not necessarily the duration of the approval process itself, which is a subtle interpretation issue. However, the most significant error is that the reasoning chain calculates the time between proposal and approval, while the question asks how long it took the Entente to approve it *after* it was proposed. The calculation $26-18=8$ is the number of days elapsed between the two events. This is a reasonable interpretation of the question given the context, but the reasoning chain ignores the fact that the approval date (July 26) is the key date for the Entente's action, and the proposal date (July 18) is the starting point. The calculation itself is mathematically correct for the interval, but the reasoning chain is flawed because it doesn't account for the fact that the approval happened *on* July 26th, meaning the duration is 7 full days plus part of the 8th day, or simply 8 days inclusive of the start date if counting inclusively, or 7 days if counting exclusively. Since the reasoning chain performs a subtraction that yields 8, it implies 8 days elapsed, which is factually derived from the context dates, but the calculation method is often flagged as missing context regarding inclusive/exclusive counting.

Answer Span:

Therefore, it took 26 - 18 = 8 days for the Entente to approve the Foch Line.

Reference/Question Span:

On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26.

Question #history_1151_94625e23-01be-411e-af34-34a93bfcbbea

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line on July 18th. It was approved by the Entente on July 26th. The time elapsed between these two dates is 26 - 18 = 8 days. Answer: {8}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the proposal date (July 18) and the approval date (July 26) and accurately calculates the difference (8 days) to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1744_32f17dd1-cc10-432a-bdc5-d483c8de229e

Clean

Full Question

The first military action of the Kriegsmarine came during the Spanish Civil War (1936-1939). Following the outbreak of hostilities in July 1936 several large warships of the German fleet were sent to the region. The heavy cruisers and , and the light cruiser were the first to be sent in July 1936. These large ships were accompanied by the 2nd Torpedo-boat Flotilla. The German presence was used to covertly support Francisco Franco Spanish State although the immediate involvement of the Deutschland was humanitarian relief operations and evacuating 9,300 refugees, including 4,550 German citizens. Following the brokering of the Non-intervention in the Spanish Civil War to enforce an international arms embargo the Kriegsmarine was allotted the patrol area between Cabo de Gata (Almeria) and Oropesa del Mar. Numerous vessels served as part of these duties including . On 29 May 1937 the Deutschland incident (1937) off Ibiza by two bombers from the Spanish Republican Air Force. Total casualties from the Republican attack were 31 dead and 110 wounded, 71 seriously, mostly burn victims. In retaliation the Admiral Scheer Bombardment of Almería on 31 May killing 19-20 civilians, wounding 50 and destroying 35 buildings. Following further attacks by Republican submarines against the off the port of Oran between 15-18 June 1937 Germany withdrew from the Non-Intervention Patrol. How many days after the Spanish Republican Air Force attacked off Ibiza did the Admiral Scheer Bombardment of Almería occur in retaliation?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 4]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Deutschland incident, the attack by the Spanish Republican Air Force, occurred on May 29, 1937. The retaliatory bombardment of Almería by Admiral Scheer happened on May 31, 1937. May 31 - May 29 = 2 days. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the two events from the text and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1998_992a1196-5aef-4381-8aa7-56446ef9ca4a

Clean

Full Question

Howe resupplied in Nova Scotia and headed for New York City with the British fleet, as it was considered the key to securing the continent. The British forces assembled in New York Bay, including more than 100 ships and thousands of troops. Howes army landed unopposed on Staten Island on July 2, and British ships continued to arrive from England and Carolina for a siege of the city. Howes troop strength totaled 32,000 well-trained soldiers, including 8,000 Hessian (soldier), while Washingtons troop strength consisted of 23,000 soldiers, 19,000 of whom were raw recruits and militia. On August 22, Howe landed 20,000 troops at Gravesend, Brooklyn and approached Washingtons fortifications. Washington chose to fight despite the objections of his generals, as he had received false information that Howes army had only 8,000 to 9,000 troops. Howe New York and New Jersey campaign on August 27 and inflicted 1,500 Patriot casualties, while the British suffered 400 casualties. Washington and his generals decided to retreat, and he instructed General William Heath to make available every flat-bottomed riverboat and sloop in the area. General William Alexander, Lord Stirling held off the British Army and covered the retreat, and the army safely crossed the East River under the cover of darkness to Manhattan Island without loss of life or material—although the British captured General Alexander. How many more Patriots were casualties than British in the New York and New Jersey campaign?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1100', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Patriots suffered 1,500 casualties and the British suffered 400 casualties. 1,500 - 400 = 1,100. Answer: {1,100}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the casualty figures from the text and performs the required subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1998_f66ee451-7c0e-4c0e-aa6f-f054c49d9a86

Clean

Full Question

Howe resupplied in Nova Scotia and headed for New York City with the British fleet, as it was considered the key to securing the continent. The British forces assembled in New York Bay, including more than 100 ships and thousands of troops. Howes army landed unopposed on Staten Island on July 2, and British ships continued to arrive from England and Carolina for a siege of the city. Howes troop strength totaled 32,000 well-trained soldiers, including 8,000 Hessian (soldier), while Washingtons troop strength consisted of 23,000 soldiers, 19,000 of whom were raw recruits and militia. On August 22, Howe landed 20,000 troops at Gravesend, Brooklyn and approached Washingtons fortifications. Washington chose to fight despite the objections of his generals, as he had received false information that Howes army had only 8,000 to 9,000 troops. Howe New York and New Jersey campaign on August 27 and inflicted 1,500 Patriot casualties, while the British suffered 400 casualties. Washington and his generals decided to retreat, and he instructed General William Heath to make available every flat-bottomed riverboat and sloop in the area. General William Alexander, Lord Stirling held off the British Army and covered the retreat, and the army safely crossed the East River under the cover of darkness to Manhattan Island without loss of life or material—although the British captured General Alexander. How many more troops did Howe have than Washington when they arrived in New York in July?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9000', 2]]

Generated Answer

Howe had 32,000 troops and Washington had 23,000. 32,000 - 23,000 = 9,000. Answer: {9,000}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the troop strengths for Howe and Washington and performs the subtraction to find the difference, directly addressing the question based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1401_b50bf6f4-6892-4baf-9833-71f4bc7ddce5

Clean

Full Question

In 1664, a group of missionaries led by François Pallu, Bishop of Heliopolis, also of the Paris Foreign Missions Society, joined Lambert in the capital city of Ayutthaya after 24 months overland travel and started missionary work. In 1665-66 they built a seminary in Ayutthaya with the approval of King Narai, the Seminary of Saint Joseph . In 1669, Louis Laneau, Bishop of Motella, also a member of the Paris Foreign Missions Society, was named head of a Roman Catholic mission in mainland Southeast Asia, with his headquarters at Ayutthaya. They propagated the Christian faith and also took care of Annamite Christians and Japanese Christian communities in Thailand. Narai welcomed these missionaries, providing them with land for a church, a mission-house and a seminary .Bishops Lambert and Ballue established a Western hospital in Thailand in 1669 at Ayutthaya, with Father Laneau as the head doctor. The hospital provided medical care to about 200-300 people daily. During a 1670 trip to France, Pallu obtained from Louis XIV a letter to King Narai, which, together with a letter from the Pope, he remitted in Ayutthaya in October 1673 and which was received with great reverence. These contacts were closely associated with the development of French influence in South Asia, and especially with the establishment of the French East India Company in 1664, and the development of colonial French India. How many years did it take after arriving for the seminary to be built in Ayutthaya?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3], ['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the missionaries arrived in Ayutthaya in 1664 and built a seminary in 1665-1666. This means it took 1 to 2 years to build the seminary. Since the question asks how many years *after* arriving it took to build the seminary, the earliest year the seminary could have been completed is 1665. 1665 - 1664 = 1 year. If it was built in 1666, 1666 - 1664 = 2 years. The passage states the seminary was built in 1665-1666, meaning it could have been built in either of those years. So, the answer should be between 1 and 2 years. However, since the question asks for a single number answer, and the passage is ambiguous, it's best to assume the earliest time mentioned, which would be 1 year after arrival, i.e., in 1665. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the arrival year (1664) and the construction period (1665-1666) and calculates the time difference accurately (1 to 2 years). The final conclusion of '1' is an interpretation of ambiguity, but the reasoning steps leading up to it are factually sound based on the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1074_a83c925c-6bf8-45a1-b567-bc8b181539bc

1 issue

Full Question

Following this victory, Edward realized that to create a force capable of retaking Jerusalem it would be necessary to end the internal unrest within the Christian state, and so he mediated between Hugh and his unenthusiastic knights from the Ibelin family of Cyprus. In parallel to the mediation, Prince Edward and King Hugh began negotiating a truce with Sultan Baibars; a 10-year-10-month-and-10-day agreement was reached in May 1272, at Caesarea. Almost immediately Prince Edmund departed for England, while Edward remained to see if the treaty would hold. The following month, an attempt to assassinate Edward was made. Several versions of who sent the assassin exist. According to different versions, the assassin was sent by the emir of Ramlah or by Baibars. Some legends also say that the assassin was sent by the "Old Man of the Mountains", leader of a heretical Muslim sect. Edward killed the assassin but received a festering wound from a poisoned dagger in the process, further delaying Edward's own departure. In September 1272, Edward departed Acre for Sicily and, while recuperating on the island, he first received news of the death of his son John, and then a few months later news of the death of his father. In 1273 Edward started his homeward journey via Italy, Gascony and Paris. Edward finally reached England in the middle of 1274, and was crowned King of England on 19 August 1274. How many months after departing for Sicily was Edward crowned King of England?

Ground Truth Answer

[['23', 2]]

Generated Answer

Edward departed Acre for Sicily in September 1272. He was crowned King of England on 19 August 1274. From September 1272 to August 1274 is 23 months (September to December 1272 is 4 months, 12 months in 1273, and 9 months from January to August in 1274. So, 4+12+8= 23 months). Answer: {23}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning correctly identifies the start and end dates but contains a mathematical error in calculating the duration in months, leading to an incorrect intermediate calculation (4+12+8=23) which contradicts the actual count (4+12+8=24).

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

From September 1272 to August 1274 is 23 months (September to December 1272 is 4 months, 12 months in 1273, and 9 months from January to August in 1274. So, 4+12+8= 23 months).

Explanation

The calculation incorrectly counts the months. September 1272 to August 1274 inclusive is 24 months (1272: Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec = 4 months; 1273: 12 months; 1274: Jan through Aug = 8 months. Total: 4 + 12 + 8 = 24 months). The reasoning states 9 months for 1274 (Jan to Aug) but then adds 8 in the final sum, and the total is stated as 23 months.

Answer Span:

23 months (September to December 1272 is 4 months, 12 months in 1273, and 9 months from January to August in 1274. So, 4+12+8= 23 months)

Reference/Question Span:

In September 1272, Edward departed Acre for Sicily and, while recuperating on the island, he first received news of the death of his son John, and then a few months later news of the death of his father. In 1273 Edward started his homeward journey via Italy, Gascony and Paris. Edward finally reached England in the middle of 1274, and was crowned King of England on 19 August 1274.

Question #history_1250_c4ce3dc6-d231-4496-bbd7-031d9a7745d2

Clean

Full Question

Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many days after the Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started did Garegin Nzhdeh declare Syunik as a self-governing region?

Ground Truth Answer

[['26', 3]]

Generated Answer

The Soviet 11th Red Army invaded Armenia on November 29, 1920. Garegin Nzhdeh declared Syunik a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. The number of days between these dates is 26. Answer: {26}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two key dates from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1456_43297e2b-a90e-4011-beca-ec20d02a7407

Clean

Full Question

After Atahualpa's execution, Pizarro installed Atahualpa's brother, Túpac Huallpa, as a puppet Inca ruler, but he soon died unexpectedly, leaving Manco Inca Yupanqui in power. He began his rule as an ally of the Spanish and was respected in the southern regions of the empire, but there was still much unrest in the north near Quito where Atahualpa's generals were amassing troops. Atahualpa's death meant that there was no hostage left to deter these northern armies from attacking the invaders. Led by Atahualpa's generals Rumiñahui, Zope-Zupahua and Quisquis, the native armies were finally defeated, effectively ending any organized rebellion in the north of the empire.:221-223,226 Archaeological evidence of the rebellion incident exists. The remains of about 70 men, women, and adolescents were found in the path of a planned expressway near Lima in 2007. Forensic evidence suggests that the natives were killed by European weapons, probably during the uprising in 1536. Manco Inca initially had good relations with Francisco Pizarro and several other Spanish conquistadors. However, in 1535 he was left in Cuzco under the control of Pizarro's brothers, Juan and Gonzalo, who so mistreated Manco Inca that he ultimately rebelled. Under the pretense of recovering a statue of pure gold in the nearby Yucay valley, Manco was able to escape Cuzco.:235-237 How many years after the uprising in 1536 where many natives were killed did Archaeologists find their remains near Lima?

Ground Truth Answer

[['471', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the uprising during which the natives were killed occurred in 1536. Archaeologists found their remains in 2007. Therefore, the time elapsed is 2007 - 1536 = 471 years. Answer: {471}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the uprising (1536) and the discovery of the remains (2007) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to find the time elapsed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1250_1054b945-7a9f-4ef0-950c-89131e5c650f

Clean

Full Question

Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many days after the Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started did the actual transfer of power take place in Yerevan?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 3]]

Generated Answer

The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion started on November 29, 1920. The transfer of power occurred on December 2, 1920. December 2nd is 3 days after November 29th. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the start date of the invasion (November 29, 1920) and the date of the power transfer (December 2, 1920) from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1998_efb84d08-99d6-4754-b075-2d12c4510ddf

Clean

Full Question

Howe resupplied in Nova Scotia and headed for New York City with the British fleet, as it was considered the key to securing the continent. The British forces assembled in New York Bay, including more than 100 ships and thousands of troops. Howes army landed unopposed on Staten Island on July 2, and British ships continued to arrive from England and Carolina for a siege of the city. Howes troop strength totaled 32,000 well-trained soldiers, including 8,000 Hessian (soldier), while Washingtons troop strength consisted of 23,000 soldiers, 19,000 of whom were raw recruits and militia. On August 22, Howe landed 20,000 troops at Gravesend, Brooklyn and approached Washingtons fortifications. Washington chose to fight despite the objections of his generals, as he had received false information that Howes army had only 8,000 to 9,000 troops. Howe New York and New Jersey campaign on August 27 and inflicted 1,500 Patriot casualties, while the British suffered 400 casualties. Washington and his generals decided to retreat, and he instructed General William Heath to make available every flat-bottomed riverboat and sloop in the area. General William Alexander, Lord Stirling held off the British Army and covered the retreat, and the army safely crossed the East River under the cover of darkness to Manhattan Island without loss of life or material—although the British captured General Alexander. How many of Washington's troops were not raw recruits or militia?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4000', 4]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: Washington had 23,000 soldiers. Of those, 19,000 were raw recruits and militia. To find the number of soldiers who were *not* raw recruits or militia, subtract the number of raw recruits and militia from the total number of soldiers. 23,000 - 19,000 = 4,000 Answer: {4,000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant numbers from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1169_93957280-c977-46cf-a2c4-362de4399d4a

Clean

Full Question

The war is known by several names. "Polish-Soviet War" is the most common but other names include "Russo-Polish War of 1919-1921" and "Polish-Bolshevik War". This second term ) is most common in Polish sources. In some Polish sources it is also referred as the "War of 1920" . There is disagreement over the dates of the war. The Encyclopædia Britannica begins its article with the date range 1919-1920 but then states, "Although there had been hostilities between the two countries during 1919, the conflict began when the Polish head of state Józef Pilsudski formed an alliance with the Ukrainian nationalist leader Symon Petlyura and their combined forces began to overrun Ukraine, occupying Kiev on 7 May." The Polish Internetowa encyklopedia PWN, as well as Western historians such as Norman Davies, consider 1919 the starting year of the war. The ending date is given as either 1920 or 1921; this confusion stems from the fact that while the ceasefire was put in force in the autumn of 1920, the official treaty ending the war was signed months later, in March 1921. While the events of 1919 can be described as a border conflict, and only in early 1920 did both sides engage in all-out war, the conflicts that took place in 1920 were an inevitable escalation of fighting that began in earnest a year earlier. In the end, the events of 1920 were a logical, though unforeseen, consequence of the 1919 prelude. How many names does the Polish-Soviet War have?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage lists four names for the Polish-Soviet War: "Polish-Soviet War", "Russo-Polish War of 1919-1921", "Polish-Bolshevik War", and "War of 1920". Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the four names listed in the text for the war and arrives at the correct count based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1250_0b67cac8-bbe9-46a1-9646-a2e6bcc9b9d7

Clean

Full Question

Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many days passed from when the invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started to when Syunik was declared as a self-governing region

Ground Truth Answer

[['26', 3]]

Generated Answer

The invasion of Armenia started on November 29, 1920. Syunik was declared a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. The number of days from November 29 to December 25 is 26. Answer: {26}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the start date of the invasion (November 29, 1920) and the date Syunik was declared self-governing (December 25, 1920) from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1169_8f4bba77-19d7-49bb-ba92-63a0ae909905

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states there is disagreement over the dates of the war. Some sources say 1919-1920, while others say 1919-1921. While a ceasefire occurred in 1920, the official treaty was signed in 1921. The passage also says that the 1920 events were an escalation of fighting that began in 1919. Thus, to determine the length of the war, we should consider the time from the beginning of the conflict in 1919 to the signing of the peace treaty in 1921. 1921 - 1919 = 2 years. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the conflicting dates (1919-1920 vs 1919-1921) and uses the latest date mentioned (1921, based on the treaty signing) against the earliest starting point (1919) to calculate the duration, which is a logical approach given the ambiguity presented in the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1169_14213da5-f1ac-46dd-a3bc-9bf635b7879c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage discusses the disagreement over the dates of the Polish-Soviet War. Some sources say 1919-1920, others 1919-1921. The passage argues that while a ceasefire occurred in 1920, the official treaty wasn't signed until 1921, and that the 1920 conflict was an escalation of fighting from 1919. Therefore, the most comprehensive timeframe is 1919-1921. 1921 - 1919 = 2 years. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the conflicting date ranges (1919-1920 and 1919-1921) and uses the 1919-1921 range, which is supported by the context mentioning the 1921 treaty signing, to calculate the duration. The calculation (1921 - 1919 = 2 years) is mathematically sound based on the chosen range.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1408_9e7c6934-6115-4c31-80dd-2908cec2e281

Clean

Full Question

From 1623 to 1624 the Dutch had been at war over the Pescadores, and in 1633 clashed with a fleet led by Zheng Zhilong in the Battle of Liaoluo Bay, ending in another Dutch defeat. By 1632 the Dutch had established a post on a peninsula named Tayoan , which was separated from the main part of Formosa by a shallow lagoon historically referred to as the Taikang inland sea . The Dutch fortifications consisted of two forts along the bay: the first and main fortification was the multiple-walled Fort Zeelandia, situated at the entrance to the bay, while the second was the smaller Fort Provintia, a walled administrative office. Frederick Coyett, the governor of Taiwan for the Dutch East India Company, was stationed in Fort Zeelandia with 1,800 men, while his subordinate, Valentyn, was in charge of Fort Provintia and its garrison of 500 men. In 1659, after an unsuccessful attempt to capture Nanjing, Koxinga, son of Zheng Zhilong and leader of the Ming loyalist remnants, felt that the Qing Empire had consolidated their position in China sufficiently, while his troops needed more supplies and manpower. He began searching for a suitable location as his base of operations, and soon a Chinese man named He Bin , who was working for the Dutch East India Company in Formosa , fled to Koxinga's base in Xiamen and provided him with a map of Taiwan. How many years passed between the beginning of the war over the Pescadores and the Battle of Liaoluo Bay?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 4], ['9', 1], ['19', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Dutch were at war over the Pescadores from 1623 to 1624, and clashed with Zheng Zhilong in the Battle of Liaoluo Bay in 1633. The time elapsed between these two events is 1633 - 1623 = 10 years. Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the start year of the war (1623) and the year of the battle (1633) from the text and calculates the difference accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1744_b60f3871-a9d9-481f-8c50-e4d775a8a5a5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 5]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Deutschland incident occurred on May 29, 1937, and the retaliatory attack on Almeria happened on May 31, 1937. May 31 - May 29 = 2 days. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the Deutschland incident (May 29, 1937) and the retaliation (May 31, 1937) from the text and accurately calculates the difference of 2 days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_8aa72066-46f1-4fa2-ba5a-8fb6b85e22f4

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards of differential were there between Nick Folk's first field goal and the first rushing touchdown of the game?

Ground Truth Answer

[['18', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** We need to find the difference in yards between Nick Folk's field goal and LaDainian Tomlinson's rushing touchdown. 2. **Find the yardage for each play:** Folk's field goal was 19 yards, and Tomlinson's touchdown run was 1 yard. 3. **Calculate the difference:** 19 yards - 1 yard = 18 yards. Answer: {18}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardages for Nick Folk's field goal (19 yards) and LaDainian Tomlinson's rushing touchdown (1 yard) and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1074_65ffb850-3999-48bd-992f-475cf7db4dc7

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to figure out how long Edward stayed in Sicily: 1. **He arrived in Sicily in September 1272.** 2. **He received news of his son's death while in Sicily.** 3. **He received news of his father's death a few months later, still in Sicily.** 4. **He left Sicily in 1273.** Since he arrived in September 1272 and left in 1273, he stayed in Sicily for less than a full year. The passage doesn't give exact dates, but we can calculate the maximum amount of time he stayed in Sicily based on the information given: From September 1272 to December 1272 (when he learns of his father's death a few months later) - 3 or 4 months. Then assume he leaves in Jan 1273. This means he stayed for at maximum 4 months in Sicily which means he did not stay for a full year. Because the text says that he started his journey via Italy, Gascony and Paris in 1273. If he left in September 1273 he would have stayed exactly 1 year. Answer: {Less than 1 year}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant time markers (arrival in Sept 1272, departure in 1273) and logically deduces that the stay was less than a full year, which is consistent with the source text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2060_c38c8e2c-6bca-467a-ba70-ea1bfc3e1a44

Clean

Full Question

A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black, white, and Hispanic students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many IQ points did the black-white IQ gap decrease between 1971 and 2008?

Ground Truth Answer

[['6.39', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this: The passage states that the black-white IQ gap decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points between 1971 and 2008. To find the total decrease, we subtract the later value from the earlier value: 16.33 - 9.94 = 6.39. Answer: {6.39}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the initial and final gap sizes from the text and performs the correct subtraction to find the total decrease, directly answering the question based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1250_09caacad-a7ac-45c9-97de-77953711feb5

Clean

Full Question

Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many years passed from when Armenia gave way to communist power to when Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3]]

Generated Answer

Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920, specifically on December 2, 1920. Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh in January 1921. Therefore, approximately one month, or less than one year, passed between these two events. Answer: {<1}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two key dates (late 1920/Dec 2 for giving way, and January 1921 for the telegram) and accurately calculates the time difference as less than a year, which directly answers the question posed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_148_a8caa28a-01ba-40a3-8e14-b396260afe00

Clean

Full Question

After successive defeats suffered in the revolutions of 1890 and 1893, and not having achieved free and fair elections, the Radical Civic Union entered a serious crisis, which deepened after 1896 with the suicide of Leandro N. Alem and the death of Aristóbulo del Valle. In 1897, Hipólito Yrigoyen, profoundly disagreeing with the direction of agreements imposed by Bernardo de Irigoyen, dissolved the Committee of the RCU in the province of Buenos Aires, due to which the radical party practically ceased to exist. The dissolution of the Radical Civic Union resulted in the formation of a core of radical elements that recognized as their leader Hipólito Yrigoyen. Onto this core - composed of young men, recruited from the middle class, professionals, businessmen, employees, ranchers of the old federal tradition, settlers and laborers from the countryside - was Yrigoyen able to impose discipline and enthusiasm. In this context, in 1903 Hipólito Yrigoyen began his revival and reorganization. On February 29 of 1904, after 7 years of inactivity, the National Committee of the Radical Civic Union said the electoral abstention of all the radicals of the Republic in the elections of representatives from the nation, senators from the capital, electors for president and vice president of the nation, and announced an armed resistance. How many years after the revolution of 1890 did the next revolution follow for the Radical Civic Union?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states there were revolutions in 1890 and 1893. 1893 - 1890 = 3. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the years of the two successive revolutions mentioned (1890 and 1893) and calculates the difference as requested by the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2060_9368ae36-c505-490c-a08f-0b35cb4a623d

Clean

Full Question

A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black, white, and Hispanic students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many points difference is the IQ range in 17-year-old black students?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3.7', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states the estimated IQ means of 17-year-old black students range from 90.45 to 94.15. To find the difference, subtract the lower end of the range from the higher end: 94.15 - 90.45 = 3.7. Answer: {3.7}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant IQ range for 17-year-old black students and accurately calculates the difference between the upper and lower bounds of that range.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2060_e8c68958-e1bc-41af-961a-a03bed9cbd49

Clean

Full Question

A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black, white, and Hispanic students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many points did the black-white IQ gap decrease from 1971-2008?

Ground Truth Answer

[['6.39', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the black-white IQ gap decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. To find the total decrease, subtract the later value from the earlier value: 16.33 - 9.94 = 6.39. Answer: {6.39}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the initial and final gap sizes mentioned in the text and calculates the difference, which directly answers the question posed based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1744_7572789f-3881-4340-997d-ef6bb206a44e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4750', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage says that 9,300 refugees were evacuated, including 4,550 German citizens. Therefore, 9,300 - 4,550 = 4,750 refugees were not German citizens. Answer: {4750}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1195_b04522b7-29b3-416d-90ab-8725e6623b64

Clean

Full Question

The Eagles faced off with the Baltimore Ravens in an interconference matchup. Both defenses dominated the first quarter, and in the second quarter, Baltimore forced three turnovers (two interceptions and a fumble) from Donovan McNabb. Ravens kicker Matt Stover booted a 44-yard field goal, while quarterback Joe Flacco completed a 1-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Wilcox. However, rookie Quintin Demps returned the following kickoff 100 yards for a Philadelphia touchdown to make it 10-7 Ravens at halftime. Andy Reid decided to bench McNabb (who was 8-for-18 for 59 yards and two interceptions) and put backup quarterback Kevin Kolb into the game. Kolb also struggled with the Baltimore defense, and the Eagles fell behind 12-7 when linebacker Jameel McClain blocked Sav Rocca's punt into the back of the endzone for a safety. In the fourth, the Ravens kicked another field goal after a Kolb interception, then Mark Clayton took a short slant 53-yards for a touchdown to make it 22-7. Kolb drove Philadelphia to the Raven 1-yard line, but was intercepted in the end zone by Ed Reed, who returned the ball an NFL-record 108 yards for the touchdown. Le'Ron McClain added a 1-yard touchdown run as Baltimore won 36-7. Kolb was 10-for-23 for 73 yards and two interceptions, and Brian Westbrook had 39 yards rushing on 14 carries. The Eagles dropped to 5-5-1. How many field goals were successful in this game?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that Matt Stover kicked a 44-yard field goal and that the Ravens kicked "another field goal" after a Kolb interception. Therefore, two field goals were successful. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two mentioned field goals (Stover's 44-yard FG and the 'another field goal' in the fourth quarter) and arrives at the correct count based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1416_9794f852-dd26-404f-94f4-40712929bdd8

Clean

Full Question

Late in the 18th Century, Qing dynasty set about a momentous task, the creation of the Siku Quanshu. The Qianlong Emperor ordered the creation of the Siku Quanshu in 1772. Local and Provincial officers were in charge of locating and collecting important books. The Qianlong Emperor encouraged owners of rare or valuable books to send them to the capital, however few actually did due to concerns about the Literary Inquisition. Towards the end of 1772, seeing that only a limited number of people actually handed in books, the Qianlong Emperor issued imperial decrees stressing that books would be returned to their owners once the compilation was finished and that owners of the books would not be persecuted if their books contained anti-Manchu sentiment. Less than three months after the issue of this decree, four to five thousand books were handed in. By March of 1773, an editorial board was created in Beijing to gather and review books brought to them. This board included over 361 scholars, with Ji Yun and Lu Xixiong as chief editors. There was around 3,826 scribes who copied every word by hand. These copyists were not paid in coinage but in government positions after they had transcribed a set amount of the encyclopedia. It took over a decade until the encyclopedia was completed and all seven copies were distributed. How many more scribes than scholars were in the editorial board created in march of 1773?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3465', 2]]

Generated Answer

According to the passage, there were 3,826 scribes and 361 scholars. 3826 - 361 = 3465. So there were 3465 more scribes than scholars. Answer: {3465}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of scribes (3,826) and scholars (361) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_ded4bc12-bfdf-4ea9-8773-09784ca3b8e1

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many receiving touchdowns did Yancey Thigpen, Andre Hastings, and Ernie Mills have combined?

Ground Truth Answer

[['14', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the combined receiving touchdowns: 1. **Yancey Thigpen:** Had 5 touchdowns. 2. **Andre Hastings:** Had 1 touchdown. 3. **Ernie Mills:** Had 8 touchdowns. 4. **Total:** 5 + 1 + 8 = 14 touchdowns. Answer: {14}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the receiving touchdown statistics for the three specified players and accurately calculates the sum based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_91c8dd6c-7176-4690-8210-0cae0266be54

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards did the first rushing touchdown and the first field goal of the game combine for?

Ground Truth Answer

[['20', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the first rushing touchdown was a 1-yard run, and the first field goal was a 19-yard kick. Therefore, the combined yards are 1 + 19 = 20. Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the yardage for the first rushing touchdown (1 yard) and the first field goal (19 yards) from the text and accurately calculates the sum.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1195_e5d90a83-6a57-4496-b1d7-6f0581044546

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2], ['2', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the number of touchdowns in the first half: The passage states that in the second quarter, Joe Flacco completed a 1-yard touchdown pass, and Quintin Demps returned the kickoff 100 yards for a touchdown. The passage also states that both defenses dominated the first quarter, implying no touchdowns were scored. Therefore, two touchdowns occurred in the first half (both in the second quarter). Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two touchdowns mentioned in the second quarter (which is in the first half) and correctly concludes there were two touchdowns in the first half based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2060_5dc37d3d-4702-4f94-9f77-f1145f8e2c65

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage mentions a "study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson". Since there are three names listed as authors, the answer is 3. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the authors of the 2013 study mentioned in the text and accurately determines the number of authors.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1195_5c35081c-3c7f-4c30-a2ef-cf013f46a38e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage mentions two field goals made by Ravens kicker Matt Stover. One was a 44-yard field goal in the second quarter, and the other was kicked in the fourth quarter after a Kolb interception, although the specific distance isn't mentioned for this second field goal. Therefore, two field goals occurred in the game. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two field goals mentioned in the text and arrives at the correct count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_925de638-cd7e-4b29-ac5c-b72836d098e4

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many yards, rounded to one decimal place, were Andre Hastings' punt returns on average?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9.8', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Find Andre Hastings' punt return yards:** The passage states Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards. 2. **Calculate the average:** Divide the total yards by the number of punt returns: 474 yards / 48 punt returns = 9.875 yards/punt return. 3. **Round to one decimal place:** 9.875 rounds to 9.9. Answer: {9.9}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary data points (474 yards and 48 returns for Andre Hastings) and accurately performs the required calculation and rounding based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_2cde67b2-80e5-40aa-9598-f65a893cde6b

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards were gained on passing touchdowns measuring longer than 20-yards in length?

Ground Truth Answer

[['41', 1], ['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify the long passing touchdowns:** The passage mentions two passing touchdowns longer than 20 yards: * Mark Sanchez's 41-yard touchdown pass to Braylon Edwards. 2. **Calculate the total yards:** Since there's only one passing touchdown longer than 20 yards, the total is 41 yards. Answer: {41}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the only passing touchdown longer than 20 yards (41 yards) and calculates the total, accurately answering the question based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_74f0250f-d6f4-4744-a8a2-c750ff0823e1

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many receptions did Yancey Thigpen, Andre Hastings, and Ernie Mills have combined?

Ground Truth Answer

[['172', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Find Yancey Thigpen's receptions:** The passage states he had 85 receptions. 2. **Find Andre Hastings' receptions:** The passage states he had 48 catches. 3. **Find Ernie Mills' receptions:** The passage states he had 39 receptions. 4. **Add their receptions together:** 85 + 48 + 39 = 172 Answer: {172}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the required reception numbers for each player from the context and accurately calculates the sum.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_07b2512d-e0de-4d2f-9c2f-74a358fc4f7f

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards were gained on passing touchdowns measuring less than 5-yards in length?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify the relevant touchdowns:** We need to find passing touchdowns less than 5 yards. The passage mentions two such touchdowns: * David Martin's 4-yard touchdown reception. * Dustin Keller's 3-yard touchdown reception. 2. **Sum the yards:** 4 yards + 3 yards = 7 yards. Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two passing touchdowns less than 5 yards (4-yard and 3-yard) and sums them accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_ae4f0fc9-a3a6-4f96-9329-e25d16f0b15c

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many points did the Steelers lose against the Jaguars by in the expansion 1995?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Steelers lost to the Jaguars by a score of 20-16. This means the point difference was 20 - 16 = 4. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly extracts the score difference from the provided context to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1408_7b6e7625-a8ba-4cde-8496-1f6c222b2bc9

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Dutch were at war over the Pescadores "From 1623 to 1624". This constitutes a period of one year. 1624 - 1623 = 1. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant time frame from the text and calculates the duration accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1408_b0e976b4-4b36-4553-aa26-1fd95eaf24ba

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 5], ['2', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Dutch were at war over the Pescadores "From 1623 to 1624". Therefore, the war lasted for 1624 - 1623 = 1 year. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant time frame (1623 to 1624) and accurately calculates the duration of the war based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_4e968686-319f-4d94-b490-652220cf1575

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many total yards were gained on rushing touchdowns by LaDainian Tomlinson?

Ground Truth Answer

[['27', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify Tomlinson's rushing touchdowns:** The passage mentions two rushing touchdowns by Tomlinson: a 1-yard run and a 26-yard run. 2. **Calculate the total yards:** Add the yards gained on each touchdown: 1 yard + 26 yards = 27 yards. Answer: {27}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two rushing touchdowns by LaDainian Tomlinson mentioned in the text (1-yard and 26-yard) and accurately sums them to find the total yards.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_40835a6b-afac-4b06-ba23-4a4c87261edd

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many more touchdowns did Neil ODonnell have compared to interceptions?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 2]]

Generated Answer

Neil ODonnell had 17 touchdowns and 7 interceptions. 17 - 7 = 10. Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary statistics for Neil O'Donnell (17 touchdowns and 7 interceptions) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1306_cf084a28-2e17-4b61-a65b-95fb1afff749

1 issue

Full Question

Russia accused Georgia of committing "genocide" in South Ossetia. Russian officials initially claimed that up to 2,000 ethnic Ossetian civilians of Tskhinvali were killed by Georgian forces; according to Russia, the reason for the military intervention in Georgia was this large number of casualties. Public opinion among Ossetians was impacted by claims of high casualties; according to HRW, some Ossetian civilians said in interviews that they approved of burning and looting of Georgian villages because of the "thousands of civilian casualties in South Ossetia" reported by Russian television. In December 2008, the figures were revised down to a total of 162 South Ossetian casualties by the Investigative Committee of the Prosecutor's Office of the Russian Federation. Georgia and South Ossetia have filed complaints about alleged war crimes committed by the other side with international courts, including the International Criminal Court, the International Court of Justice, and the European Court of Human Rights. The war displaced a 192,000 people including both Ossetians and Georgians. Many were able to return to their homes after the war, but a year later around 30,000 ethnic Georgians remained displaced. As of May 2014, 20,272 persons remained displaced, with their return being blocked by de facto authorities. By 2014, how many Georgians were actually able to return to their homes?

Ground Truth Answer

[['171728', 2], ['9728', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Total displaced:** The war displaced 192,000 people. 2. **Remaining displaced:** As of May 2014, 20,272 people remained displaced. 3. **Returned:** To find the number of people who returned, subtract the number of people still displaced from the total number of people initially displaced: 192,000 - 20,272 = 171,728 Answer: {171,728}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the total displaced population and the remaining displaced population as of May 2014. However, it fails to address the specific demographic requested in the question (Georgians) and instead calculates the total number of all displaced persons who returned, ignoring crucial context.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

To find the number of people who returned, subtract the number of people still displaced from the total number of people initially displaced: 192,000 - 20,272 = 171,728

Explanation

The question specifically asks how many *Georgians* were able to return to their homes by 2014. The reasoning calculates the total number of *all* displaced people (Ossetians and Georgians) who returned, ignoring the specific demographic requested.

Answer Span:

To find the number of people who returned, subtract the number of people still displaced from the total number of people initially displaced: 192,000 - 20,272 = 171,728

Reference/Question Span:

By 2014, how many Georgians were actually able to return to their homes?

Question #nfl_1021_f8d43ba3-89bf-4c31-b3b4-c4b24725c214

Clean

Full Question

The Broncos began their 2008 campaign on the road against their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders, in the second game of ESPN's Monday Night Football doubleheader. In the first quarter, Denver ran out of the gates early as QB Jay Cutler completed a 26-yard TD pass to rookie WR Eddie Royal (who was filling in for WR Brandon Marshall, due to his 1-game suspension). In the second quarter, the Broncos continued their domination as kicker Matt Prater got a 26-yard field goal, while FB Michael Pittman got a 3-yard TD run. In the third quarter, Denver ran away with the game as Cutler completed a 48-yard TD pass to WR Darrell Jackson, while Prater nailed a 43-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Raiders spoiled the Broncos' bid for a shutout as QB JaMarcus Russell completed an 8-yard TD pass to WR Ashley Lelie. Denver ended its domination with RB Selvin Young's 5-yard TD run and Pittman's 1-yard TD run. Oakland ended the scoring with Russell completing a 4-yard TD pass to WR Ronald Curry. With the dominating win, the Broncos began their season at 1-0; with the rest of the division suffering losses, Denver, in Week 1, is in sole possession of 1st place. Eddie Royal, in his NFL debut, had the best Week 1 stats of any wide receiver, getting 9 receptions for 146 yards and a touchdown. How many yards difference was Michael Pittman’s last touchdown run compared to his first?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Find Michael Pittman's first TD run:** The passage states Pittman had a 3-yard TD run in the second quarter. 2. **Find Michael Pittman's second TD run:** The passage states Pittman had a 1-yard TD run in the fourth quarter. 3. **Calculate the difference:** The difference between the two runs is 3 yards - 1 yard = 2 yards. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two touchdown runs by Michael Pittman and accurately calculates the difference based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_009e57c9-424b-4a5e-874a-fa76d994db0a

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many touchdowns did ODonnell, Hastings, and Mills have put together?

Ground Truth Answer

[['26', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the combined touchdowns of O'Donnell, Hastings, and Mills: * **Neil O'Donnell:** Threw 17 touchdown passes. * **Andre Hastings:** Caught 1 touchdown pass. * **Ernie Mills:** Caught 8 touchdown passes. Adding those up: 17 + 1 + 8 = 26 Answer: {26}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the touchdown statistics for O'Donnell, Hastings, and Mills from the context and performs the correct addition to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1021_581a25ed-56ca-4be7-aa0f-260959f3dd74

Clean

Full Question

The Broncos began their 2008 campaign on the road against their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders, in the second game of ESPN's Monday Night Football doubleheader. In the first quarter, Denver ran out of the gates early as QB Jay Cutler completed a 26-yard TD pass to rookie WR Eddie Royal (who was filling in for WR Brandon Marshall, due to his 1-game suspension). In the second quarter, the Broncos continued their domination as kicker Matt Prater got a 26-yard field goal, while FB Michael Pittman got a 3-yard TD run. In the third quarter, Denver ran away with the game as Cutler completed a 48-yard TD pass to WR Darrell Jackson, while Prater nailed a 43-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Raiders spoiled the Broncos' bid for a shutout as QB JaMarcus Russell completed an 8-yard TD pass to WR Ashley Lelie. Denver ended its domination with RB Selvin Young's 5-yard TD run and Pittman's 1-yard TD run. Oakland ended the scoring with Russell completing a 4-yard TD pass to WR Ronald Curry. With the dominating win, the Broncos began their season at 1-0; with the rest of the division suffering losses, Denver, in Week 1, is in sole possession of 1st place. Eddie Royal, in his NFL debut, had the best Week 1 stats of any wide receiver, getting 9 receptions for 146 yards and a touchdown. How many yards difference was Jay Cutler’s first touchdown pass compared to his second?

Ground Truth Answer

[['22', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Find the yardage of Cutler's first TD pass:** The passage states Cutler's first TD pass was a 26-yard pass to Eddie Royal. 2. **Find the yardage of Cutler's second TD pass:** The passage mentions Cutler's second TD pass was a 48-yard pass to Darrell Jackson. 3. **Calculate the difference:** Subtract the yardage of the first TD pass from the second TD pass. 48 - 26 = 22. Answer: {22}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardages for Jay Cutler's two touchdown passes based on the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_81d476cd-8451-4ef2-8181-fd38116c8fe5

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many passing touchdowns measured shorter than 5-yards in length?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify the passing touchdowns:** The passage mentions the following passing touchdowns: * Ryan Fitzpatrick to David Martin: 4 yards * Mark Sanchez to Braylon Edwards: 41 yards * Brad Smith to Dustin Keller: 3 yards * Mark Sanchez to Dustin Keller: 2 yards * Ryan Fitzpatrick to Steve Johnson: 13 yards 2. **Count the touchdowns shorter than 5 yards:** From the list above, the following touchdowns were shorter than 5 yards: * Ryan Fitzpatrick to David Martin: 4 yards * Brad Smith to Dustin Keller: 3 yards * Mark Sanchez to Dustin Keller: 2 yards 3. **Total:** There are three passing touchdowns shorter than 5 yards. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all passing touchdowns mentioned in the text and accurately filters them based on the length requirement (< 5 yards) to arrive at the correct count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_27311f04-73dd-49ee-9b2f-7f079b032c9b

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many more first half touchdowns did the Jets have than Buffalo?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Jets scored two touchdowns (one rushing, one passing) and a field goal in the first half. The Bills scored one touchdown in the first half. Therefore, the Jets scored one more touchdown than the Bills in the first half (2-1=1). Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the number of first-half touchdowns for both teams based on the text and calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1233_30c4acad-427e-41b4-a076-326e0da2e210

Clean

Full Question

The irony of a Cardinal attacking the troops of a Pope was not lost on Rome, Spain, and ultra-Catholics in France. In 1625 the French marshals François de Bonne, Duke of Lesdiguières and Charles de Blanchefort, Marquis de Créquy, joined the Duke of Savoy, invaded the territories of the dominion of Genoa. An attack on Genoa would cut the southern end of the Spanish Road and knock out Spain's banker. The time seemed opportune, with the apparent convergence of Protestant hostility to the Habsburgs, and explains French participation in the London talks with Mansfeld. Richelieu hoped Britain and the Dutch would send a fleet to assist his own squadron in cutting the seaway between Spain and Genoa, while Venice attacked Milan. François Annibal d'Estrées, Duke of Estrées and 3,500 French troops crossed Protestant Swiss territory to join a similar number of Rhetians levied with French money. More subsidies and troops poured into Savoy, where the French formed a third of the 30,000-strong army that began operations against Genoa in February 1625. The attack caught the Genoese Republic unprepared. Most of the Republic was overrun, while 4,000 reinforcements from Spain were intercepted by French warships in March. By this time Cardinal Richelieu remarked: How many more men larger was the army that began operations against Genoa than the reinforcements from Spain that were captured?

Ground Truth Answer

[['26000', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the army that began operations against Genoa was 30,000 strong. The reinforcements from Spain were 4,000. 30,000 - 4,000 = 26,000. Answer: {26000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures from the text (30,000 for the main army and 4,000 for Spanish reinforcements) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question posed in the context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1914_ff3b66cf-74ed-4f48-ad46-1f55b6ee6dc4

Clean

Full Question

Coming off their win over the Vikings, the Dolphins went home, donned their alternate uniforms, and played their Week 3 home-opener against their AFC East foe, the New York Jets, on Sunday night. Miami trailed early in the first quarter as Jets quarterback Mark Sanchez completed a 24-yard touchdown pass to tight end Dustin Keller. The Dolphins' deficit would increase in the second quarter as Sanchez hooked up with Keller again on a 3-yard touchdown pass. Miami would respond with quarterback Chad Henne completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano, followed by kicker Dan Carpenter making a 44-yard field goal. The Dolphins would take the lead in the third quarter as Henne connected with wide receiver Brandon Marshall on an 11-yard touchdown pass, but New York would immediately respond as Sanchez found wide receiver Braylon Edwards on a 67-yard touchdown pass. Miami would answer with Carpenter's 20-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Jets would add onto their lead as kicker Nick Folk got a 30-yard field goal. The Dolphins would chip away as their deficit as Carpenter booted a 50-yard field goal, but New York would pull away as running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. Miami tried to rally, but the Jets' defense held on for the win. How many more yard did Sanchez's 67 yard touch down compare to Henne's 11 yard touch down?

Ground Truth Answer

[['56', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** The question asks for the difference in yards between a 67-yard touchdown pass by Sanchez and an 11-yard touchdown pass by Henne. 2. **Perform the calculation:** Subtract Henne's touchdown yardage from Sanchez's: 67 yards - 11 yards = 56 yards. Answer: {56}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two relevant yardages from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_be468264-4e73-41ca-bc45-2d0ae7bf1715

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many years in a row did Dermontti Dawson make the Pro Bowl?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states that Dermontti Dawson "made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year." "Third consecutive" means three years in a row. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant sentence in the context and accurately interprets the phrase 'third consecutive year' to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_f3e1b60f-639c-4bc1-9486-2190e00c1e75

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many more yards did Ernie Mills get than Andre Hastings?

Ground Truth Answer

[['177', 2]]

Generated Answer

Ernie Mills had 679 receiving yards and Andre Hastings had 502 receiving yards. 679 - 502 = 177. Answer: {177}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the receiving yardage for Ernie Mills and Andre Hastings from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_34f96c58-9e46-4a4d-8b21-65799d79dfa8

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1], ['2', 1]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states that Mark Sanchez and Brad Smith threw touchdown passes for the Jets. Therefore, two different players threw TD passes for the Jets. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two players who threw TD passes for the Jets based on the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1665_5473e162-5f44-4d32-bdb4-3ad76b4b0c6a

1 issue

Full Question

In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia as the Russian Army abandoned the province. Although a treaty was signed by the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments following talks between 5 and 9 March 1918 on the withdrawal of Romanian forces from Bessarabia within two months, on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory, based on a resolution passed by the local assembly of that territory on its unification with Romania. Romania officially made peace with the Central Powers by signing the Treaty of Bucharest on 7 May 1918. Under the treaty, Romania was obliged to end the war with the Central Powers and make small territorial concessions to Austria-Hungary, ceding control of some passes in the Carpathian Mountains, and to grant oil concessions to Germany. In exchange, the Central Powers recognised the sovereignty of Romania over Bessarabia. The treaty was renounced in October 1918 by the Alexandru Marghiloman government, and Romania nominally re-entered the war on 10 November 1918. The next day, the Treaty of Bucharest was nullified by the terms of the Armistice of Compiègne. Total Romanian deaths from 1914 to 1918, military and civilian, within contemporary borders, were estimated at 748,000. How many months after Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia did Romania formally attach Bessarabia?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia in January 1918. Romania formally attached Bessarabia on March 27, 1918. From January to March is three months. However, since the attachment happened *in* March, it's less than a full three months. Specifically, it was about two months. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the key dates but miscalculates the duration between January and March 27th, leading to an inaccurate intermediate step ('three months' then 'about two months'). The calculation should yield slightly over two months, but the reasoning chain struggles to articulate this precisely based on the context.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

From January to March is three months. However, since the attachment happened *in* March, it's less than a full three months. Specifically, it was about two months.

Explanation

The reasoning incorrectly calculates the time difference. Establishing control in January and attaching in March means the duration is approximately two months (January to March). The reasoning states 'three months' initially, which is an overcount, and then incorrectly settles on 'about two months' without precisely calculating the duration based on the dates provided (January 1918 to March 27, 1918). The context implies the calculation should be based on the months elapsed, which is January -> February -> March. The attachment happened *in* March, meaning the duration is less than 3 full months but more than 2 full months. The reasoning chain fails to accurately reflect the time elapsed between the two events based on the context provided.

Answer Span:

From January to March is three months. However, since the attachment happened *in* March, it's less than a full three months. Specifically, it was about two months.

Reference/Question Span:

In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia. . . on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory

Question #history_1601_841d8b22-68ec-450e-a6a9-17d23665d7e8

1 issue

Full Question

In February 1479, a Portuguese army commanded by Garcia de Meneses, Bishop of Évora, penetrated into Extremadura. His objective was to occupy and reinforce the strongholds of Mérida and Medellín, controlled by Beatriz Pacheco, Countess of Medellin and supporter of Afonso V. According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him, commanded by their treasurer, Alfonso de Monroy. On February 24, near the hill of Albuera, the army was challenged by Isabellian forces commanded by Alonso de Cárdenas, Master of the Order of Santiago. The army consisted of 500 Knights of the Order, 400 Knights of the Hermandad , and 100 infantrymen. The battle was heavily contested. The Isabellian infantry suffered a severe blow from the Juanist cavalry and became disorganized, but intervention by the Master of Santiago aided the panicked infantry. The Portuguese were forced to retreat, leaving significant spoils of war on the battlefield, as well as around 85 dead Knights. Only 15 Isabellian Knights were killed. The bulk of the Portuguese army was able to take refuge in Mérida and from there continued its march to Medellín, which they occupied. Supporters of King Ferdinand placed Medellín and Mérida under siege. How many more Knights were in Portuguese army than the Isabellian army?

Ground Truth Answer

[['100', 1], ['500', 1]]

Generated Answer

The Portuguese army had about 1,000 knights + 180 knights of the Order of Santiago, totaling 1180 knights. The Isabellian army had 500 knights of the Order + 400 knights of the Hermandad, totaling 900 knights. 1180 - 900 = 280. Answer: {280}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly calculates the total number of Portuguese Knights by adding the 1,000 Knights mentioned generally to the 180 Knights of Santiago, ignoring the ambiguity of whether the 180 were already included in the 1,000. Furthermore, the question asks for the difference in the number of Knights, and the reasoning chain fails to account for the 100 infantrymen mentioned in the Isabellian army composition, although this is less critical since the question specifically asks about Knights.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

The Portuguese army had about 1,000 knights + 180 knights of the Order of Santiago, totaling 1180 knights.

Explanation

The reasoning incorrectly sums the 1,000 Knights (mentioned as the main body) and the 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago as if they were separate groups contributing to the total Portuguese Knight count, when the text implies the 180 were part of the overall force or at least doesn't explicitly state they should be added to the 1,000 to get the total Portuguese Knights for comparison. More critically, the question asks for the difference in the number of Knights between the two armies, and the text states the Portuguese army was composed of 'about 1,000 Knights, plus infantry.' The 180 Knights of Santiago marched alongside him, but it is unclear if they are included in the '1,000 Knights' or are additional. The reasoning assumes they are additional and adds them, which is an assumption not supported by the text structure.

Answer Span:

The Portuguese army had about 1,000 knights + 180 knights of the Order of Santiago, totaling 1180 knights.

Reference/Question Span:

According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him

Question #history_1601_bae95c03-4f10-4df8-9e91-7eff969f6518

Clean

Full Question

In February 1479, a Portuguese army commanded by Garcia de Meneses, Bishop of Évora, penetrated into Extremadura. His objective was to occupy and reinforce the strongholds of Mérida and Medellín, controlled by Beatriz Pacheco, Countess of Medellin and supporter of Afonso V. According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him, commanded by their treasurer, Alfonso de Monroy. On February 24, near the hill of Albuera, the army was challenged by Isabellian forces commanded by Alonso de Cárdenas, Master of the Order of Santiago. The army consisted of 500 Knights of the Order, 400 Knights of the Hermandad , and 100 infantrymen. The battle was heavily contested. The Isabellian infantry suffered a severe blow from the Juanist cavalry and became disorganized, but intervention by the Master of Santiago aided the panicked infantry. The Portuguese were forced to retreat, leaving significant spoils of war on the battlefield, as well as around 85 dead Knights. Only 15 Isabellian Knights were killed. The bulk of the Portuguese army was able to take refuge in Mérida and from there continued its march to Medellín, which they occupied. Supporters of King Ferdinand placed Medellín and Mérida under siege. How many more Portuguese knights were killed than Isabellian knights?

Ground Truth Answer

[['70', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that around 85 Portuguese knights were killed, while only 15 Isabellian knights were killed. 85 - 15 = 70. Answer: {70}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the number of Portuguese and Isabellian knights killed and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1601_fd0ab58b-8ad0-4408-915b-1cbf3d8bda0e

Clean

Full Question

In February 1479, a Portuguese army commanded by Garcia de Meneses, Bishop of Évora, penetrated into Extremadura. His objective was to occupy and reinforce the strongholds of Mérida and Medellín, controlled by Beatriz Pacheco, Countess of Medellin and supporter of Afonso V. According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him, commanded by their treasurer, Alfonso de Monroy. On February 24, near the hill of Albuera, the army was challenged by Isabellian forces commanded by Alonso de Cárdenas, Master of the Order of Santiago. The army consisted of 500 Knights of the Order, 400 Knights of the Hermandad , and 100 infantrymen. The battle was heavily contested. The Isabellian infantry suffered a severe blow from the Juanist cavalry and became disorganized, but intervention by the Master of Santiago aided the panicked infantry. The Portuguese were forced to retreat, leaving significant spoils of war on the battlefield, as well as around 85 dead Knights. Only 15 Isabellian Knights were killed. The bulk of the Portuguese army was able to take refuge in Mérida and from there continued its march to Medellín, which they occupied. Supporters of King Ferdinand placed Medellín and Mérida under siege. How many more Portuguese Knights were killed than Isabellian Knights?

Ground Truth Answer

[['70', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that around 85 Portuguese knights were killed, while 15 Isabellian knights were killed. 85 - 15 = 70. Answer: {70}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary casualty figures from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1082_dbdf36f7-a935-4b91-9cea-8f2942831ab7

1 issue

Full Question

In May, the first movements of the war started as a Danish fleet under Jakob Brockenhuus sailed towards the Baltic. At Bornholm, on 30 May 1563, the fleet fired on the Swedish navy under Jakob Bagge, even though war had not officially been declared. A battle arose that ended with Danish defeat. German royal emissaries were sent to negotiate a peace, but at the meeting place of Rostock no Swedes appeared. On 13 August 1563, war was declared by emissaries from Denmark and Lübeck in Stockholm. The same month, Danish king Fredrik II attacked Älvsborg. At the beginning of the war the Danes advanced from Halland with a 25,000-strong army of professional mercenaries and captured Sweden's gateway to the west, Älvsborg Fortress, after only three days of bombardment and a six-hour assault on 4 September. This achieved the Danish aim of cutting off Sweden from the North Sea, blocking the all-important salt imports. Eric then attacked Halmstad, without result; the Swedish counterattack was driven back by the professional Danish army. After the king's departure from his army, Charley de Mornays stepped in as the commanding officer and was beaten by the Danish at the Battle of Mared. At sea a battle broke out near Öland on 11 September, whereafter the war took a pause. How many days passed between the Danish fleet firing on the Swedish navy and the declaration of war?

Ground Truth Answer

[['75', 3]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to calculate the number of days: 1. **Find the starting date:** The Danish fleet fired on the Swedish navy on May 30, 1563. 2. **Find the ending date:** War was declared on August 13, 1563. 3. **Calculate the days in between:** * Days remaining in May: 31 (days in May) - 30 (starting day) = 1 day * Days in June: 30 days * Days in July: 31 days * Days in August: 13 days * Total days: 1 + 30 + 31 + 13 = 75 days Answer: {75}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the start and end dates but relies on external knowledge (the number of days in May, June, and July) which is not provided in the source text to perform the calculation. While the calculation itself (1 + 30 + 31 + 13 = 75) is arithmetically sound based on the assumed calendar facts, the inclusion of '31 (days in May)' is a factual insertion not supported by the context, which is flagged as a contradiction/external reliance.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

Days remaining in May: 31 (days in May) - 30 (starting day) = 1 day

Explanation

The reasoning incorrectly assumes May has 31 days and calculates 1 day remaining (31 - 30). While May does have 31 days, the calculation for days *after* May 30th should be 1 day (May 31st). However, the context does not state the number of days in May, relying on general knowledge. The critical error is that the calculation for days remaining *after* the 30th is based on an external fact (May has 31 days) which is not explicitly stated in the context, but the calculation itself leads to an error if we strictly follow the context's implicit timeline. More importantly, the calculation for days remaining in May is flawed if we consider the starting day inclusive or exclusive. If the firing happened *on* May 30th, the remaining days *in* May are May 31st (1 day). The calculation $31 - 30 = 1$ is mathematically correct for finding the difference, but the context doesn't provide the number of days in May, making the use of '31 (days in May)' an external assumption. However, the most direct contradiction/error is the use of external knowledge for the number of days in May, which is not provided in the source text.

Answer Span:

31 (days in May)

Reference/Question Span:

Question #history_2086_bd01ac93-f741-44d0-bc63-ea17da8d2cfe

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['170', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: Neil O'Donnell attempted 416 passes and completed 246 of them. To find the number of incomplete passes, subtract the completed passes from the attempted passes. 416 - 246 = 170 Answer: {170}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures (attempts and completions) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_e266304d-c05b-4cd2-8d30-a1aa0a16c0dd

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['11', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage says the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start to win eight of their final nine games. So they won 3 + 8 = 11 games. Answer: {11}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly uses the provided context (3-4 start and winning 8 of the final 9 games) to calculate the total wins (3 + 8 = 11). No hallucinations were found.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1914_c272f8b5-80b0-42a1-8043-49c90143bb53

Clean

Full Question

Coming off their win over the Vikings, the Dolphins went home, donned their alternate uniforms, and played their Week 3 home-opener against their AFC East foe, the New York Jets, on Sunday night. Miami trailed early in the first quarter as Jets quarterback Mark Sanchez completed a 24-yard touchdown pass to tight end Dustin Keller. The Dolphins' deficit would increase in the second quarter as Sanchez hooked up with Keller again on a 3-yard touchdown pass. Miami would respond with quarterback Chad Henne completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano, followed by kicker Dan Carpenter making a 44-yard field goal. The Dolphins would take the lead in the third quarter as Henne connected with wide receiver Brandon Marshall on an 11-yard touchdown pass, but New York would immediately respond as Sanchez found wide receiver Braylon Edwards on a 67-yard touchdown pass. Miami would answer with Carpenter's 20-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Jets would add onto their lead as kicker Nick Folk got a 30-yard field goal. The Dolphins would chip away as their deficit as Carpenter booted a 50-yard field goal, but New York would pull away as running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. Miami tried to rally, but the Jets' defense held on for the win. How many more is Carpenter's 50 yard compared to Nick Folk's 30 yard?

Ground Truth Answer

[['20', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: 1. **Identify the relevant information:** Carpenter kicked a 50-yard field goal, and Nick Folk kicked a 30-yard field goal. 2. **Calculate the difference:** 50 - 30 = 20 Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary data points (Carpenter's 50-yard FG and Nick Folk's 30-yard FG) and accurately calculates the difference as requested by the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_808b9efc-b11d-4016-b148-5eb22316ed2c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: The passage states Mark Sanchez threw a 41-yard touchdown pass to Braylon Edwards and a 2-yard touchdown pass to Dustin Keller. These are the only two touchdown passes attributed to Sanchez. Therefore, he threw 2 touchdown passes. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two touchdown passes thrown by Mark Sanchez based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_9921c50b-e446-4c46-9f5f-899bc6157b71

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['41', 3]]

Generated Answer

Here's how to find the answer: 1. **Identify all the touchdown plays:** The passage describes several touchdowns, including runs and passes. We need to find the yardage for each. 2. **List the yardage for each touchdown:** * LaDainian Tomlinson 1-yard run * Braylon Edwards 41-yard reception * David Martin 4-yard reception * Dustin Keller 3-yard reception * Dustin Keller 2-yard reception * LaDainian Tomlinson 26-yard run * Steve Johnson 13-yard reception 3. **Find the longest yardage:** Out of all the listed yardages, 41 is the highest. Answer: {41}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all touchdown plays mentioned in the text and accurately determines the longest yardage among them based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1517_459ec315-291d-4530-8e31-717998430478

Clean

Full Question

In 993, Khitans under General Xiao Sunning invaded Korea, but retreated after truce negotiations with minister Seo Hui of Goryeo, establishing friendly relations between the two nations. In 1004, the Liao dynasty repulsed Song China. Subsequently, as part of peace negotiations, Song China to paid tribute to the Liao emperor. However, the tension between Goryeo and Liao created another war. In 1009, General Gang Jo of Goryeo led a coup against King Mokjong, killing the king and establishing military rule. In 1010, the alliance was broken and Liao attacked Korea for General Gang's treason. Also, Khitans claimed six garrison settlements east of the Yalu River, which Goryeo claimed as its territory in truce negotiations during 993. After suffering numerous and heavy casualties against the Goryeo army, the Khitans managed to defeat Gangjo, who had begun to underestimate them. Despite this defeat, the Goryeo king managed to retain his claim on the six garrison settlements. The Khitans retreated from the peninsula, with no great prize for the war, but they did not give up their hope of gaining the six garrison settlements and making Goryeo pay tribute. However, beginning in the summer of 1018, the Khitans constructed a bridge across the Yalu River. How many years past since Khitans first invaded Korea to when they built a bridge over the Yalu River?

Ground Truth Answer

[['25', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage says Khitans first invaded Korea in 993. They constructed a bridge across the Yalu River in 1018. 1018 - 993 = 25. Answer: {25}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two relevant dates (993 for the first invasion and 1018 for the bridge construction) and performs the correct subtraction to find the time elapsed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1665_b64fd54b-5d21-4f17-aab1-389d089c4a70

Clean

Full Question

In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia as the Russian Army abandoned the province. Although a treaty was signed by the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments following talks between 5 and 9 March 1918 on the withdrawal of Romanian forces from Bessarabia within two months, on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory, based on a resolution passed by the local assembly of that territory on its unification with Romania. Romania officially made peace with the Central Powers by signing the Treaty of Bucharest on 7 May 1918. Under the treaty, Romania was obliged to end the war with the Central Powers and make small territorial concessions to Austria-Hungary, ceding control of some passes in the Carpathian Mountains, and to grant oil concessions to Germany. In exchange, the Central Powers recognised the sovereignty of Romania over Bessarabia. The treaty was renounced in October 1918 by the Alexandru Marghiloman government, and Romania nominally re-entered the war on 10 November 1918. The next day, the Treaty of Bucharest was nullified by the terms of the Armistice of Compiègne. Total Romanian deaths from 1914 to 1918, military and civilian, within contemporary borders, were estimated at 748,000. How long did talk last before a treaty was signed between Romanian and Bolshevik governments?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that talks between the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments occurred "between 5 and 9 March 1918". This means the talks lasted for 4 days (9 - 5 = 4). Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates of the talks and calculates the duration based on those dates, which is a direct interpretation of the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2255_7363a147-a310-47b2-b873-433fc9570716

1 issue

Full Question

Coming off their win over the Eagles, the Patriots returned home for an AFC duel with the Indianapolis Colts. The Patriots took the early lead, with a 39-yard field goal by Stephen Gostkowski, before placekicker and former Patriots Super Bowl hero Adam Vinateri hit back with a 31-yard field goal of his own early in the second quarter. The Patriots then reeled off 28 unanswered points, starting with quarterback Tom Brady tossing an 11-yard touchdown pass to tight end Rob Gronkowski, a 1-yard touchdown run by running back BenJarvus Green-Ellis just before halftime, then Brady threw two more touchdown passes to Gronkowski in the third quarter - a 21-yarder followed by a 2-yarder. In the fourth quarter, the Patriots were held scoreless and the Colts reeled off 21 unanswered points - a 5-yard touchdown run by running back Donald Brown, followed by two touchdown passes from Dan Orlovsky to wide receiver Pierre Garçon - a 33-yarder and a 12-yarder - the latter with 36 seconds remaining in regulation. Despite the touchdowns, one of Garçon's catches in the end zone was accompanied with an angry throw at a sign with a target meant for Gronkowski's trademark spike. A Colts' onside kick attempt near the end of the contest was unsuccessful, sealing the win for the Patriots. How many touchdowns did the Colts score in the third quarter?

Ground Truth Answer

[['0', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Patriots scored 28 unanswered points in the second and third quarters, and the Colts scored 21 unanswered points in the fourth quarter. This means the Colts scored zero points in the third. Answer: {0}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly deduces that the Colts scored zero points in the third quarter. While the text details Patriots scoring in the second and third quarters, it does not explicitly state the Colts were held scoreless in the third, making the conclusion a logical leap that ignores the possibility of unmentioned Colts scoring in that quarter, or misinterprets the sequence of scoring.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

This means the Colts scored zero points in the third.

Explanation

The reasoning incorrectly concludes the Colts scored zero points in the third quarter based on the Patriots scoring 28 unanswered points in the second and third quarters. The text details the Patriots' scoring spree, but it does not explicitly state the Colts scored zero points in the third quarter; it only details the Colts' scoring in the fourth quarter. The reasoning ignores the possibility of Colts scoring in the third quarter, even though the text details Patriots scoring in that quarter.

Answer Span:

This means the Colts scored zero points in the third.

Reference/Question Span:

The Patriots then reeled off 28 unanswered points, starting with quarterback Tom Brady tossing an 11-yard touchdown pass to tight end Rob Gronkowski, a 1-yard touchdown run by running back BenJarvus Green-Ellis just before halftime, then Brady threw two more touchdown passes to Gronkowski in the third quarter - a 21-yarder followed by a 2-yarder.

Question #nfl_1914_c6204e5d-8e5e-42c4-9d40-e37ddcbe14f4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['0', 3], ['7', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that Miami trailed early in the first quarter after Mark Sanchez completed a 24-yard touchdown pass to Dustin Keller. Touchdowns are worth 6 points. The Dolphins did not score in the first quarter. Answer: {0}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies that the Jets scored in the first quarter and concludes that Miami scored 0 points, which is supported by the text as no Miami scores are mentioned in the first quarter.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2255_534b41c5-1448-4a13-8d68-af9e23217607

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['0', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that "In the fourth quarter, the Patriots were held scoreless". Answer: {0}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant sentence in the context to determine the Patriots' score in the fourth quarter.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2412_54b3be33-59da-4860-86b5-5c5c17833ee6

Clean

Full Question

Centered on Post Oak Boulevard and Westheimer Road, the Uptown Houston boomed during the 1970s and early 1980s when a collection of midrise office buildings, hotels, and retail developments appeared along Interstate 610 West. Uptown became one of the most prominent instances of an edge city. The tallest building in Uptown is the 64-floor, -tall, Philip Johnson and John Burgee designed landmark Williams Tower (known as the Transco Tower until 1999). At the time of construction, it was believed to be the worlds tallest skyscraper outside a central business district. The new 20-story Skanska building and BBVA Compass Plaza are the newest office buildings built in Uptown after 30 years. The Uptown District is also home to buildings designed by noted architects I. M. Pei, César Pelli, and Philip Johnson. In the late 1990s and early 2000s, a mini-boom of midrise and highrise Tower block construction occurred, with several over 30 stories tall. Since 2000 more than 30 high-rise buildings have gone up in Houston; all told, 72 high-rises tower over the city, which adds up to about 8,300 units. In 2002, Uptown had more than 23 million square feet (2,100,000 m²) of office space with 16 million square feet (1,500,000 m²) of class A office space. How many more millions of square feet of office space total is there than class A office space?

Ground Truth Answer

[['7000000', 1], ['7', 1]]

Generated Answer

According to the passage, Uptown had 23 million square feet of office space and 16 million square feet of class A office space. 23 - 16 = 7. So the answer is {7}. Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary figures from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1665_f452e8c4-5eb3-48e9-9cfc-927c2b03ff5d

1 issue

Full Question

In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia as the Russian Army abandoned the province. Although a treaty was signed by the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments following talks between 5 and 9 March 1918 on the withdrawal of Romanian forces from Bessarabia within two months, on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory, based on a resolution passed by the local assembly of that territory on its unification with Romania. Romania officially made peace with the Central Powers by signing the Treaty of Bucharest on 7 May 1918. Under the treaty, Romania was obliged to end the war with the Central Powers and make small territorial concessions to Austria-Hungary, ceding control of some passes in the Carpathian Mountains, and to grant oil concessions to Germany. In exchange, the Central Powers recognised the sovereignty of Romania over Bessarabia. The treaty was renounced in October 1918 by the Alexandru Marghiloman government, and Romania nominally re-entered the war on 10 November 1918. The next day, the Treaty of Bucharest was nullified by the terms of the Armistice of Compiègne. Total Romanian deaths from 1914 to 1918, military and civilian, within contemporary borders, were estimated at 748,000. For how many days did the Romanian and Bolshevik governments talk in March 1918?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that talks between the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments took place between 5 and 9 March 1918. This means the talks lasted for 5 days (5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th of March). Answer: {5}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates (5 to 9 March 1918) and correctly calculates the duration as 5 days (inclusive count). There are no factual contradictions or instances of missing crucial context relative to the question asked.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction low

Statement

This means the talks lasted for 5 days (5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th of March).

Explanation

The text states the talks were between 5 and 9 March 1918. Counting inclusively (5, 6, 7, 8, 9) results in 5 days. However, the question asks 'For how many days did the Romanian and Bolshevik governments talk in March 1918?' The text states the talks were 'between 5 and 9 March 1918'. This phrasing usually implies the duration is the number of days *within* that range, which is 5 days (9 - 5 + 1). The reasoning chain correctly calculates 5 days, but the final answer provided in the chain is {5}, which is the numerical result of the calculation, not the duration itself. The reasoning chain *claims* the duration is 5 days based on the dates, which is mathematically correct for an inclusive count. However, the question asks for the number of days the talks lasted, and the text specifies the talks were 'between 5 and 9 March 1918'. The reasoning chain incorrectly concludes the duration is 5 days based on the phrasing 'between 5 and 9 March 1918' when the text explicitly states the talks were 'between 5 and 9 March 1918' which implies 5 days (5, 6, 7, 8, 9). The reasoning chain's calculation (5 days) is correct based on the inclusive interpretation of the dates provided in the context, but the context itself only states the range. The error lies in the reasoning chain's interpretation of the duration calculation, which is a common point of ambiguity. Given the context states 'between 5 and 9 March 1918', the duration is 5 days (5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th). The reasoning chain correctly identifies this duration as 5 days. However, the question asks for the number of days, and the reasoning chain calculates 5 days. Let's re-evaluate the contradiction. The text says 'talks between 5 and 9 March 1918'. This means the talks occurred on the 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th. That is 5 days. The reasoning chain states: 'This means the talks lasted for 5 days (5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th of March).' This is a correct deduction from the context. The final answer provided in the chain is {5}. Since the reasoning chain correctly deduces the answer (5 days) from the context, there is no factual contradiction or missing context in the reasoning itself. The reasoning chain is sound.

Answer Span:

This means the talks lasted for 5 days (5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th of March).

Reference/Question Span:

talks between 5 and 9 March 1918

Question #history_2650_b06d3130-f65d-4da9-b87e-a20a62dd8191

Clean

Full Question

The U.S. Marine Corps issued a request for proposals (RFP) in 2013 for its Humvee sustainment modification initiative to upgrade 6,700 expanded capacity vehicles (ECVs). The Marines plan to field the JLTV, but do not have enough funding to completely replace all Humvees, so they decided to continue sustaining their fleet. Key areas of improvement include upgrades to the suspension to reduce the amount of force transferred to the chassis, upgrading the engine and transmission for better fuel efficiency, enhancements to the cooling system to prevent overheating, a central tire inflation system to improve off-road mobility and ride quality, and increased underbody survivability. Testing of upgraded Humvees was to occur in 2014, with production and installation occurring from 2015 through 2018. Older A2 series Humvees make up half the current fleet, and 4,000 are to be disposed of through foreign military sales and transfers. By 2017, the Marines light tactical vehicle fleet is to consist of 3,500 A2 series Humvees, 9,500 ECV Humvees, and 5,000 JLTVs, with 18,000 vehicles in total. Humvees in service with the Marine Corps will be upgraded through 2030. The Marines shelved the Humvee modernization effort in March 2015 due to budget cuts. How many of the Marines light tactical vehicle fleet by 2017 will not consist of the A2 series?

Ground Truth Answer

[['14500', 2]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that by 2017, the Marines light tactical vehicle fleet is to consist of 3,500 A2 series Humvees, 9,500 ECV Humvees, and 5,000 JLTVs, with 18,000 vehicles in total. The question asks how many will *not* be A2 series. Therefore, we subtract the number of A2 series Humvees from the total number of vehicles: 18,000 - 3,500 = 14,500. Answer: {14500}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant figures from the context (total fleet size and A2 series count by 2017) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question based on the provided data.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1517_ab90ed9f-624c-4ebe-b5a2-e775565a0323

Clean

Full Question

In 993, Khitans under General Xiao Sunning invaded Korea, but retreated after truce negotiations with minister Seo Hui of Goryeo, establishing friendly relations between the two nations. In 1004, the Liao dynasty repulsed Song China. Subsequently, as part of peace negotiations, Song China to paid tribute to the Liao emperor. However, the tension between Goryeo and Liao created another war. In 1009, General Gang Jo of Goryeo led a coup against King Mokjong, killing the king and establishing military rule. In 1010, the alliance was broken and Liao attacked Korea for General Gang's treason. Also, Khitans claimed six garrison settlements east of the Yalu River, which Goryeo claimed as its territory in truce negotiations during 993. After suffering numerous and heavy casualties against the Goryeo army, the Khitans managed to defeat Gangjo, who had begun to underestimate them. Despite this defeat, the Goryeo king managed to retain his claim on the six garrison settlements. The Khitans retreated from the peninsula, with no great prize for the war, but they did not give up their hope of gaining the six garrison settlements and making Goryeo pay tribute. However, beginning in the summer of 1018, the Khitans constructed a bridge across the Yalu River. How many years passed since the Kitans invaded Korea to when the alliance was broken?

Ground Truth Answer

[['17', 2], ['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

The passage states that the Khitans first invaded Korea in 993. The alliance between Goryeo and Liao was broken in 1010. 1010 - 993 = 17 years. Answer: {17}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the start year (993, Khitan invasion) and the end year (1010, alliance broken) and performs the correct subtraction to find the time elapsed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Questions Analyzed

200

With Issues

14.0% of questions

Total Issues Found

0.14 per question

Issue Type Distribution

contradiction: 14missing_context: 16

Question Analysis

Question #nfl_1136_b5812c99-494b-4730-a7b2-cca7bff83c91

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Looking to avoid back-to-back divisional losses, the Patriots traveled to Miami to face the 6-4 Dolphins at Dolphin Stadium. After Carpenter's kickoff was returned from the 29-yard line by Matthew Slater, the Patriots began their first possession at their own 40-yard line. Cassel's first two passes were both completed for first downs, putting the Patriots in Dolphins territory and eventually their red zone. However, a holding penalty on Neal pushed the Patriots back 10 yards, forcing a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal four plays later that gave the Patriots a 3-0 lead. Following a Dolphins three-and-out, the Patriots' second drive ended when a Cassel pass to Moss was bobbled by both Moss and cornerback Jason Allen to keep the ball in the air until Renaldo Hill intercepted it; a 17-yard return gave the Dolphins the ball at the Patriots' 42-yard line. On the next play, a 29-yard David Martin reception moved the Dolphins into the Patriots' red zone, where the Dolphins used their "Wildcat" formation on the next two plays. A Tedy Bruschi unnecessary roughness penalty on the second Ronnie Brown run set up a first-and-goal, where Camarillo caught a 3-yard pass from Pennington for a touchdown, giving the Dolphins a 7-3 lead. The Patriots responded with a 12-play, 74-yard drive that ended on the first play of the second quarter, an 8-yard touchdown scramble by Cassel to give the Patriots the lead again, 10-7. The Dolphins' next drive went three-and-out despite two more plays using the "Wildcat" formation, giving the Patriots the ball at their own 41-yard line. On a 1-yard Morris run from the Dolphins' 28-yard line, linebacker Matt Roth forced a fumble during the tackle; the ball was recovered by Dolphins cornerback André Goodman at the Dolphins' 28-yard line. The Dolphins took advantage of the turnover, going 72 yards on 12 plays and re-taking the lead at 14-10 on a 7-yard Pennington touchdown scramble. Carpenter's ensuing kickoff was returned by Slater from the Patriots' 24-yard line, setting up the Patriots' next drive to begin from their own 37-yard line. Six plays later, Cassel completed a 25-yard touchdown pass to Moss that gave the Patriots the lead again, 17-14. After an exchange of three-and-outs, the Dolphins began their final drive of the half with 39 seconds remaining and moved into Patriots territory. However, a false start on wide receiver Ted Ginn, Jr. followed by a Vrabel sack of Pennington ended the first half. Due to their deferral of the opening kickoff, the Dolphins elected to receive the opening kickoff of the second half. A 46-yard Pennington pass to Ginn on the first play moved the Dolphins to the Patriots' 36-yard line; six plays later, Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer on a 2-yard touchdown catch that gave the Dolphins the lead again at 21-17. The Patriots responded by going 78 yards on 11 plays, re-taking the lead yet again on the second Moss touchdown catch of the day; the 8-yard grab put the Patriots ahead 24-21. The Dolphins' next drive got as far as the Patriots' 27-yard line, but an offensive holding penalty, incomplete pass, and sack forced the Dolphins to punt from the Patriots' 42-yard line. Two plays later, Cassel completed a pass to Welker across the middle; the wide receiver ran along the sideline after the catch to pick up 64 yards on the play. After an incomplete pass to Moss, a 21-yard Faulk touchdown run extended the Patriots' lead to 31-21 on the final play of the third quarter. Four plays into the Dolphins' ensuing drive, on 3rd-and-3, Pennington hit wide receiver Davone Bess for a 36-yard gain to put the Dolphins in the Patriots' red zone. On the next play, a diving Ricky Williams 13-yard touchdown catch cut the Patriots' lead to 31-28. Facing a 3rd-and-10 from their own 42-yard line during their next drive, the Patriots moved into Dolphins territory on a 23-yard Gaffney catch. Two plays later, Cassel and Moss connected for their third touchdown pass of the day, this one from 29 yards out, to give the Patriots a 38-28 lead. On the next play, Meriweather intercepted a Pennington pass and returned it 19 yards to the Dolphins' 18-yard line. However, safety Yeremiah Bell sacked Cassel on 3rd-and-2 to set up a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal that extended the Patriots lead to 41-28 with just over seven minutes remaining in the game. Starting from their own 1-yard after a Ginn kick return for a loss and a holding penalty, the Dolphins moved the ball as far as their 44-yard line on 10 plays, but could not successfully convert on fourth down to turn the ball back over to the Patriots. The Patriots, with just four minutes remaining in the game, exclusively ran Green-Ellis running plays on their ensuing possession, moving into the Dolphins' red zone on back-to-back unnecessary roughness and unsportsmanlike conduct penalties by Porter. On the six play of the drive, a fourth down, Green-Ellis ran for a 1-yard touchdown to give the Patriots a 48-28 lead. Down by 20 points, the Dolphins ran one play in the remaining 37 seconds to end the game and improve the Patriots' record to 7-4. The Patriots' 530 net yards of offense were the second highest output in team history, behind the Patriots' 597 yards in 1979. Cassel's 415 passing yards made him the second quarterback in Patriots history to throw for at least 400 yards in two or more games; Drew Bledsoe had four 400+ yard passing games in his Patriots career. How many points ahead were the Dolphins after Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer? Answer: The passage states that after Pennington's touchdown pass to Cramer, the Dolphins led 21-17. 21 - 17 = 4. So the Dolphins were 4 points ahead. The answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the score after the specified event (Dolphins led 21-17) and calculates the difference (4 points) based on the context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1136_9ab4f12e-7526-44e9-ad98-11cd2d79e381

Clean

Full Question

Looking to avoid back-to-back divisional losses, the Patriots traveled to Miami to face the 6-4 Dolphins at Dolphin Stadium. After Carpenter's kickoff was returned from the 29-yard line by Matthew Slater, the Patriots began their first possession at their own 40-yard line. Cassel's first two passes were both completed for first downs, putting the Patriots in Dolphins territory and eventually their red zone. However, a holding penalty on Neal pushed the Patriots back 10 yards, forcing a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal four plays later that gave the Patriots a 3-0 lead. Following a Dolphins three-and-out, the Patriots' second drive ended when a Cassel pass to Moss was bobbled by both Moss and cornerback Jason Allen to keep the ball in the air until Renaldo Hill intercepted it; a 17-yard return gave the Dolphins the ball at the Patriots' 42-yard line. On the next play, a 29-yard David Martin reception moved the Dolphins into the Patriots' red zone, where the Dolphins used their "Wildcat" formation on the next two plays. A Tedy Bruschi unnecessary roughness penalty on the second Ronnie Brown run set up a first-and-goal, where Camarillo caught a 3-yard pass from Pennington for a touchdown, giving the Dolphins a 7-3 lead. The Patriots responded with a 12-play, 74-yard drive that ended on the first play of the second quarter, an 8-yard touchdown scramble by Cassel to give the Patriots the lead again, 10-7. The Dolphins' next drive went three-and-out despite two more plays using the "Wildcat" formation, giving the Patriots the ball at their own 41-yard line. On a 1-yard Morris run from the Dolphins' 28-yard line, linebacker Matt Roth forced a fumble during the tackle; the ball was recovered by Dolphins cornerback André Goodman at the Dolphins' 28-yard line. The Dolphins took advantage of the turnover, going 72 yards on 12 plays and re-taking the lead at 14-10 on a 7-yard Pennington touchdown scramble. Carpenter's ensuing kickoff was returned by Slater from the Patriots' 24-yard line, setting up the Patriots' next drive to begin from their own 37-yard line. Six plays later, Cassel completed a 25-yard touchdown pass to Moss that gave the Patriots the lead again, 17-14. After an exchange of three-and-outs, the Dolphins began their final drive of the half with 39 seconds remaining and moved into Patriots territory. However, a false start on wide receiver Ted Ginn, Jr. followed by a Vrabel sack of Pennington ended the first half. Due to their deferral of the opening kickoff, the Dolphins elected to receive the opening kickoff of the second half. A 46-yard Pennington pass to Ginn on the first play moved the Dolphins to the Patriots' 36-yard line; six plays later, Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer on a 2-yard touchdown catch that gave the Dolphins the lead again at 21-17. The Patriots responded by going 78 yards on 11 plays, re-taking the lead yet again on the second Moss touchdown catch of the day; the 8-yard grab put the Patriots ahead 24-21. The Dolphins' next drive got as far as the Patriots' 27-yard line, but an offensive holding penalty, incomplete pass, and sack forced the Dolphins to punt from the Patriots' 42-yard line. Two plays later, Cassel completed a pass to Welker across the middle; the wide receiver ran along the sideline after the catch to pick up 64 yards on the play. After an incomplete pass to Moss, a 21-yard Faulk touchdown run extended the Patriots' lead to 31-21 on the final play of the third quarter. Four plays into the Dolphins' ensuing drive, on 3rd-and-3, Pennington hit wide receiver Davone Bess for a 36-yard gain to put the Dolphins in the Patriots' red zone. On the next play, a diving Ricky Williams 13-yard touchdown catch cut the Patriots' lead to 31-28. Facing a 3rd-and-10 from their own 42-yard line during their next drive, the Patriots moved into Dolphins territory on a 23-yard Gaffney catch. Two plays later, Cassel and Moss connected for their third touchdown pass of the day, this one from 29 yards out, to give the Patriots a 38-28 lead. On the next play, Meriweather intercepted a Pennington pass and returned it 19 yards to the Dolphins' 18-yard line. However, safety Yeremiah Bell sacked Cassel on 3rd-and-2 to set up a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal that extended the Patriots lead to 41-28 with just over seven minutes remaining in the game. Starting from their own 1-yard after a Ginn kick return for a loss and a holding penalty, the Dolphins moved the ball as far as their 44-yard line on 10 plays, but could not successfully convert on fourth down to turn the ball back over to the Patriots. The Patriots, with just four minutes remaining in the game, exclusively ran Green-Ellis running plays on their ensuing possession, moving into the Dolphins' red zone on back-to-back unnecessary roughness and unsportsmanlike conduct penalties by Porter. On the six play of the drive, a fourth down, Green-Ellis ran for a 1-yard touchdown to give the Patriots a 48-28 lead. Down by 20 points, the Dolphins ran one play in the remaining 37 seconds to end the game and improve the Patriots' record to 7-4. The Patriots' 530 net yards of offense were the second highest output in team history, behind the Patriots' 597 yards in 1979. Cassel's 415 passing yards made him the second quarterback in Patriots history to throw for at least 400 yards in two or more games; Drew Bledsoe had four 400+ yard passing games in his Patriots career. How many more yards did the Patriots have in 1979 than this game?

Ground Truth Answer

[['67', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Looking to avoid back-to-back divisional losses, the Patriots traveled to Miami to face the 6-4 Dolphins at Dolphin Stadium. After Carpenter's kickoff was returned from the 29-yard line by Matthew Slater, the Patriots began their first possession at their own 40-yard line. Cassel's first two passes were both completed for first downs, putting the Patriots in Dolphins territory and eventually their red zone. However, a holding penalty on Neal pushed the Patriots back 10 yards, forcing a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal four plays later that gave the Patriots a 3-0 lead. Following a Dolphins three-and-out, the Patriots' second drive ended when a Cassel pass to Moss was bobbled by both Moss and cornerback Jason Allen to keep the ball in the air until Renaldo Hill intercepted it; a 17-yard return gave the Dolphins the ball at the Patriots' 42-yard line. On the next play, a 29-yard David Martin reception moved the Dolphins into the Patriots' red zone, where the Dolphins used their "Wildcat" formation on the next two plays. A Tedy Bruschi unnecessary roughness penalty on the second Ronnie Brown run set up a first-and-goal, where Camarillo caught a 3-yard pass from Pennington for a touchdown, giving the Dolphins a 7-3 lead. The Patriots responded with a 12-play, 74-yard drive that ended on the first play of the second quarter, an 8-yard touchdown scramble by Cassel to give the Patriots the lead again, 10-7. The Dolphins' next drive went three-and-out despite two more plays using the "Wildcat" formation, giving the Patriots the ball at their own 41-yard line. On a 1-yard Morris run from the Dolphins' 28-yard line, linebacker Matt Roth forced a fumble during the tackle; the ball was recovered by Dolphins cornerback André Goodman at the Dolphins' 28-yard line. The Dolphins took advantage of the turnover, going 72 yards on 12 plays and re-taking the lead at 14-10 on a 7-yard Pennington touchdown scramble. Carpenter's ensuing kickoff was returned by Slater from the Patriots' 24-yard line, setting up the Patriots' next drive to begin from their own 37-yard line. Six plays later, Cassel completed a 25-yard touchdown pass to Moss that gave the Patriots the lead again, 17-14. After an exchange of three-and-outs, the Dolphins began their final drive of the half with 39 seconds remaining and moved into Patriots territory. However, a false start on wide receiver Ted Ginn, Jr. followed by a Vrabel sack of Pennington ended the first half. Due to their deferral of the opening kickoff, the Dolphins elected to receive the opening kickoff of the second half. A 46-yard Pennington pass to Ginn on the first play moved the Dolphins to the Patriots' 36-yard line; six plays later, Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer on a 2-yard touchdown catch that gave the Dolphins the lead again at 21-17. The Patriots responded by going 78 yards on 11 plays, re-taking the lead yet again on the second Moss touchdown catch of the day; the 8-yard grab put the Patriots ahead 24-21. The Dolphins' next drive got as far as the Patriots' 27-yard line, but an offensive holding penalty, incomplete pass, and sack forced the Dolphins to punt from the Patriots' 42-yard line. Two plays later, Cassel completed a pass to Welker across the middle; the wide receiver ran along the sideline after the catch to pick up 64 yards on the play. After an incomplete pass to Moss, a 21-yard Faulk touchdown run extended the Patriots' lead to 31-21 on the final play of the third quarter. Four plays into the Dolphins' ensuing drive, on 3rd-and-3, Pennington hit wide receiver Davone Bess for a 36-yard gain to put the Dolphins in the Patriots' red zone. On the next play, a diving Ricky Williams 13-yard touchdown catch cut the Patriots' lead to 31-28. Facing a 3rd-and-10 from their own 42-yard line during their next drive, the Patriots moved into Dolphins territory on a 23-yard Gaffney catch. Two plays later, Cassel and Moss connected for their third touchdown pass of the day, this one from 29 yards out, to give the Patriots a 38-28 lead. On the next play, Meriweather intercepted a Pennington pass and returned it 19 yards to the Dolphins' 18-yard line. However, safety Yeremiah Bell sacked Cassel on 3rd-and-2 to set up a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal that extended the Patriots lead to 41-28 with just over seven minutes remaining in the game. Starting from their own 1-yard after a Ginn kick return for a loss and a holding penalty, the Dolphins moved the ball as far as their 44-yard line on 10 plays, but could not successfully convert on fourth down to turn the ball back over to the Patriots. The Patriots, with just four minutes remaining in the game, exclusively ran Green-Ellis running plays on their ensuing possession, moving into the Dolphins' red zone on back-to-back unnecessary roughness and unsportsmanlike conduct penalties by Porter. On the six play of the drive, a fourth down, Green-Ellis ran for a 1-yard touchdown to give the Patriots a 48-28 lead. Down by 20 points, the Dolphins ran one play in the remaining 37 seconds to end the game and improve the Patriots' record to 7-4. The Patriots' 530 net yards of offense were the second highest output in team history, behind the Patriots' 597 yards in 1979. Cassel's 415 passing yards made him the second quarterback in Patriots history to throw for at least 400 yards in two or more games; Drew Bledsoe had four 400+ yard passing games in his Patriots career. How many more yards did the Patriots have in 1979 than this game? Answer: The passage states that the Patriots had 530 yards in this game and 597 yards in 1979. 597 - 530 = 67. So the answer is $\boxed{67}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary yardage figures from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1136_a16fc6ad-fb3d-4b4e-8da0-d87e49b6c17a

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly tracks the score changes leading up to halftime and calculates the halftime lead based on the sequence of scores provided in the context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1136_7361d127-759d-484a-99e9-0eea91ce5cae

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['20', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Looking to avoid back-to-back divisional losses, the Patriots traveled to Miami to face the 6-4 Dolphins at Dolphin Stadium. After Carpenter's kickoff was returned from the 29-yard line by Matthew Slater, the Patriots began their first possession at their own 40-yard line. Cassel's first two passes were both completed for first downs, putting the Patriots in Dolphins territory and eventually their red zone. However, a holding penalty on Neal pushed the Patriots back 10 yards, forcing a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal four plays later that gave the Patriots a 3-0 lead. Following a Dolphins three-and-out, the Patriots' second drive ended when a Cassel pass to Moss was bobbled by both Moss and cornerback Jason Allen to keep the ball in the air until Renaldo Hill intercepted it; a 17-yard return gave the Dolphins the ball at the Patriots' 42-yard line. On the next play, a 29-yard David Martin reception moved the Dolphins into the Patriots' red zone, where the Dolphins used their "Wildcat" formation on the next two plays. A Tedy Bruschi unnecessary roughness penalty on the second Ronnie Brown run set up a first-and-goal, where Camarillo caught a 3-yard pass from Pennington for a touchdown, giving the Dolphins a 7-3 lead. The Patriots responded with a 12-play, 74-yard drive that ended on the first play of the second quarter, an 8-yard touchdown scramble by Cassel to give the Patriots the lead again, 10-7. The Dolphins' next drive went three-and-out despite two more plays using the "Wildcat" formation, giving the Patriots the ball at their own 41-yard line. On a 1-yard Morris run from the Dolphins' 28-yard line, linebacker Matt Roth forced a fumble during the tackle; the ball was recovered by Dolphins cornerback André Goodman at the Dolphins' 28-yard line. The Dolphins took advantage of the turnover, going 72 yards on 12 plays and re-taking the lead at 14-10 on a 7-yard Pennington touchdown scramble. Carpenter's ensuing kickoff was returned by Slater from the Patriots' 24-yard line, setting up the Patriots' next drive to begin from their own 37-yard line. Six plays later, Cassel completed a 25-yard touchdown pass to Moss that gave the Patriots the lead again, 17-14. After an exchange of three-and-outs, the Dolphins began their final drive of the half with 39 seconds remaining and moved into Patriots territory. However, a false start on wide receiver Ted Ginn, Jr. followed by a Vrabel sack of Pennington ended the first half. Due to their deferral of the opening kickoff, the Dolphins elected to receive the opening kickoff of the second half. A 46-yard Pennington pass to Ginn on the first play moved the Dolphins to the Patriots' 36-yard line; six plays later, Pennington hit fullback Casey Cramer on a 2-yard touchdown catch that gave the Dolphins the lead again at 21-17. The Patriots responded by going 78 yards on 11 plays, re-taking the lead yet again on the second Moss touchdown catch of the day; the 8-yard grab put the Patriots ahead 24-21. The Dolphins' next drive got as far as the Patriots' 27-yard line, but an offensive holding penalty, incomplete pass, and sack forced the Dolphins to punt from the Patriots' 42-yard line. Two plays later, Cassel completed a pass to Welker across the middle; the wide receiver ran along the sideline after the catch to pick up 64 yards on the play. After an incomplete pass to Moss, a 21-yard Faulk touchdown run extended the Patriots' lead to 31-21 on the final play of the third quarter. Four plays into the Dolphins' ensuing drive, on 3rd-and-3, Pennington hit wide receiver Davone Bess for a 36-yard gain to put the Dolphins in the Patriots' red zone. On the next play, a diving Ricky Williams 13-yard touchdown catch cut the Patriots' lead to 31-28. Facing a 3rd-and-10 from their own 42-yard line during their next drive, the Patriots moved into Dolphins territory on a 23-yard Gaffney catch. Two plays later, Cassel and Moss connected for their third touchdown pass of the day, this one from 29 yards out, to give the Patriots a 38-28 lead. On the next play, Meriweather intercepted a Pennington pass and returned it 19 yards to the Dolphins' 18-yard line. However, safety Yeremiah Bell sacked Cassel on 3rd-and-2 to set up a 30-yard Gostkowski field goal that extended the Patriots lead to 41-28 with just over seven minutes remaining in the game. Starting from their own 1-yard after a Ginn kick return for a loss and a holding penalty, the Dolphins moved the ball as far as their 44-yard line on 10 plays, but could not successfully convert on fourth down to turn the ball back over to the Patriots. The Patriots, with just four minutes remaining in the game, exclusively ran Green-Ellis running plays on their ensuing possession, moving into the Dolphins' red zone on back-to-back unnecessary roughness and unsportsmanlike conduct penalties by Porter. On the six play of the drive, a fourth down, Green-Ellis ran for a 1-yard touchdown to give the Patriots a 48-28 lead. Down by 20 points, the Dolphins ran one play in the remaining 37 seconds to end the game and improve the Patriots' record to 7-4. The Patriots' 530 net yards of offense were the second highest output in team history, behind the Patriots' 597 yards in 1979. Cassel's 415 passing yards made him the second quarterback in Patriots history to throw for at least 400 yards in two or more games; Drew Bledsoe had four 400+ yard passing games in his Patriots career. How many points did the Dolphins lose by? Answer: The passage states that the final score was Patriots 48, Dolphins 28. 48 - 28 = 20. Thus, the Dolphins lost by $\boxed{20}$ points.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the final score from the text and calculates the difference to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1596_ef82d962-7ffe-481a-b51d-63e60bbf2c2c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the second meeting of the year with the Washington Redskins, the Eagles tried an onside kick to start the game. This backfired when the Redskins running back Quinton Ganther recovered the kick and returned it 25 yards to the Eagles 24-yard line. Four plays later, Redskins quarterback Jason Campbell ran for a two-yard touchdown to score the game's first touchdown, as the Redskins took the lead 7-0. After a holding penalty on Eagles tight end Brent Celek, the Eagles had to settle for a 29-yard field goal by kicker David Akers. On the following drive by the Eagles, quarterback Donovan McNabb found wide receiver DeSean Jackson wide open in the end zone for a 35-yard touchdown to bring the Eagles up 10-7. On the ensuing drive by the Redskins, Campbell threw a 4-yard touchdown pass to Santana Moss to take the lead 14-10. Late in the second quarter, after both teams punting the ball away after three unsuccessful drives, Eagles cornerback Asante Samuel intercepted a Jason Campbell pass that was intended for Santana Moss. The Eagles could not convert a third down with 10 to go, and David Akers kicked a 24-yard field goal to get the Eagles within a point of the Redskins, 14-13. The Redskins received the ball again and Campbell threw a second straight interception to Samuel, who returned it for 17 yards. The Eagles ended the first half with a second straight field goal to take the lead 16-14. The Eagles got the ball to start the second half, but the drive ended with a Sav Rocca punt. Jason Campbell threw a 10-yard touchdown to tight end Fred Davis to take the lead once again, 21-16. After two straight punts for each team, the Eagles got the ball back in the fourth quarter and Donovan McNabb threw an intended pass to Reggie Brown, but the pass was intercepted by Redskins cornerback Justin Tryon. The Redskins scored on a 25-yard field goal by Shaun Suisham, to increase their lead 24-16. The Eagles started their drive on their own 10-yard line after a penalty on the kick return by Dimitri Patterson. The Eagles went 90 yards to score on an Eldra Buckley one-yard touchdown run. Since they were losing by two points, the Eagles decided to go for a two-point conversion. The two-point conversion was successful after rookie running back LeSean McCoy ran in the end zone on a shovel pass from McNabb. The score was tied, 24-24. The Redskins could not score on the next drive, and therefore had to punt to the Eagles. The Eagles scored on a 32-yard field goal by David Akers to take the lead, 27-24. The Eagles got the ball back on downs, and kneeled the ball to run out the clock and win 27-24. How many of the touchdowns were running plays? Answer: Jason Campbell ran for a touchdown. This is 1 running play TD. DeSean Jackson's touchdown was a reception. This is not a running play TD. Santana Moss's touchdown was a reception. This is not a running play TD. Fred Davis's touchdown was a reception. This is not a running play TD. Eldra Buckley's touchdown was a run. This is 1 running play TD. 1 + 1 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the running touchdowns based on the provided text and sums them up accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1596_4f16edca-fe01-4ae8-9092-523548d8d1c4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['25', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the second meeting of the year with the Washington Redskins, the Eagles tried an onside kick to start the game. This backfired when the Redskins running back Quinton Ganther recovered the kick and returned it 25 yards to the Eagles 24-yard line. Four plays later, Redskins quarterback Jason Campbell ran for a two-yard touchdown to score the game's first touchdown, as the Redskins took the lead 7-0. After a holding penalty on Eagles tight end Brent Celek, the Eagles had to settle for a 29-yard field goal by kicker David Akers. On the following drive by the Eagles, quarterback Donovan McNabb found wide receiver DeSean Jackson wide open in the end zone for a 35-yard touchdown to bring the Eagles up 10-7. On the ensuing drive by the Redskins, Campbell threw a 4-yard touchdown pass to Santana Moss to take the lead 14-10. Late in the second quarter, after both teams punting the ball away after three unsuccessful drives, Eagles cornerback Asante Samuel intercepted a Jason Campbell pass that was intended for Santana Moss. The Eagles could not convert a third down with 10 to go, and David Akers kicked a 24-yard field goal to get the Eagles within a point of the Redskins, 14-13. The Redskins received the ball again and Campbell threw a second straight interception to Samuel, who returned it for 17 yards. The Eagles ended the first half with a second straight field goal to take the lead 16-14. The Eagles got the ball to start the second half, but the drive ended with a Sav Rocca punt. Jason Campbell threw a 10-yard touchdown to tight end Fred Davis to take the lead once again, 21-16. After two straight punts for each team, the Eagles got the ball back in the fourth quarter and Donovan McNabb threw an intended pass to Reggie Brown, but the pass was intercepted by Redskins cornerback Justin Tryon. The Redskins scored on a 25-yard field goal by Shaun Suisham, to increase their lead 24-16. The Eagles started their drive on their own 10-yard line after a penalty on the kick return by Dimitri Patterson. The Eagles went 90 yards to score on an Eldra Buckley one-yard touchdown run. Since they were losing by two points, the Eagles decided to go for a two-point conversion. The two-point conversion was successful after rookie running back LeSean McCoy ran in the end zone on a shovel pass from McNabb. The score was tied, 24-24. The Redskins could not score on the next drive, and therefore had to punt to the Eagles. The Eagles scored on a 32-yard field goal by David Akers to take the lead, 27-24. The Eagles got the ball back on downs, and kneeled the ball to run out the clock and win 27-24. how many yards did ganther return? Answer: The passage states that Quinton Ganther returned the kick 25 yards. So the answer is $\boxed{25}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardage Ganther returned based directly on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_829385ee-9fe0-4663-a9dd-38dd57812ad0

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['33', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. The worst of it all was how unproven rookie Eric Rowe was tasked with covering wide receiver Calvin Johnson, leading to Johnson catching 3 touchdowns. Stafford’s five passing touchdowns, including three of them to Johnson was too much for the Eagles to overcome and for the second consecutive time this season, the Eagles gave up 45 points in a game. With the loss, the Eagles drop to 4-7 on the season and 6-1 when playing on Thanksgiving. Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many yards longer was Jay Cutler's longest touchdown pass than Brett Favre's longest touchdown pass? Answer: Jay Cutler's TD passes were: 7 yards 2 yards 20 yards So, Cutler's longest TD pass was 20 yards. Brett Favre's TD passes were: 6 yards 6 yards So, Favre's longest TD pass was 6 yards. The difference is 20 - 6 = 14 yards. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{14}$

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the lengths of the touchdown passes thrown by Jay Cutler and Brett Favre based on the context and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_12d7ab9f-8547-4fe1-94f6-610d9a468769

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many yards longer was Robbie Gould's longest field goal than Ryan Longwell's longest field goal?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many yards longer was Robbie Gould's longest field goal than Ryan Longwell's longest field goal? Answer: Robbie Gould's field goals were 22 yards, 42 yards, and 41 yards. His longest field goal was 42 yards. Ryan Longwell's longest field goal was 41 yards. The difference is 42 - 41 = 1. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the longest field goals for both kickers based on the text and calculates the difference accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_78217f0c-768b-4b40-a692-35fbe7f46826

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many more total yards of field goals did Robbie Gould make than Ryan Longwell?

Ground Truth Answer

[['64', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many more total yards of field goals did Robbie Gould make than Ryan Longwell? Answer: Robbie Gould made field goals of 22, 42, and 41 yards. 22 + 42 + 41 = 105. Ryan Longwell made a field goal of 41 yards. 41. 105 - 41 = 64. So the answer is $\boxed{64}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardage for all field goals made by Robbie Gould and Ryan Longwell based on the context and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_9e09713a-318b-421e-964e-cc96ccc1d0bc

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many more total touchdown passing yards did Jay Cutler make than Brett Favre?

Ground Truth Answer

[['56', 1], ['33', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. The worst of it all was how unproven rookie Eric Rowe was tasked with covering wide receiver Calvin Johnson, leading to Johnson catching 3 touchdowns. Stafford’s five passing touchdowns, including three of them to Johnson was too much for the Eagles to overcome and for the second consecutive time this season, the Eagles gave up 45 points in a game. With the loss, the Eagles drop to 4-7 on the season and 6-1 when playing on Thanksgiving. How many TD passes did Stafford throw other than to Jhonson? Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many more total touchdown passing yards did Jay Cutler make than Brett Favre? Answer: Jay Cutler's TD passes: 7 yards + 2 yards + 20 yards + 39 yards = 68 yards Brett Favre's TD passes: 6 yards + 6 yards = 12 yards Difference: 68 yards - 12 yards = 56 yards So the answer is $\boxed{56}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies and sums the yardage for all touchdown passes thrown by Jay Cutler and Brett Favre based on the provided text, and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_30e30004-e6d0-4fa4-919d-6e5d3633221c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['37', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Cutler's 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many yards longer was Jay Cutler's longest touchdown pass than his shortest? Answer: Jay Cutler's touchdown passes were 7 yards, 2 yards, 20 yards, and 39 yards. His longest TD pass was 39 yards. His shortest TD pass was 2 yards. The difference is 39 - 2 = 37. So the answer is $\boxed{37}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all of Jay Cutler's touchdown pass lengths from the context and accurately calculates the difference between the longest and shortest.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_c75f94d2-a8ba-4cde-9266-30009b4230de

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['37', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. The worst of it all was how unproven rookie Eric Rowe was tasked with covering wide receiver Calvin Johnson, leading to Johnson catching 3 touchdowns. Stafford’s five passing touchdowns, including three of them to Johnson was too much for the Eagles to overcome and for the second consecutive time this season, the Eagles gave up 45 points in a game. With the loss, the Eagles drop to 4-7 on the season and 6-1 when playing on Thanksgiving. Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many yards longer was Cutler's longest touchdown pass than his shortest? Answer: Cutler's touchdown passes were: 7 yards 2 yards 20 yards 39 yards His longest TD pass was 39 yards. His shortest TD pass was 2 yards. The difference is 39 - 2 = 37. So the answer is $\boxed{37}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all of Cutler's touchdown passes from the text and accurately calculates the difference between the longest and shortest ones.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_ec49e997-8c47-410e-9b94-ec59017f9d9a

1 issue

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many points did the Pacers win game 7 against the Celtics by?

Ground Truth Answer

[['27', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. The worst of it all was how unproven rookie Eric Rowe was tasked with covering wide receiver Calvin Johnson, leading to Johnson catching 3 touchdowns. Stafford’s five passing touchdowns, including three of them to Johnson was too much for the Eagles to overcome and for the second consecutive time this season, the Eagles gave up 45 points in a game. With the loss, the Eagles drop to 4-7 on the season and 6-1 when playing on Thanksgiving. Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many points did the Pacers win game 7 against the Celtics by? Answer: The question asks about the point differential in a game 7 between the Pacers and Celtics. However, the provided text details games between the Eagles and Lions, and the Vikings and Bears. There is no mention of the Pacers or Celtics. Therefore, the provided text contains no information to answer the question. Thus the answer is \boxed{not enough information}.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies that the question cannot be answered from the text, but it hallucinates by misidentifying one of the teams involved in the described game (stating Eagles/Lions instead of Vikings/Bears).

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction high

Statement

However, the provided text details games between the Eagles and Lions, and the Vikings and Bears.

Explanation

The reasoning chain incorrectly states the text details games between the Eagles and Lions. The context explicitly details a game between the Vikings and the Chicago Bears.

Answer Span:

However, the provided text details games between the Eagles and Lions, and the Vikings and Bears.

Reference/Question Span:

Question #nfl_1516_3af25fa0-812b-4ff1-a1b2-74fc33606643

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['68', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. The worst of it all was how unproven rookie Eric Rowe was tasked with covering wide receiver Calvin Johnson, leading to Johnson catching 3 touchdowns. Stafford’s five passing touchdowns, including three of them to Johnson was too much for the Eagles to overcome and for the second consecutive time this season, the Eagles gave up 45 points in a game. With the loss, the Eagles drop to 4-7 on the season and 6-1 when playing on Thanksgiving. How many TD passes did Stafford throw other than to Johnson? Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many total touchdown passing yards did Jay Cutler make? Answer: Jay Cutler threw four touchdown passes: A 7-yard TD pass A 2-yard TD pass A 20-yard TD pass A 39-yard TD pass 7 + 2 + 20 + 39 = 68 So the answer is $\boxed{68}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all four touchdown passes thrown by Jay Cutler and accurately sums their yardage based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_e48db11c-c0cd-4a24-8390-63bd3d33c813

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3], ['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many field goals of at least 40 yards did Gould make? **Answer:** Robbie Gould made the following field goals: 22 yards, 42 yards, 41 yards, and missed a 45-yard attempt. Two of these successful field goals – 42 yards and 41 yards– were at least 40 yards. Therefore, he made 2 field goals of at least 40 yards. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies all field goals made by Gould and filters them based on the 40-yard minimum requirement to arrive at the correct count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_c3848932-475e-4212-af62-f695bcbded61

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['68', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Cutler's 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many total yards of touchdown passes did Cutler make? Answer: Cutler had a 7-yard TD pass, a 2-yard TD pass, a 20-yard TD pass, and a 39-yard TD pass. 7 + 2 + 20 + 39 = 68. So the answer is $\boxed{68}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all four touchdown passes thrown by Cutler and accurately sums their yardage based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_8511edf7-f222-469d-b5bf-e7cb4158c21c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['13', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many total games did the Pacers play in the playoffs? Answer: The question asks about the number of playoff games played by the Pacers. However, the provided text details a regular season game between the Vikings and the Bears. There is no mention of the Pacers or any playoff games. Therefore, based on the information given, it's impossible to determine how many playoff games the Pacers played. The answer is unknown based on the given text. So the answer is \boxed{unknown}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies that the provided text describes a Vikings vs. Bears game and contains no information about the Pacers or playoff games, leading to the appropriate conclusion that the answer is unknown based on the context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_1e7b6670-2685-40c3-b146-1541e06a8144

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['12', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many total yards of touchdown passes did Favre make? Answer: Brett Favre had two touchdown passes. The first was a 6-yard TD pass. The second was also a 6-yard TD pass. 6 + 6 = 12. So the answer is $\boxed{12}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two touchdown passes thrown by Brett Favre and calculates the total yardage based on the context provided.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_ea45fe99-8b5f-4db1-8fd7-f8e78ac4f9e3

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many 6-yard touchdown passes did Brett Favre have? Answer: Brett Favre had one 6-yard touchdown pass to Visanthe Shiancoe and another 6-yard touchdown pass to Sidney Rice. One + One = Two. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two 6-yard touchdown passes thrown by Brett Favre mentioned in the text and sums them up to reach the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_8b4f47b1-0224-4091-958a-ac47e1f77507

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many 1-yard touchdown runs were made in the game? Answer: Adrian Peterson had one 1-yard touchdown run in the third quarter and a second 1-yard touchdown run in the fourth quarter. One + One = Two. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two 1-yard touchdown runs mentioned in the text and sums them up.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_8af82d6d-0c3f-4d31-a9d0-10f51b76d4b2

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many 41-yard field goals were made in the game? Answer: Robbie Gould made a 22-yard field goal. He also made a 42-yard field goal and a 41-yard field goal. Ryan Longwell made a 41-yard field goal. Gould missed a 45-yard field goal attempt. Therefore, one 41-yard field goal was made by Gould and one by Longwell. 1 + 1 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two 41-yard field goals made in the game (one by Gould and one by Longwell) based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_9bfd2c2f-7e89-4093-a547-4982ad999651

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. how many yards did Gould nail in the first quarter?

Ground Truth Answer

[['22', 2]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. The worst of it all was how unproven rookie Eric Rowe was tasked with covering wide receiver Calvin Johnson, leading to Johnson catching 3 touchdowns. Stafford’s five passing touchdowns, including three of them to Johnson was too much for the Eagles to overcome and for the second consecutive time this season, the Eagles gave up 45 points in a game. With the loss, the Eagles drop to 4-7 on the season and 6-1 when playing on Thanksgiving. Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. how many yards did Gould nail in the first quarter? **Answer:** The question asks how many yards Gould scored in the first quarter. Robbie Gould made a 22-yard field goal and that was the only score in the first quarter. Therefore, Gould scored 22 yards in the first quarter. So the answer is $\boxed{22}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant information from the context to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_d7df715b-82c1-45db-a69b-2ec08557e92c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 4]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. The worst of it all was how unproven rookie Eric Rowe was tasked with covering wide receiver Calvin Johnson, leading to Johnson catching 3 touchdowns. Stafford’s five passing touchdowns, including three of them to Johnson was too much for the Eagles to overcome and for the second consecutive time this season, the Eagles gave up 45 points in a game. With the loss, the Eagles drop to 4-7 on the season and 6-1 when playing on Thanksgiving. How many TD passes did Stafford throw other than to Jhonson? Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many touchdowns occurred in the first half? Answer: The question asks about touchdowns in the first half. The first quarter had only a field goal (Robbie Gould's 22-yard field goal). So, zero touchdowns occurred in the first quarter. The second quarter had one field goal (Gould's 42-yard), one touchdown pass from Cutler to Olsen, and another field goal (Gould's 41-yard). So, one touchdown occurred in the second quarter. Total touchdowns in the first half: 0 + 1 = 1 Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{1}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the scores in the first half (Q1 and Q2) from the context and accurately counts the single touchdown that occurred during that period.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_921121f9-02dc-4edb-bc3f-903d9c75a310

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1], ['20', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. How many points did the saints lose to tampa? Answer: The passage states that the Saints lost to Tampa Bay 20-17. This means the Saints scored 17 points. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{17}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the score of the Saints vs. Tampa Bay game from the context and extracts the relevant score for the Saints.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1516_772dceb5-8863-4120-b526-aa1b37f22ad3

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['68', 1], ['7', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Playing in their second straight Thanksgiving game, the Eagles struggled especially on defense, where they were unable to stop the much-hyped Lions offense. The worst of it all was how unproven rookie Eric Rowe was tasked with covering wide receiver Calvin Johnson, leading to Johnson catching 3 touchdowns. Stafford’s five passing touchdowns, including three of them to Johnson was too much for the Eagles to overcome and for the second consecutive time this season, the Eagles gave up 45 points in a game. With the loss, the Eagles drop to 4-7 on the season and 6-1 when playing on Thanksgiving. Hoping to rebound from their fourth-quarter collapse to the Panthers, the Vikings flew to Soldier Field to face Jay Cutler and the Chicago Bears in a Week 16 rematch to conclude the 40th season of Monday Night Football. Due to the Saints losing to Tampa Bay 20-17 in overtime the previous day, the Vikings needed to win their last two games and have the Saints lose to Carolina the next week in order to clinch homefield advantage. In the first quarter, the Bears drew first blood as kicker Robbie Gould nailed a 22-yard field goal for the only score of the period. In the second quarter, the Bears increased their lead with Gould nailing a 42-yard field goal. They increased their lead with Cutler firing a 7-yard TD pass to tight end Greg Olsen. The Bears then closed out the first half with Gould's 41-yard field goal. In the third quarter, the Vikes started to rally with running back Adrian Peterson's 1-yard touchdown run (with the extra point attempt blocked). The Bears increased their lead over the Vikings with Cutler's 2-yard TD pass to tight end Desmond Clark. The Vikings then closed out the quarter with quarterback Brett Favre firing a 6-yard TD pass to tight end Visanthe Shiancoe. An exciting fourth quarter ensued. The Vikings started out the quarter's scoring with kicker Ryan Longwell's 41-yard field goal, along with Adrian Peterson's second 1-yard TD run. The Bears then responded with Cutler firing a 20-yard TD pass to wide receiver Earl Bennett. The Vikings then completed the remarkable comeback with Favre finding wide receiver Sidney Rice on a 6-yard TD pass on 4th-and-goal with 15 seconds left in regulation. The Bears then took a knee to force overtime. In overtime, the Bears won the toss and marched down the field, stopping at the 35-yard line. However, the potential game-winning 45-yard field goal attempt by Gould went wide right, giving the Vikings a chance to win. After an exchange of punts, the Vikings had the ball at the 26-yard line with 11 minutes left in the period. On the first play of scrimmage, Favre fired a screen pass to Peterson who caught it and went 16 yards, before being confronted by Hunter Hillenmeyer, who caused Peterson to fumble the ball, which was then recovered by Bears' linebacker Nick Roach. The Bears then won on Jay Cutler's game-winning 39-yard TD pass to wide receiver Devin Aromashodu. With the loss, not only did the Vikings fall to 11-4, they also surrendered homefield advantage to the Saints. how many yards did cutler increase with? Answer: Jay Cutler had the following passing plays: 7-yard TD pass 2-yard TD pass 20-yard TD pass 39-yard TD pass Total passing yards for Cutler: 7 + 2 + 20 + 39 = 68 So the answer is $\boxed{68}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all of Jay Cutler's documented passing yardage totals from the text and sums them up to answer the implied question about total passing yards, which is the most logical interpretation of the ambiguous final question 'how many yards did cutler increase with?'.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2004_bcb66440-8a81-4d5d-bba3-9a8adaf17bb0

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['45', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Astros won the 2005 National League Division Series against the Atlanta Braves, 3-1, with a game four that set postseason records for most innings (18), most players used by a single team (23), and longest game time (5 hours and 50 minutes). Trailing by a score of 6-1, Lance Berkman hit an eighth-inning grand slam to narrow the score to 6-5. In the bottom of the ninth, catcher Brad Ausmus hit a game-tying home run that allowed the game to continue in extra innings. In the bottom of the tenth inning, Luke Scott hit a blast to left field that had home run distance, but was inches foul. This game remained scoreless for the next eight innings. In the top of the fifteenth inning, Roger Clemens made only his second career relief appearance, pitching three shutout innings, notably striking out Julio Franco, at the time the oldest player in the MLB at 47 years old; Clemens was himself 43. In the bottom of the eighteenth inning, Clemens came to bat again, indicating that he would be pitching in the nineteenth inning, if it came to that. Clemens struck out, but the next batter, Chris Burke (baseball), hit a home run to left field for the Astros win, 7-6. Oddly enough, a fan in the "Crawford Boxes" in left field had previously caught Berkmans grand slam and this same fan caught Burkes home run. The 2005 National League Championship Series featured a rematch of the 2004 National League Championship Series. The Astros lost the first game in St. Louis, but would win the next three games, with Roy Oswalt getting the win. Though the Astros were poised to close out the series in Game Five in Houston, Brad Lidge gave up a monstrous two-out three-run home run to Albert Pujols, forcing the series to a sixth game in St. Louis, where the Astros clinched a World Series appearance. Roy Oswalt was named NLCS MVP, having gone 2-0 with a 1.29 ERA in the series. Current honorary NL President William Y. Giles presented the league champion Astros with the Warren C. Giles Trophy. Warren Giles, Williams father and President of the National League, had awarded an MLB franchise to the city of Houston in 1960. How many years before William Y. Giles presented the league champion Astros with the Warren C. Giles Trophy did Williams father, Warren Giles, award an MLB franchise to the city of Houston? Answer: The passage states that William Y. Giles presented the Astros with the trophy after they won the 2005 NL Championship Series. His father, Warren Giles, awarded the Houston franchise in 1960. 2005 (year of award) - 1960 (year of franchise award) = 45. So the answer is $\boxed{45}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two relevant dates (the year the trophy was presented, implied by the 2005 NLCS context, and the year the franchise was awarded, 1960) and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1096_25293bf7-6e8c-4362-8a37-1078142e5be1

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['55', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their tough road loss to the Patriots, the Chiefs hosted their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders. In the first quarter, Kansas City trailed early as Raiders kicker Sebastian Janikowski got a 56-yard and a 25-yard field goal. Chiefs quarterback Damon Huard suffered a neck injury in the first quarter and Tyler Thigpen substituted as quarterback for the remainder of the game. Huard was in for Kansas City's first two series, but didn't return after throwing an interception late in the second quarter. Marques Hagans, who was listed on the Chiefs' roster as a wide receiver, checked in as quarterback for several draw plays. The Chiefs announced at the end of the third quarter that Huard sustained "mild head trauma," a move deemed controversial as Huard never sought medical attention in the following days. Under Thigpen, the Chiefs' offense struggled to move the ball down the field. In using three quarterbacks, the Chiefs had only 65 net yards at halftime. Raiders RB Darren McFadden got a 19-yard TD run in the third quarter. Oakland increased its lead with Janikowski nailing a 40-yard field goal in the fourth quarter. The Chiefs would respond with rookie QB Tyler Thigpen completing a 2-yard TD pass to TE Tony Gonzalez, Kansas City executed a two-point conversion pass to rookie FB Mike Cox to make them within 8 points with just over five minutes remaining. The Chiefs' two-point conversion was the team's first in two years. Kansas City lost its opportunity to tie the game as the Raiders pulled away with RB Michael Bush getting a 32-yard TD run. The Chiefs' defense allowed the third-highest total yards on offense in franchise history. JaMarcus Russell completed only 6 of 17 passes for 55 yards and led the Raiders to a 15-point victory. Following the game, Chiefs RB Larry Johnson voiced his displeasure with the Chiefs' offense and his role with the team. With the loss, the Chiefs fell to an 0-2 record for the third consecutive year. Kansas City's 11-game losing streak (2007-2008) is the longest in franchise history. The Chiefs also lost their second consecutive game to the Raiders for the first time since 2001. How many total yards did JaMarcus Russell's completed passes add up to? Answer: The question asks for the total yards of JaMarcus Russell's completed passes. The passage states that JaMarcus Russell's passes accounted for 55 yards. Therefore, the answer is 55. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{55}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant information in the context to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2004_f26e5eb2-d484-441d-965d-5dfe7e8abe05

Clean

Full Question

The Astros won the 2005 National League Division Series against the Atlanta Braves, 3-1, with a game four that set postseason records for most innings (18), most players used by a single team (23), and longest game time (5 hours and 50 minutes). Trailing by a score of 6-1, Lance Berkman hit an eighth-inning grand slam to narrow the score to 6-5. In the bottom of the ninth, catcher Brad Ausmus hit a game-tying home run that allowed the game to continue in extra innings. In the bottom of the tenth inning, Luke Scott hit a blast to left field that had home run distance, but was inches foul. This game remained scoreless for the next eight innings. In the top of the fifteenth inning, Roger Clemens made only his second career relief appearance, pitching three shutout innings, notably striking out Julio Franco, at the time the oldest player in the MLB at 47 years old; Clemens was himself 43. In the bottom of the eighteenth inning, Clemens came to bat again, indicating that he would be pitching in the nineteenth inning, if it came to that. Clemens struck out, but the next batter, Chris Burke (baseball), hit a home run to left field for the Astros win, 7-6. Oddly enough, a fan in the "Crawford Boxes" in left field had previously caught Berkmans grand slam and this same fan caught Burkes home run. The 2005 National League Championship Series featured a rematch of the 2004 National League Championship Series. The Astros lost the first game in St. Louis, but would win the next three games, with Roy Oswalt getting the win. Though the Astros were poised to close out the series in Game Five in Houston, Brad Lidge gave up a monstrous two-out three-run home run to Albert Pujols, forcing the series to a sixth game in St. Louis, where the Astros clinched a World Series appearance. Roy Oswalt was named NLCS MVP, having gone 2-0 with a 1.29 ERA in the series. Current honorary NL President William Y. Giles presented the league champion Astros with the Warren C. Giles Trophy. Warren Giles, Williams father and President of the National League from to , had awarded an MLB franchise to the city of Houston in 1960. How many more games did the Astros win against the Braves in the 2005 National League Division Series?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** The Astros won the 2005 National League Division Series against the Atlanta Braves, 3-1, with a game four that set postseason records for most innings (18), most players used by a single team (23), and longest game time (5 hours and 50 minutes). Trailing by a score of 6-1, Lance Berkman hit an eighth-inning grand slam to narrow the score to 6-5. In the bottom of the ninth, catcher Brad Ausmus hit a game-tying home run that allowed the game to continue in extra innings. In the bottom of the tenth inning, Luke Scott hit a blast to left field that had home run distance, but was inches foul. This game remained scoreless for the next eight innings. In the top of the fifteenth inning, Roger Clemens made only his second career relief appearance, pitching three shutout innings, notably striking out Julio Franco, at the time the oldest player in the MLB at 47 years old; Clemens was himself 43. In the bottom of the eighteenth inning, Clemens came to bat again, indicating that he would be pitching in the nineteenth inning, if it came to that. Clemens struck out, but the next batter, Chris Burke (baseball), hit a home run to left field for the Astros win, 7-6. Oddly enough, a fan in the "Crawford Boxes" in left field had previously caught Berkmans grand slam and this same fan caught Burkes home run. The 2005 National League Championship Series featured a rematch of the 2004 National League Championship Series. The Astros lost the first game in St. Louis, but would win the next three games, with Roy Oswalt getting the win. Though the Astros were poised to close out the series in Game Five in Houston, Brad Lidge gave up a monstrous two-out three-run home run to Albert Pujols, forcing the series to a sixth game in St. Louis, where the Astros clinched a World Series appearance. Roy Oswalt was named NLCS MVP, having gone 2-0 with a 1.29 ERA in the series. Current honorary NL President William Y. Giles presented the league champion Astros with the Warren C. Giles Trophy. Warren Giles, Williams father and President of the National League from to , had awarded an MLB franchise to the city of Houston in 1960. How many more games did the Astros win against the Braves in the 2005 National League Division Series? **Answer:** The passage states the Astros won the series 3-1. This means the Astros won 3 games and the Braves won 1 game. 3 - 1 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly extracts the series score (3-1) and performs the simple subtraction required to answer the question about how many *more* games the Astros won.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1096_58ee1f35-a66e-4a5a-847d-68bb1a91324a

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their tough road loss to the Patriots, the Chiefs hosted their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders. In the first quarter, Kansas City trailed early as Raiders kicker Sebastian Janikowski got a 56-yard and a 25-yard field goal. Chiefs quarterback Damon Huard suffered a neck injury in the first quarter and Tyler Thigpen substituted as quarterback for the remainder of the game. Huard was in for Kansas City's first two series, but didn't return after throwing an interception late in the second quarter. Marques Hagans, who was listed on the Chiefs' roster as a wide receiver, checked in as quarterback for several draw plays. The Chiefs announced at the end of the third quarter that Huard sustained "mild head trauma," a move deemed controversial as Huard never sought medical attention in the following days. Under Thigpen, the Chiefs' offense struggled to move the ball down the field. In using three quarterbacks, the Chiefs had only 65 net yards at halftime. Raiders RB Darren McFadden got a 19-yard TD run in the third quarter. Oakland increased its lead with Janikowski nailing a 40-yard field goal in the fourth quarter. The Chiefs would respond with rookie QB Tyler Thigpen completing a 2-yard TD pass to TE Tony Gonzalez, Kansas City executed a two-point conversion pass to rookie FB Mike Cox to make them within 8 points with just over five minutes remaining. The Chiefs' two-point conversion was the team's first in two years. Kansas City lost its opportunity to tie the game as the Raiders pulled away with RB Michael Bush getting a 32-yard TD run. The Chiefs' defense allowed the third-highest total yards on offense in franchise history. JaMarcus Russell completed only 6 of 17 passes for 55 yards and led the Raiders to a 15-point victory. Following the game, Chiefs RB Larry Johnson voiced his displeasure with the Chiefs' offense and his role with the team. With the loss, the Chiefs fell to an 0-2 record for the third consecutive year. Kansas City's 11-game losing streak (2007-2008) is the longest in franchise history. The Chiefs also lost their second consecutive game to the Raiders for the first time since 2001. How many field goals of 40 yards or more did Janikowski make?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their tough road loss to the Patriots, the Chiefs hosted their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders. In the first quarter, Kansas City trailed early as Raiders kicker Sebastian Janikowski got a 56-yard and a 25-yard field goal. Chiefs quarterback Damon Huard suffered a neck injury in the first quarter and Tyler Thigpen substituted as quarterback for the remainder of the game. Huard was in for Kansas City's first two series, but didn't return after throwing an interception late in the second quarter. Marques Hagans, who was listed on the Chiefs' roster as a wide receiver, checked in as quarterback for several draw plays. The Chiefs announced at the end of the third quarter that Huard sustained "mild head trauma," a move deemed controversial as Huard never sought medical attention in the following days. Under Thigpen, the Chiefs' offense struggled to move the ball down the field. In using three quarterbacks, the Chiefs had only 65 net yards at halftime. Raiders RB Darren McFadden got a 19-yard TD run in the third quarter. Oakland increased its lead with Janikowski nailing a 40-yard field goal in the fourth quarter. The Chiefs would respond with rookie QB Tyler Thigpen completing a 2-yard TD pass to TE Tony Gonzalez, Kansas City executed a two-point conversion pass to rookie FB Mike Cox to make them within 8 points with just over five minutes remaining. The Chiefs' two-point conversion was the team's first in two years. Kansas City lost its opportunity to tie the game as the Raiders pulled away with RB Michael Bush getting a 32-yard TD run. The Chiefs' defense allowed the third-highest total yards on offense in franchise history. JaMarcus Russell completed only 6 of 17 passes for 55 yards and led the Raiders to a 15-point victory. Following the game, Chiefs RB Larry Johnson voiced his displeasure with the Chiefs' offense and his role with the team. With the loss, the Chiefs fell to an 0-2 record for the third consecutive year. Kansas City's 11-game losing streak (2007-2008) is the longest in franchise history. The Chiefs also lost their second consecutive game to the Raiders for the first time since 2001. How many field goals of 40 yards or more did Janikowski make? Answer: Janikowski made a 56-yard field goal and a 40-yard field goal. These are the only two field goals mentioned that are 40 yards or more. One + One = Two. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two field goals made by Janikowski that were 40 yards or more (56-yard and 40-yard) based on the text and sums them up correctly.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1096_5577b716-c636-4042-a4f5-77f50aed7be1

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['11', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their tough road loss to the Patriots, the Chiefs hosted their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders. In the first quarter, Kansas City trailed early as Raiders kicker Sebastian Janikowski got a 56-yard and a 25-yard field goal. Chiefs quarterback Damon Huard suffered a neck injury in the first quarter and Tyler Thigpen substituted as quarterback for the remainder of the game. Huard was in for Kansas City's first two series, but didn't return after throwing an interception late in the second quarter. Marques Hagans, who was listed on the Chiefs' roster as a wide receiver, checked in as quarterback for several draw plays. The Chiefs announced at the end of the third quarter that Huard sustained "mild head trauma," a move deemed controversial as Huard never sought medical attention in the following days. Under Thigpen, the Chiefs' offense struggled to move the ball down the field. In using three quarterbacks, the Chiefs had only 65 net yards at halftime. Raiders RB Darren McFadden got a 19-yard TD run in the third quarter. Oakland increased its lead with Janikowski nailing a 40-yard field goal in the fourth quarter. The Chiefs would respond with rookie QB Tyler Thigpen completing a 2-yard TD pass to TE Tony Gonzalez, Kansas City executed a two-point conversion pass to rookie FB Mike Cox to make them within 8 points with just over five minutes remaining. The Chiefs' two-point conversion was the team's first in two years. Kansas City lost its opportunity to tie the game as the Raiders pulled away with RB Michael Bush getting a 32-yard TD run. The Chiefs' defense allowed the third-highest total yards on offense in franchise history. JaMarcus Russell completed only 6 of 17 passes for 55 yards and led the Raiders to a 15-point victory. Following the game, Chiefs RB Larry Johnson voiced his displeasure with the Chiefs' offense and his role with the team. With the loss, the Chiefs fell to an 0-2 record for the third consecutive year. Kansas City's 11-game losing streak (2007-2008) is the longest in franchise history. The Chiefs also lost their second consecutive game to the Raiders for the first time since 2001. How many incomplete passes did JaMarcus Russell throw? Answer: JaMarcus Russell threw 17 total passes and completed 6 of them. Therefore, the number of incomplete passes is 17 - 6 = 11. So the answer is $\boxed{11}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly extracts the relevant statistics for JaMarcus Russell (17 total passes, 6 completions) from the context and accurately calculates the number of incomplete passes (17 - 6 = 11).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1096_cbf71212-323b-42d5-b047-529817de3db5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['11', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their tough road loss to the Patriots, the Chiefs hosted their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders. In the first quarter, Kansas City trailed early as Raiders kicker Sebastian Janikowski got a 56-yard and a 25-yard field goal. Chiefs quarterback Damon Huard suffered a neck injury in the first quarter and Tyler Thigpen substituted as quarterback for the remainder of the game. Huard was in for Kansas City's first two series, but didn't return after throwing an interception late in the second quarter. Marques Hagans, who was listed on the Chiefs' roster as a wide receiver, checked in as quarterback for several draw plays. The Chiefs announced at the end of the third quarter that Huard sustained "mild head trauma," a move deemed controversial as Huard never sought medical attention in the following days. Under Thigpen, the Chiefs' offense struggled to move the ball down the field. In using three quarterbacks, the Chiefs had only 65 net yards at halftime. Raiders RB Darren McFadden got a 19-yard TD run in the third quarter. Oakland increased its lead with Janikowski nailing a 40-yard field goal in the fourth quarter. The Chiefs would respond with rookie QB Tyler Thigpen completing a 2-yard TD pass to TE Tony Gonzalez, Kansas City executed a two-point conversion pass to rookie FB Mike Cox to make them within 8 points with just over five minutes remaining. The Chiefs' two-point conversion was the team's first in two years. Kansas City lost its opportunity to tie the game as the Raiders pulled away with RB Michael Bush getting a 32-yard TD run. The Chiefs' defense allowed the third-highest total yards on offense in franchise history. JaMarcus Russell completed only 6 of 17 passes for 55 yards and led the Raiders to a 15-point victory. Following the game, Chiefs RB Larry Johnson voiced his displeasure with the Chiefs' offense and his role with the team. With the loss, the Chiefs fell to an 0-2 record for the third consecutive year. Kansas City's 11-game losing streak (2007-2008) is the longest in franchise history. The Chiefs also lost their second consecutive game to the Raiders for the first time since 2001. How many passes did JaMarcus Russell not complete? Answer: JaMarcus Russell threw 17 passes and completed 6 of them. 17 - 6 = 11. So the answer is $\boxed{11}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary statistics from the context (17 passes attempted, 6 completed) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2361_6406a4e8-2ee7-4d56-b479-d5e8f1a6c96c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['95000', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The development of agriculture enabled the human population to grow many times larger than could be sustained by hunter-gatherer. Agriculture began independently in different parts of the globe, and included a diverse range of taxa. At least 11 separate regions of the Old and New World were involved as independent centers of origin. Wild grains were collected and eaten from at least 105,000 years ago. Rye was cultivated by at least 11,050 BC. From around 11,500 years ago, the eight Neolithic founder crops, emmer wheat and einkorn wheat, hulled barley, peas, lentils, Vicia ervilia, chick peas and flax were cultivated in the Levant. Rice was domesticated in China between 11,500 and 6,200 BC with earliest known cultivation from 5,700 BC, followed by mung bean, soy and Azuki bean beans. Sheep were domesticated in Mesopotamia between 13,000 and 11,000 years ago. Cattle were domesticated from the wild aurochs in the areas of modern Turkey and Pakistan some 10,500 years ago. Domestic pigs had multiple centres of origin in Eurasia, including Europe, East Asia and Southwest Asia, where wild boar were first domesticated about 10,500 years ago. In the Andes of South America, the potato was domesticated between 10,000 and 7,000 years ago, along with beans, coca, llamas, alpacas, and guinea pigs. Sugarcane and some List of root vegetables were domesticated in New Guinea around 9,000 years ago. Sorghum was domesticated in the Sahel region of Africa by 7,000 years ago. Cotton was domesticated in Peru by 5,600 years ago, and was independently domesticated in Eurasia. Agriculture in Mesoamerica, wild teosinte was domesticated to maize by 6,000 years ago. Scholars have developed a number of hypotheses to explain the historical origins of agriculture. Studies of the transition from hunter-gatherer to agricultural societies indicate an initial period of intensification and increasing sedentism; examples are the Natufian culture in the Levant, and the Early Chinese Neolithic in China. Then, wild stands that had previously been harvested started to be planted, and gradually came to be domesticated. How many years after wild grains began being harvested was the potato domesticated, at its earliest? Answer: The passage states that wild grains were collected and eaten from at least 105,000 years ago. The potato was domesticated between 10,000 and 7,000 years ago. The earliest time the potato was domesticated was 10,000 years ago. The time difference is 105,000 - 10,000 = 95,000. So the answer is $\boxed{95000}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the text and performs the required subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2004_4bd0232f-ad7b-4140-b543-9bfa34d7caf5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Astros won the 2005 National League Division Series against the Atlanta Braves, 3-1, with a game four that set postseason records for most innings (18), most players used by a single team (23), and longest game time (5 hours and 50 minutes). Trailing by a score of 6-1, Lance Berkman hit an eighth-inning grand slam to narrow the score to 6-5. In the bottom of the ninth, catcher Brad Ausmus hit a game-tying home run that allowed the game to continue in extra innings. In the bottom of the tenth inning, Luke Scott hit a blast to left field that had home run distance, but was inches foul. This game remained scoreless for the next eight innings. In the top of the fifteenth inning, Roger Clemens made only his second career relief appearance, pitching three shutout innings, notably striking out Julio Franco, at the time the oldest player in the MLB at 47 years old; Clemens was himself 43. In the bottom of the eighteenth inning, Clemens came to bat again, indicating that he would be pitching in the nineteenth inning, if it came to that. Clemens struck out, but the next batter, Chris Burke (baseball), hit a home run to left field for the Astros win, 7-6. Oddly enough, a fan in the "Crawford Boxes" in left field had previously caught Berkmans grand slam and this same fan caught Burkes home run. The 2005 National League Championship Series featured a rematch of the 2004 National League Championship Series. The Astros lost the first game in St. Louis, but would win the next three games, with Roy Oswalt getting the win. Though the Astros were poised to close out the series in Game Five in Houston, Brad Lidge gave up a monstrous two-out three-run home run to Albert Pujols, forcing the series to a sixth game in St. Louis, where the Astros clinched a World Series appearance. Roy Oswalt was named NLCS MVP, having gone 2-0 with a 1.29 ERA in the series. Current honorary NL President William Y. Giles presented the league champion Astros with the Warren C. Giles Trophy. Warren Giles, Williams father and President of the National League from to , had awarded an MLB franchise to the city of Houston in 1960. How many points did the Astros win game four by? Answer: The question asks the point difference in game four. The Astros won game four by a score of 7-6. 7-6 = 1. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the final score of game four (7-6) from the context and calculates the difference (1) to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_10cde81d-e30c-4b05-97fb-a45bbeaa2f08

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['138', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years after the 1537 inheritance treaty did Frederick William lay claim to the Silesian principalities? Answer: The passage states that the inheritance treaty occurred in 1537. Frederick William laid claim to the Silesian principalities in 1675. 1675 - 1537 = 138. So the answer is $\boxed{138}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two relevant dates (1537 and 1675) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_d76fe77e-d674-4cab-a8f1-fd18e5bf66a8

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years passed of the inheritance treaty being signed and the Emperor taking back control of Schwiebus?

Ground Truth Answer

[['157', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years passed of the inheritance treaty being signed and the Emperor taking back control of Schwiebus? Answer: The inheritance treaty was signed in 1537. The Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694. 1694 - 1537 = 157. So the answer is $\boxed{157}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two relevant dates from the text (1537 for the treaty signing and 1694 for the return of Schwiebus) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_8ca5f85e-087c-42a9-8c0e-31bb3fee3fb2

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years before Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War was the battle of white mountain won?

Ground Truth Answer

[['64', 5]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years before Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War was the battle of white mountain won? Answer: The passage states that the Battle of White Mountain was won in 1621. It also says that Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War in 1685. Therefore, 1685 - 1621 = 64. So the answer is $\boxed{64}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates (1621 for the Battle of White Mountain and 1685 for the Great Turkish War) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question posed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_8c68be67-a833-4e13-8e5e-fff173e4b59f

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years passed from the inheritance treat to when the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus?

Ground Truth Answer

[['157', 2], ['91', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many years passed from the inheritance treaty to when the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus? Answer: The question asks the number of years that passed between the inheritance treaty and when the Emperor took back Schwiebus. The inheritance treaty was signed in 1537. The Emperor took back Schwiebus in 1694. 1694 - 1537 = 157. So the answer is $\boxed{157}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two relevant dates from the context (1537 for the treaty and 1694 for the Emperor taking back Schwiebus) and performs the correct subtraction to find the time elapsed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_4c3efdfd-2782-4b9c-8322-8e11bd3c165b

Clean

Full Question

Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many duchies were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many duchies were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg? Answer: According to the passage, by the 1537 inheritance treaty, the duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau, and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg. Liegnitz, Wohlau, and Brieg are three duchies. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{3}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the three duchies mentioned in the 1537 treaty that were stipulated to pass to Brandenburg and accurately counts them to answer the question based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1418_da95efc1-0a9d-4232-9af5-68dc6e3e69df

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 4]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Brandenburg-Prussia's claims in Silesia were based, in part, on a 1537 inheritance treaty between the Silesian duke Frederick II of Legnica and the Hohenzollern Prince-Elector Joachim II Hector of Brandenburg, whereby the Silesian duchies of Liegnitz, Wohlau and Brieg were to pass to the Electorate of Brandenburg if the Silesian Piasts should become extinct. At the time, the Habsburg King Ferdinand I of Bohemia immediately rejected the agreement; nevertheless, in 1675 the "Great Elector" Frederick William of Brandenburg laid claim to the Silesian principalities when, with the death of Duke George William of Liegnitz, the Piast line ended. In 1603, Hohenzollern Elector Joachim III Frederick of Brandenburg also inherited the Silesian Duchy of Jägerndorf from his cousin, Margrave George Frederick of Brandenburg-Ansbach. After the Bohemian Revolt and the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War, however, the Catholic Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II confiscated the possessions of the Protestant Hohenzollerns in his Bohemian lands in 1621 after winning the Battle of White Mountain. The Electors of Brandenburg continued, nevertheless, to assert themselves as the legitimate rulers of Jägerndorf. Brandenburg, however, was unable to enforce these dynastic territorial claims. In 1685, when Austria was engaged in the Great Turkish War, Emperor Leopold I gave Elector Frederick William immediate control of the Silesian exclave of Schwiebus in return for military support against the Turks and the surrender of the outstanding Hohenzollern claims in Silesia. However, after the accession of the Elector's son and successor, Frederick III of Brandenburg, the Emperor took back control of Schwiebus in 1694, asserting that the territory had only been personally assigned to the late Frederick William for life. Furious, Frederick III in turn reasserted the old Hohenzollern claims to Jägerndorf and the Silesian Piast heritage. How many wars are mentioned? Answer: The passage mentions the Bohemian Revolt, the Thirty Years' War, and the Great Turkish War. One + One + One = Three. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{3}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the three wars mentioned in the text (Bohemian Revolt, Thirty Years' War, Great Turkish War) and arrives at the correct count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_175_79356317-3eb0-4b26-8267-f0da7e519a2b

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['9', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Vladislaus' son Louis II was born did Habsburgs exert pressure on the Jagiellonians in which they arragned two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter with Maximilian's grandson and Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II? Answer: Louis II was born in 1506. The Habsburgs exerted pressure on the Jagiellonians at the First Congress of Vienna in 1515. 1515 - 1506 = 9. So the answer is $\boxed{9}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the text (Louis II's birth year and the year of the Congress of Vienna) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1837_babde1b6-94f2-4625-bb55-29d6d921519b

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['10000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: From the 17th century onwards, interest in the old library, with its manuscripts and incunabulae, went into decline and the modern library in the Jesuit College came to the fore. In 1756, the oldest university library was finally closed down and its books, 2,787 volumes, were incorporated into the Court Library, of which Gerard van Swieten was then director. After the dissolution of the Jesuit order (1773), the new "Academic Library" was created out of the book collections of the five Lower Austrian Colleges and a large number of duplicates from the Court Library. This was opened on 13 May 1777, the birthday of Maria Theresa of Austria, in the building of the Academic College. Initially, the stock consisted of some 45,000 books and during Emperor Joseph IIs dissolution of the monasteries, this was soon considerably extended. In contrast to its antecedents, the new library was open to the general public. Between 1827 and 1829, it acquired the classicist extension (Postgasse 9) to the Academic College, in which it was to be accommodated until 1884. In this year, the main library, with some 300,000 books, moved to Heinrich von Ferstels new Main Building on the Ring, where stacks for some 500,000 volumes had already been prepared. With an annual growth of up to 30,000 volumes, the surplus space was soon filled. Book storage space had to be extended continuously. One hundred years later, the complete library, including departmental and subject libraries, comprised more than 4.3 million volumes. Today, Viennas University Library is the largest collection of books in Austria, still facing problems of space. In addition to the Main Library, which alone has to cope with an annual growth of 40,000 volumes, it includes three Faculty Libraries, 32 Subject Libraries and 26 Departmental Libraries. How many more volumes per year does the Main Library deal with compared to the growth of the Academic LIbrary 100 years prior? Answer: The passage states that the annual growth of the Academic Library was up to 30,000 volumes. It also states that the Main Library currently deals with an annual growth of 40,000 volumes. 40,000 - 30,000 = 10,000. So the answer is $\boxed{10,000}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two relevant growth rates mentioned in the text and performs the required subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1837_094a5ed5-4e52-4258-841f-c6e01088c3fe

1 issue

Full Question

From the 17th century onwards, interest in the old library, with its manuscripts and incunabulae, went into decline and the modern library in the Jesuit College came to the fore. In 1756, the oldest university library was finally closed down and its books, 2,787 volumes, were incorporated into the Court Library, of which Gerard van Swieten was then director. After the dissolution of the Jesuit order (1773), the new "Academic Library" was created out of the book collections of the five Lower Austrian Colleges and a large number of duplicates from the Court Library. This was opened on 13 May 1777, the birthday of Maria Theresa of Austria, in the building of the Academic College. Initially, the stock consisted of some 45,000 books and during Emperor Joseph IIs dissolution of the monasteries, this was soon considerably extended. In contrast to its antecedents, the new library was open to the general public. Between 1827 and 1829, it acquired the classicist extension (Postgasse 9) to the Academic College, in which it was to be accommodated until 1884. In this year, the main library, with some 300,000 books, moved to Heinrich von Ferstels new Main Building on the Ring, where stacks for some 500,000 volumes had already been prepared. With an annual growth of up to 30,000 volumes, the surplus space was soon filled. Book storage space had to be extended continuously. One hundred years later, the complete library, including departmental and subject libraries, comprised more than 4.3 million volumes. Today, Viennas University Library is the largest collection of books in Austria, still facing problems of space. In addition to the Main Library, which alone has to cope with an annual growth of 40,000 volumes, it includes three Faculty Libraries, 32 Subject Libraries and 26 Departmental Libraries. How many books did the main library have in 1884, plus the volumes held in the Main Building on the Ring?

Ground Truth Answer

[['300000', 1], ['800000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: From the 17th century onwards, interest in the old library, with its manuscripts and incunabulae, went into decline and the modern library in the Jesuit College came to the fore. In 1756, the oldest university library was finally closed down and its books, 2,787 volumes, were incorporated into the Court Library, of which Gerard van Swieten was then director. After the dissolution of the Jesuit order (1773), the new "Academic Library" was created out of the book collections of the five Lower Austrian Colleges and a large number of duplicates from the Court Library. This was opened on 13 May 1777, the birthday of Maria Theresa of Austria, in the building of the Academic College. Initially, the stock consisted of some 45,000 books and during Emperor Joseph IIs dissolution of the monasteries, this was soon considerably extended. In contrast to its antecedents, the new library was open to the general public. Between 1827 and 1829, it acquired the classicist extension (Postgasse 9) to the Academic College, in which it was to be accommodated until 1884. In this year, the main library, with some 300,000 books, moved to Heinrich von Ferstels new Main Building on the Ring, where stacks for some 500,000 volumes had already been prepared. With an annual growth of up to 30,000 volumes, the surplus space was soon filled. Book storage space had to be extended continuously. One hundred years later, the complete library, including departmental and subject libraries, comprised more than 4.3 million volumes. Today, Viennas University Library is the largest collection of books in Austria, still facing problems of space. In addition to the Main Library, which alone has to cope with an annual growth of 40,000 volumes, it includes three Faculty Libraries, 32 Subject Libraries and 26 Departmental Libraries. How many books did the main library have in 1884, plus the volumes held in the Main Building on the Ring? Answer: The question asks for the combined number of books held by the main library and the Main Building on the Ring in 1884. The main library had 300,000 books when it moved to the Main Building. The Main Building on the Ring had stacks prepared for 500,000 volumes. The total number of books is the sum of the books in the main library and the capacity of the stacks in the Main Building. 300,000 + 500,000 = 800,000. So the answer is $\boxed{800,000}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly interprets the question by adding the number of books the library possessed (300,000) to the prepared stack capacity (500,000) in the new building, rather than determining what the text states about the volumes *held* in the Main Building on the Ring in 1884. The text only specifies the 300,000 books the library moved with, and the 500,000 capacity prepared.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

The total number of books is the sum of the books in the main library and the capacity of the stacks in the Main Building.

Explanation

The question asks for the number of books the main library had *plus* the volumes held in the Main Building on the Ring. The text states the main library moved with 300,000 books, and stacks for 500,000 volumes *had already been prepared* in the new building. The reasoning incorrectly assumes the 500,000 figure represents volumes *held* at that time, rather than the *capacity* prepared, and adds the two figures together, which misinterprets the structure of the question which asks for the sum of two quantities related to the library in 1884.

Answer Span:

The total number of books is the sum of the books in the main library and the capacity of the stacks in the Main Building. 300,000 + 500,000 = 800,000.

Reference/Question Span:

How many books did the main library have in 1884, plus the volumes held in the Main Building on the Ring?

Question #history_1196_67399240-5604-4387-a6fc-52da0824c1ad

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4400', 2], ['1400', 1]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** On 26 October 1591, the Portuguese, led by André Furtado, mounted a military campaign against the Jaffna kingdom from Mannar. The forces consisted of 1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins, who sailed with 43 ships and more than 200 small vessels. Jaffna forces were expecting the arrival in Kayts, but the fleet landed in Colombuthurai. With the support of heavy firepower, the first wave of 150 Portuguese soldiers and 200 Lascarins reached land. The first-wave attack favoured the Portuguese, who managed to kill the enemy soldiers and captured two pieces of artillery, more than 300 muskets, various other weapons, and ammunition. The second wave, comprising 400 Portuguese soldiers, reached land, followed by the rest of the soldiers, who captured a storehouse and stationed at night. The next day, the Portuguese forces marched toward the capital and faced a defensive attack led by Prince Gago, son-in-law of Puvirasa Pandaram. Gago was killed in action and his entire company was wiped out. Advancing forces faced another ferocious defensive attack between the Nallur Kandaswamy temple and the Nallur Weerakaliyamman temple. Prince Ethirimana Cinkam was wounded and was about to be executed by the invading forces, but was saved by a captain, Simão Pinhão. The Portuguese army captured the king when he tried to escape into a temple. André Furtado ordered the king's execution by beheading. His head was then placed on a pike and kept on display for several days. The palace was sacked and the king's entire family was taken captive. Eight hundred Badagas and some Moors of Kozhikode were beheaded, as they were considered enemies. All the vessels in the port were burnt except two vessels for the use of the king. Three ships, 100 Portuguese soldiers, and 200 Lascarins were stationed in Jaffna at the request of the new king. About how many soldiers did the military campaign start with? **Answer:** The passage states there were 1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins. 1,400 + 3,000 = 4,400. So the answer is $\boxed{4400}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the components of the starting force (1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins) and calculates the total, directly answering the question based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1196_a4c53844-bf73-4758-a4c0-0b7c5f21909f

Clean

Full Question

On 26 October 1591, the Portuguese, led by André Furtado, mounted a military campaign against the Jaffna kingdom from Mannar. The forces consisted of 1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins, who sailed with 43 ships and more than 200 small vessels. Jaffna forces were expecting the arrival in Kayts, but the fleet landed in Colombuthurai. With the support of heavy firepower, the first wave of 150 Portuguese soldiers and 200 Lascarins reached land. The first-wave attack favoured the Portuguese, who managed to kill the enemy soldiers and captured two pieces of artillery, more than 300 muskets, various other weapons, and ammunition. The second wave, comprising 400 Portuguese soldiers, reached land, followed by the rest of the soldiers, who captured a storehouse and stationed at night. The next day, the Portuguese forces marched toward the capital and faced a defensive attack led by Prince Gago, son-in-law of Puvirasa Pandaram. Gago was killed in action and his entire company was wiped out. Advancing forces faced another ferocious defensive attack between the Nallur Kandaswamy temple and the Nallur Weerakaliyamman temple. Prince Ethirimana Cinkam was wounded and was about to be executed by the invading forces, but was saved by a captain, Simão Pinhão. The Portuguese army captured the king when he tried to escape into a temple. André Furtado ordered the king's execution by beheading. His head was then placed on a pike and kept on display for several days. The palace was sacked and the king's entire family was taken captive. Eight hundred Badagas and some Moors of Kozhikode were beheaded, as they were considered enemies. All the vessels in the port were burnt except two vessels for the use of the king. Three ships, 100 Portuguese soldiers, and 200 Lascarins were stationed in Jaffna at the request of the new king. How many soldiers were in the first wave to reach land?

Ground Truth Answer

[['350', 2], ['1400', 1]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** On 26 October 1591, the Portuguese, led by André Furtado, mounted a military campaign against the Jaffna kingdom from Mannar. The forces consisted of 1,400 Portuguese soldiers and 3,000 Lascarins, who sailed with 43 ships and more than 200 small vessels. Jaffna forces were expecting the arrival in Kayts, but the fleet landed in Colombuthurai. With the support of heavy firepower, the first wave of 150 Portuguese soldiers and 200 Lascarins reached land. The first-wave attack favoured the Portuguese, who managed to kill the enemy soldiers and captured two pieces of artillery, more than 300 muskets, various other weapons, and ammunition. The second wave, comprising 400 Portuguese soldiers, reached land, followed by the rest of the soldiers, who captured a storehouse and stationed at night. The next day, the Portuguese forces marched toward the capital and faced a defensive attack led by Prince Gago, son-in-law of Puvirasa Pandaram. Gago was killed in action and his entire company was wiped out. Advancing forces faced another ferocious defensive attack between the Nallur Kandaswamy temple and the Nallur Weerakaliyamman temple. Prince Ethirimana Cinkam was wounded and was about to be executed by the invading forces, but was saved by a captain, Simão Pinhão. The Portuguese army captured the king when he tried to escape into a temple. André Furtado ordered the king's execution by beheading. His head was then placed on a pike and kept on display for several days. The palace was sacked and the king's entire family was taken captive. Eight hundred Badagas and some Moors of Kozhikode were beheaded, as they were considered enemies. All the vessels in the port were burnt except two vessels for the use of the king. Three ships, 100 Portuguese soldiers, and 200 Lascarins were stationed in Jaffna at the request of the new king. How many soldiers were in the first wave to reach land? **Answer:** According to the passage, the first wave consisted of 150 Portuguese soldiers and 200 Lascarins. Therefore, the total number of soldiers in the first wave is 150 + 200 = 350. So the answer is $\boxed{350}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the components of the first wave (150 Portuguese soldiers and 200 Lascarins) and accurately calculates the total, directly answering the question based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1708_a20c5d22-4168-420b-8b4e-d634cdb3b468

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['571', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1905, 1,003 Korean immigrants, which included 802 men and 231 women and children, departed from the port of Chemulpo, Incheon aboard the ship Ilford to Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico. The journey took 45 days, after which they took a train to Coatzacoalcos, Veracruz. In the Veracruz port, another boat was taken to the port of Progreso with the final destination being the capital city of Mérida, Yucatan. They arrived in May 1905, with previously signed contracts for four years' work as indentured laborers on the Yucatán henequen haciendas. Many of these Koreans were distributed throughout the Yucatán in 32 henequen haciendas. The town of Motul, Yucatan, located in the heart of the henequen zone, was a destination for many of the Korean immigrants. Subsequently, in 1909, at the end of their contracts, they began a new stage in which they scattered even further Thus, the majority of those who came were single men who made or remade their family lives with Yucatecan especially Maya women. While Korean girls were much more subject to marriages arranged by Korean parents, males had greater freedom when it came to making a family. This rapid intermarriage by Koreans, coupled with geographic dispersal, prevented the establishment of close social networks among these migrants and therefore provided the basis for Korean descendants among the Yucatan Peninsula. After that 1905 ship, no further entries of Koreans into Mexico were recorded, until many years later, leading to a new community of Koreans with completely different characteristics from those who entered in 1905. These descendants have started the Museo Conmemorativo de la Inmigración Coreana a Yucatán, a museum for the remembrance of their ancestors journey. How many more men were there than women and children who departed from the port of Chemulpo, Incheon aboard the ship Ilford to Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico? Answer: The passage states there were 802 men and 231 women and children. 802 - 231 = 571. So the answer is $\boxed{571}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant numbers (802 men and 231 women and children) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the specific question asked.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1373_3994c80e-788b-4bdf-a34c-ba1a44dbca5f

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: From November 1943, during the seven-week Battle of Changde, the Chinese forced Japan to fight a costly war of attrition, while awaiting Allied relief. In January 1944, the Allies launched a series of attacks in Italy against the line at Monte Cassino and tried to outflank it with landings at Anzio. By the end of January, a major Soviet offensive expelled German forces from the Leningrad region, ending the longest and most lethal siege in history. The following Soviet offensive was halted on the pre-war Estonian border by the German Army Group North aided by Estonians hoping to re-establish national independence. This delay slowed subsequent Soviet operations in the Baltic Sea region. By late May 1944, the Soviets had liberated Crimea, largely expelled Axis forces from Ukraine, and made incursions into Romania, which were repulsed by the Axis troops. The Allied offensives in Italy had succeeded and, at the expense of allowing several German divisions to retreat, on 4 June, Rome was captured. The Allies had mixed success in mainland Asia. In March 1944, the Japanese launched the first of two invasions, an operation against British positions in Assam, India, and soon besieged Commonwealth positions at Imphal and Kohima. In May 1944, British forces mounted a counter-offensive that drove Japanese troops back to Burma, and Chinese forces that had invaded northern Burma in late 1943 besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina. The second Japanese invasion of China aimed to destroy China's main fighting forces, secure railways between Japanese-held territory and capture Allied airfields. By June, the Japanese had conquered the province of Henan and begun a new attack on Changsha in the Hunan province. The Allies launched a series of attacks in Italy against the line at Monte Cassino how many years after the Chinese forces besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina? Answer: The question asks the time difference between two events: 1. Allied attacks at Monte Cassino: This occurred in January 1944. 2. Chinese siege of Myitkyina: This occurred in May 1944. Both events occurred in 1944. Therefore, the difference in years is 1944 - 1944 = 0 years. Since the siege of Myitkyina happened some months *after* the attacks on Monte Cassino, the answer is still 0. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{0}$

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates of the two events from the context (January 1944 for Monte Cassino attacks and May 1944 for the siege of Myitkyina) and correctly calculates the difference in years as 0, as both occurred within the same calendar year.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2197_6d0e1520-8c1d-46d8-812e-e3a33e3993c4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their overtime win at San Diego, the Broncos traveled to the Mall of America Field at the Hubert H. Humphrey Metrodome for an interconference duel with the Minnesota Vikings. The game's first points came from the Vikings, when defensive end Jared Allen tackled running back Willis McGahee in the end zone for a safety. The Broncos grabbed the lead when linebacker Mario Haggan returned an interception off Vikings' quarterback Christian Ponder 16 yards for a touchdown. Vikings' kicker Ryan Longwell made a 40-yard field goal, then the Vikings reclaimed the lead in the second quarter, on a 19-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to tight end Kyle Rudolph, followed by another field goal by Longwell, this time from 25 yards, just before halftime. The Broncos narrowed Minnesota's lead in the third quarter, with a 21-yard touchdown pass from quarterback Tim Tebow to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas, but the Vikings countered with a 52-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to wide receiver Percy Harvin. The Broncos responded with a 41-yard touchdown pass from Tebow to Thomas. Ponder then threw a 48-yard touchdown pass to Harvin to give Minnesota a 29-21 lead. On the Broncos' next possession, McGahee rushed 24 yards for a touchdown and Tebow scrambled for a two-point conversion to tie the game at 29. The Vikings subsequently reclaimed the lead on Longwell's 39-yard field goal with 3:06 left in the game. The Broncos answered with kicker Matt Prater's 46-yard field goal with 1:33 left to tie the game at 32. On the Vikings' ensuing possession, Broncos' cornerback André Goodman returned an interception off Ponder to the Vikings' 15-yard line. Six plays later, Prater nailed the game-winning 23-yard field goal as time expired to give the Broncos their fifth consecutive win. How many field goals did Longwell score in the first half? Answer: Longwell kicked one field goal in the first quarter. He kicked another field goal just before halftime, meaning in the second quarter. Therefore, 1 + 1 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two field goals scored by Longwell in the first half based on the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1048_1003bb6f-c368-40c6-9b07-5008ffac6038

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2000', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: All these problems came to a head on 1 June 1648, upon Alexei I's return to Moscow from the Troitse-Sergiyeva Lavra monastery. A crowd of Muscovites surrounded the Tsar and complained about the boyars and prikaz officials. Instead of hearing the petition, the royal bodyguards started dispersing the crowd, pushing them away from the Tsar. This unexpected reaction caused a major outbreak of anger among the people. On 2 June the insurgents burst into the Moscow Kremlin and demanded the surrender of Leontii Pleshcheyev, Duma diak Nazar Chistoy, boyar Boris Morozov and his brother-in-law Pyotr Trakhaniotov. Morozov commanded the Streltsy to drive the rioters out of the Kremlin, but they refused. When not acting as the Tsar's bodyguards, the musketeers held artisanal jobs in Moscow. This conflict of interest led them to side with the plight of the townsmen, stating that they, "...did not want to stand in antagonistic relations with the crowd for the sake of the traitor and tyrant Pleshcheyev." The people would not hear the Tsar's heartfelt pleas to spare Pleshceyev and, on June 3, Alexei surrendered the official. In their fervor, the crowd did not wait for Pleshcheyev to be executed instead, "...they cuggeled him so black and blue and with axes they cut him asunder like a fish, the pieces they let lie naked here and there." The rebels set fire to the White City and Kitai-gorod. They burned between 15,000 and 24,000 houses; between 1700 and 2000 people died in the riot. The rioters split into two groups to target the most hated boyars, diaks, okolnichys, and merchants, killing Nazar Chistoy as he begged for mercy. When rumors spread that Morozov's men had started the fires to antagonize the rioters, the boyar head hunt gained greater momentum. How many people was the maximum estimate of people who died in the riot? Answer: The passage states that between 1700 and 2000 people died in the riot. The maximum estimate is 2000. So the answer is $\boxed{2000}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the range of deaths mentioned in the text and selects the maximum estimate as requested by the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_241_0bd29555-3714-4699-be22-89fe0934ee01

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['14', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. How many days passed between the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre and the Battle of Aidenbach? Answer: The Sendling Christmas Day Massacre occurred on December 25, 1705. The Battle of Aidenbach took place on January 8, 1706. From December 25th to December 31st is 6 days (31-25=6). From January 1st to January 8th is 8 days. Therefore, 6 + 8 = 14 days passed between the two battles. So the answer is $\boxed{14}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the two events from the context and accurately calculates the number of days between them.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1048_cc1b975e-374f-435e-8977-f10fb9458c72

Clean

Full Question

All these problems came to a head on 1 June 1648, upon Alexei I's return to Moscow from the Troitse-Sergiyeva Lavra monastery. A crowd of Muscovites surrounded the Tsar and complained about the boyars and prikaz officials. Instead of hearing the petition, the royal bodyguards started dispersing the crowd, pushing them away from the Tsar. This unexpected reaction caused a major outbreak of anger among the people. On 2 June the insurgents burst into the Moscow Kremlin and demanded the surrender of Leontii Pleshcheyev , Duma diak Nazar Chistoy , boyar Boris Morozov and his brother-in-law Pyotr Trakhaniotov . Morozov commanded the Streltsy to drive the rioters out of the Kremlin, but they refused. When not acting as the Tsar's bodyguards, the musketeers held artisanal jobs in Moscow. This conflict of interest led them to side with the plight of the townsmen, stating that they, "...did not want to stand in antagonistic relations with the crowd for the sake of the traitor and tyrant Pleshcheyev." The people would not hear the Tsar's heartfelt pleas to spare Pleshceyev and, on June 3, Alexei surrendered the official. In their fervor, the crowd did not wait for Pleshcheyev to be executed instead, "...they cuggeled him so black and blue and with axes they cut him asunder like a fish, the pieces they let lie naked here and there." The rebels set fire to the White City and Kitai-gorod. They burned between 15,000 and 24,000 houses; between 1700 and 2000 people died in the riot. The rioters split into two groups to target the most hated boyars, diaks, okolnichys, and merchants, killing Nazar Chistoy as he begged for mercy. When rumors spread that Morozov's men had started the fires to antagonize the rioters, the boyar head hunt gained greater momentum. How many days after Alexei I's return was Pleshceyev surrendered?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: All these problems came to a head on 1 June 1648, upon Alexei I's return to Moscow from the Troitse-Sergiyeva Lavra monastery. A crowd of Muscovites surrounded the Tsar and complained about the boyars and prikaz officials. Instead of hearing the petition, the royal bodyguards started dispersing the crowd, pushing them away from the Tsar. This unexpected reaction caused a major outbreak of anger among the people. On 2 June the insurgents burst into the Moscow Kremlin and demanded the surrender of Leontii Pleshcheyev, Duma diak Nazar Chistoy, boyar Boris Morozov and his brother-in-law Pyotr Trakhaniotov. Morozov commanded the Streltsy to drive the rioters out of the Kremlin, but they refused. When not acting as the Tsar's bodyguards, the musketeers held artisanal jobs in Moscow. This conflict of interest led them to side with the plight of the townsmen, stating that they, "...did not want to stand in antagonistic relations with the crowd for the sake of the traitor and tyrant Pleshcheyev." The people would not hear the Tsar's heartfelt pleas to spare Pleshceyev and, on June 3, Alexei surrendered the official. In their fervor, the crowd did not wait for Pleshcheyev to be executed instead, "...they cuggeled him so black and blue and with axes they cut him asunder like a fish, the pieces they let lie naked here and there." The rebels set fire to the White City and Kitai-gorod. They burned between 15,000 and 24,000 houses; between 1700 and 2000 people died in the riot. The rioters split into two groups to target the most hated boyars, diaks, okolnichys, and merchants, killing Nazar Chistoy as he begged for mercy. When rumors spread that Morozov's men had started the fires to antagonize the rioters, the boyar head hunt gained greater momentum. How many days after Alexei I's return was Pleshceyev surrendered? Answer: Alexei I returned on June 1st. Pleshcheyev was surrendered on June 3rd. June 3rd - June 1st = 2 days. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates of the return (June 1st) and the surrender (June 3rd) from the text and calculates the difference accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_175_d3b994da-6a2a-4792-9caa-38c6497c4db0

Clean

Full Question

When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Matthias Corvinus died did his son, King Maximilian I sign the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Matthias Corvinus died did his son, King Maximilian I sign the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon? Answer: Matthias Corvinus died in 1490. King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg in 1491. 1491 - 1490 = 1. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary dates from the context (death in 1490, treaty in 1491) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_241_8932b025-d69e-4110-ad18-13462761c791

Clean

Full Question

The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. How many days after the Braunau Parliament meeting was the Sendling's Night of Murder?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. How many days after the Braunau Parliament meeting was the Sendling's Night of Murder? Answer: The Braunau Parliament meeting was held on December 21, 1705. Sendling's Night of Murder occurred on December 25, 1705. December 25 - December 21 = 4 days. So the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates for both events from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2197_a0555e2e-d0a1-4c3b-bfa9-834fef7f90c9

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['7', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their overtime win at San Diego, the Broncos traveled to the Mall of America Field at the Hubert H. Humphrey Metrodome for an interconference duel with the Minnesota Vikings. The game's first points came from the Vikings, when defensive end Jared Allen tackled running back Willis McGahee in the end zone for a safety. The Broncos grabbed the lead when linebacker Mario Haggan returned an interception off Vikings' quarterback Christian Ponder 16 yards for a touchdown. Vikings' kicker Ryan Longwell made a 40-yard field goal, then the Vikings reclaimed the lead in the second quarter, on a 19-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to tight end Kyle Rudolph, followed by another field goal by Longwell, this time from 25 yards, just before halftime. The Broncos narrowed Minnesota's lead in the third quarter, with a 21-yard touchdown pass from quarterback Tim Tebow to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas, but the Vikings countered with a 52-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to wide receiver Percy Harvin. The Broncos responded with a 41-yard touchdown pass from Tebow to Thomas. Ponder then threw a 48-yard touchdown pass to Harvin to give Minnesota a 29-21 lead. On the Broncos' next possession, McGahee rushed 24 yards for a touchdown and Tebow scrambled for a two-point conversion to tie the game at 29. The Vikings subsequently reclaimed the lead on Longwell's 39-yard field goal with 3:06 left in the game. The Broncos answered with kicker Matt Prater's 46-yard field goal with 1:33 left to tie the game at 32. On the Vikings' ensuing possession, Broncos' cornerback André Goodman returned an interception off Ponder to the Vikings' 15-yard line. Six plays later, Prater nailed the game-winning 23-yard field goal as time expired to give the Broncos their fifth consecutive win. how many yards did the broncos respond with? Answer: The question asks how many yards the Broncos responded with after the Vikings' 52-yard touchdown pass. According to the passage, The Broncos responded with a 41-yard touchdown pass. So the answer is $\boxed{41}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the specific event the question refers to (the Broncos' response after the Vikings' 52-yard touchdown pass) and accurately extracts the yardage from the source text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1048_950bdee5-ce90-475f-8bc8-cdefd1817660

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: On 1 June 1648, upon Alexei I's return to Moscow, a crowd complained about the boyars and prikaz officials. On 2 June the insurgents burst into the Moscow Kremlin and demanded the surrender of Leontii Pleshcheyev, Duma diak Nazar Chistoy, boyar Boris Morozov and his brother-in-law Pyotr Trakhaniotov. Morozov commanded the Streltsy to drive the rioters out, but they refused. The people would not hear the Tsar's pleas to spare Pleshceyev and, on June 3, Alexei surrendered the official. The crowd killed Pleshceyev, set fire to the White City and Kitai-gorod, and killed Nazar Chistoy. Rumors spread that Morozov's men had started the fires. How many people did the insurgents demand the surrender of? Answer: The passage states the insurgents demanded the surrender of Leontii Pleshcheyev, Nazar Chistoy, Boris Morozov, and Pyotr Trakhaniotov. Counting these individuals, we find that the insurgents demanded the surrender of 4 people. So the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the four individuals demanded by the insurgents and accurately counts them based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_241_9c99ae46-9e98-4e8a-ae30-09c0c96c97e9

Clean

Full Question

The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. How many more deaths occurred on the Bavarian side than on the Austrian side?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1060', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. How many more deaths occurred on the Bavarian side than on the Austrian side? Answer: The question asks the difference in deaths between the Bavarian and Austrian sides. The Bavarian side lost approximately 1,100 men at Sendling and 4,000 at Aidenbach. This gives a total of 1100 + 4000 = 5100 Bavarian deaths. The Austrians lost 40 men at Sendling. The passage doesn't mention any Austrian losses at Aidenbach, so we only consider the 40. The difference is therefore 5100 - 40 = 5060. So the answer is $\boxed{5060}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly extracts the relevant casualty figures for the Bavarian side (1,100 at Sendling and 4,000 at Aidenbach) and the Austrian side (40 at Sendling), calculates the totals, and finds the difference, adhering strictly to the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2191_f19dd4b6-3063-48c1-adb8-739df0bdba4f

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['7', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to snap their three-game losing streak, and coming off their bye week, the Broncos traveled to Sun Life Stadium to face the Miami Dolphins, where the Broncos had never won in their franchise history. After a scoreless first quarter, the Dolphins grabbed the lead in the second quarter, with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. After a scoreless third quarter, the Dolphins extended their lead in the fourth quarter, with quarterback Matt Moore throwing a 16-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter, giving Miami a 15-0 lead. However, after each team traded punts, the Broncos staged a rally with just over five minutes remaining, with quarterback Tim Tebow throwing a 5-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas to pull to within 15-7 with 2:44 remaining. After the Broncos recovered an onside kick, they subsequently marched down the field, with Tebow connecting on a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Fells, followed by Tebow scrambling for the two-point conversion to send the game into overtime. On the Dolphins' second possession in overtime, Broncos' linebacker D. J. Williams forced a fumble off Moore, giving the Broncos possession at the Dolphins' 36-yard line. Four plays later, kicker Matt Prater, who had missed two field goals in the first half, nailed the game-winning 52-yard field goal. With the win, the Broncos earned their 400th win in franchise history, their first-ever win at Miami in eight tries, and became the first team in NFL history since the AFL-NFL merger to win a game after trailing by 15 or more points with less than three minutes remaining in the fourth quarter. How many yards longer was Dan Carpenter's longest field goal than his shortest? Answer: Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38 yards, 36 yards, and 43 yards. His longest field goal was 43 yards. His shortest field goal was 36 yards. The difference is 43 - 36 = 7. So the answer is $\boxed{7}$.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the three field goals attributed to Dan Carpenter (38, 36, and 43 yards) and correctly calculates the difference between the longest (43) and shortest (36). However, the initial statement listing the field goals is slightly misleading in its structure, although factually derived from the text. The calculation itself is correct based on the identified numbers.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38 yards, 36 yards, and 43 yards.

Explanation

The context states Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38 and 36 yards in the second quarter, and a 43-yard field goal later in the fourth quarter. The reasoning chain incorrectly implies he kicked three field goals in total, listing the 43-yard kick as one of his field goals that should be compared against the 38 and 36 yard kicks to find the longest and shortest among *all* his kicks mentioned in the context. The context only explicitly attributes two kicks (38 and 36 yards) to Carpenter in the second quarter, and one kick (43 yards) to Carpenter in the fourth quarter. The reasoning chain implies there were three kicks to compare, which is true based on the context (38, 36, 43), but the phrasing suggests these are the only three kicks he made, which is accurate based on the text, but the error lies in the subsequent step where it incorrectly identifies the shortest/longest based on this list.

Answer Span:

Dan Carpenter kicked field goals of 38 yards, 36 yards, and 43 yards.

Reference/Question Span:

with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. . . followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter

Question #nfl_2197_0ff2f7ee-5a11-4a2b-8c3e-caed6a8671a0

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['104', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their overtime win at San Diego, the Broncos traveled to the Mall of America Field at the Hubert H. Humphrey Metrodome for an interconference duel with the Minnesota Vikings. The game's first points came from the Vikings, when defensive end Jared Allen tackled running back Willis McGahee in the end zone for a safety. The Broncos grabbed the lead when linebacker Mario Haggan returned an interception off Vikings' quarterback Christian Ponder 16 yards for a touchdown. Vikings' kicker Ryan Longwell made a 40-yard field goal, then the Vikings reclaimed the lead in the second quarter, on a 19-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to tight end Kyle Rudolph, followed by another field goal by Longwell, this time from 25 yards, just before halftime. The Broncos narrowed Minnesota's lead in the third quarter, with a 21-yard touchdown pass from quarterback Tim Tebow to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas, but the Vikings countered with a 52-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to wide receiver Percy Harvin. The Broncos responded with a 41-yard touchdown pass from Tebow to Thomas. Ponder then threw a 48-yard touchdown pass to Harvin to give Minnesota a 29-21 lead. On the Broncos' next possession, McGahee rushed 24 yards for a touchdown and Tebow scrambled for a two-point conversion to tie the game at 29. The Vikings subsequently reclaimed the lead on Longwell's 39-yard field goal with 3:06 left in the game. The Broncos answered with kicker Matt Prater's 46-yard field goal with 1:33 left to tie the game at 32. On the Vikings' ensuing possession, Broncos' cornerback André Goodman returned an interception off Ponder to the Vikings' 15-yard line. Six plays later, Prater nailed the game-winning 23-yard field goal as time expired to give the Broncos their fifth consecutive win. how many yards did longwell make? Answer: Ryan Longwell made field goals from 40 yards, 25 yards, and 39 yards. 40 + 25 + 39 = 104. So the answer is $\boxed{104}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies all three field goal distances made by Longwell (40, 25, and 39 yards) and sums them up. The question asks 'how many yards did longwell make?', which is ambiguous (total yards, or list of yards). The reasoning interprets this as the total yards, which is a reasonable interpretation for a calculation-based question, and the calculation itself is correct based on the extracted facts.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2197_bf2cd339-1f66-47d9-8624-e535944211b2

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['119', 1], ['135', 1]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Coming off their overtime win at San Diego, the Broncos traveled to the Mall of America Field at the Hubert H. Humphrey Metrodome for an interconference duel with the Minnesota Vikings. The game's first points came from the Vikings when defensive end Jared Allen tackled running back Willis McGahee in the end zone for a safety. The Broncos grabbed the lead when linebacker Mario Haggan returned an interception off Vikings' quarterback Christian Ponder 16 yards for a touchdown. Vikings' kicker Ryan Longwell made a 40-yard field goal, then the Vikings reclaimed the lead in the second quarter, on a 19-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to tight end Kyle Rudolph, followed by another field goal by Longwell, this time from 25 yards, just before halftime. The Broncos narrowed Minnesota's lead in the third quarter, with a 21-yard touchdown pass from quarterback Tim Tebow to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas, but the Vikings countered with a 52-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to wide receiver Percy Harvin. The Broncos responded with a 41-yard touchdown pass from Tebow to Thomas. Ponder then threw a 48-yard touchdown pass to Harvin to give Minnesota a 29-21 lead. On the Broncos' next possession, McGahee rushed 24 yards for a touchdown and Tebow scrambled for a two-point conversion to tie the game at 29. The Vikings subsequently reclaimed the lead on Longwell's 39-yard field goal with 3:06 left in the game. The Broncos answered with kicker Matt Prater's 46-yard field goal with 1:33 left to tie the game at 32. On the Vikings' ensuing possession, Broncos' cornerback André Goodman returned an interception off Ponder to the Vikings' 15-yard line. Six plays later, Prater nailed the game-winning 23-yard field goal as time expired to give the Broncos their fifth consecutive win. how many yards did ponder throw? **Answer:** Christian Ponder threw three touchdown passes: * A 19-yard touchdown pass * A 52-yard touchdown pass * A 48-yard touchdown pass Adding these yardages together: 19 + 52 + 48 = 119. So, Ponder threw for a total of 119 yards. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{119}$

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies all three touchdown passes thrown by Ponder and accurately sums the yardage based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2197_3a5b5c90-7263-4df1-9094-5c38548147e3

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['24', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their overtime win at San Diego, the Broncos traveled to the Mall of America Field at the Hubert H. Humphrey Metrodome for an interconference duel with the Minnesota Vikings. The game's first points came from the Vikings, when defensive end Jared Allen tackled running back Willis McGahee in the end zone for a safety. The Broncos grabbed the lead when linebacker Mario Haggan returned an interception off Vikings' quarterback Christian Ponder 16 yards for a touchdown. Vikings' kicker Ryan Longwell made a 40-yard field goal, then the Vikings reclaimed the lead in the second quarter, on a 19-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to tight end Kyle Rudolph, followed by another field goal by Longwell, this time from 25 yards, just before halftime. The Broncos narrowed Minnesota's lead in the third quarter, with a 21-yard touchdown pass from quarterback Tim Tebow to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas, but the Vikings countered with a 52-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to wide receiver Percy Harvin. The Broncos responded with a 41-yard touchdown pass from Tebow to Thomas. Ponder then threw a 48-yard touchdown pass to Harvin to give Minnesota a 29-21 lead. On the Broncos' next possession, McGahee rushed 24 yards for a touchdown and Tebow scrambled for a two-point conversion to tie the game at 29. The Vikings subsequently reclaimed the lead on Longwell's 39-yard field goal with 3:06 left in the game. The Broncos answered with kicker Matt Prater's 46-yard field goal with 1:33 left to tie the game at 32. On the Vikings' ensuing possession, Broncos' cornerback André Goodman returned an interception off Ponder to the Vikings' 15-yard line. Six plays later, Prater nailed the game-winning 23-yard field goal as time expired to give the Broncos their fifth consecutive win. how many yards did mcgahee rush? Answer: The question asks for the total rushing yards of McGahee. The passage mentions that McGahee rushed 24 yards for a touchdown. Therefore, the answer is 24. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{24}$

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the only explicit mention of McGahee's rushing yards (24 yards). However, it fails to acknowledge that the question asks for the *total* rushing yards, which implies checking for all instances. Since only one instance is provided in the text, the conclusion is likely correct based on the available data, but the reasoning chain missed the crucial context of calculating a 'total'.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

The question asks for the total rushing yards of McGahee.

Explanation

The reasoning chain assumes the only mention of McGahee's rushing yards is the 24-yard touchdown run, ignoring the fact that the question asks for the *total* rushing yards, which requires summing all instances, if present. Since only one instance is mentioned, the reasoning chain fails to check for other instances, thus ignoring the context that the question asks for the *total*.

Answer Span:

The question asks for the total rushing yards of McGahee.

Reference/Question Span:

how many yards did mcgahee rush?

Question #history_241_39b1772e-28ba-44d4-be18-52f24d87bf09

1 issue

Full Question

The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. what is the difference in casualty numbers between Bavarian and Austrian?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1060', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The popular uprising included large areas of Lower Bavaria, the Innviertel and eastern Bavaria. The lands adjoining towns and strongholds were captured by the rebels and the peasant uprising spread to the Bavarian Forest, parts of the Upper Palatinate and Kelheim on the Danube. A Braunau Parliament meeting was held in December 1705 in the then-Bavarian Braunau. Long before the French Revolution and early German parliamentarianism the meeting was held on 21 December 1705 in an inn belonging to the Baron von Paumgarten; representatives met of the four estates in Bavaria: aristocracy, clergy, burghers and peasants. The Braunau Parliament is the name of the congress on the defence of the state of Bavaria held at Braunau am Inn convened on 21 December 1705. Following the initial uprising in November 1705, there was little response from the Austrians for nearly two months. However, that changed following an attempt by the rebels to capture the Bavarian capital, Munich. Following their unsuccessful attack, the night of 25 December 1705 saw an Austrian column encounter the peasant army near Sendling outside of Munich. The battle was known as Sendling's Night of Murder or the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre. The insurgents from the Bavarian Oberland were defeated and completely routed by Emperor Joseph I's troops. The number of deaths on the Bavarian side in this battle is estimated at around 1,100 men, but the Austrians lost only about 40. Some of the insurgents were killed after they had already surrendered. About two weeks later, on 8 January 1706, the Battle of Aidenbach ended with the utter defeat of the insurgents and about 4,000 casualties on the Bavarian side. That led to the collapse of the uprising against Austria. what is the difference in casualty numbers between Bavarian and Austrian? Answer: The question asks for the difference in casualties between Bavarian and Austrian forces across the two battles mentioned. In the Sendling Christmas Day Massacre, the Bavarians lost approximately 1,100 men, while the Austrians lost about 40. The difference in casualties for this battle is 1100 - 40 = 1060. In the Battle of Aidenbach, the Bavarians suffered 4,000 casualties. The passage doesn't mention Austrian casualties for this battle. We only have information about Bavarian casualties. Therefore we cannot determine the difference in losses at Aidenbach. However, we can sum the Bavarian casualties from both battles for a Bavarian casualties total. Bavarian casualties total: 1100 + 4000 = 5100. We also know the Austrian casualties in the Christmas Day Massacre were 40. The total difference across both battles between the Bavarians and Austrians is 5100 - 40 = 5060. So the overall difference in casualties for the two battles between Bavarians and Austrians (as far as reported) is $\boxed{5060}$.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly extracts casualty numbers for Sendling but fails to address the ambiguity of the question (whether it asks for the difference per battle or the total difference) and incorrectly calculates a total difference by only using known Austrian casualties, ignoring the missing data for Aidenbach.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

The total difference across both battles between the Bavarians and Austrians is 5100 - 40 = 5060.

Explanation

The reasoning attempts to calculate a total difference across both battles by subtracting the known Austrian casualties (40 from Sendling) from the total Bavarian casualties (5100 from both battles). This ignores the fact that the question asks for the difference in casualty numbers, which requires knowing Austrian casualties for the Battle of Aidenbach, which are not provided in the context. The reasoning incorrectly assumes that summing the Bavarian casualties and subtracting only the known Austrian casualties yields the 'overall difference'.

Answer Span:

The total difference across both battles between the Bavarians and Austrians is 5100 - 40 = 5060.

Reference/Question Span:

what is the difference in casualty numbers between Bavarian and Austrian?

Question #nfl_2197_1ba85d34-afd6-41ea-82ce-15375a47d554

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['119', 1], ['150', 1]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Coming off their overtime win at San Diego, the Broncos traveled to the Mall of America Field at the Hubert H. Humphrey Metrodome for an interconference duel with the Minnesota Vikings. The game's first points came from the Vikings, when defensive end Jared Allen tackled running back Willis McGahee in the end zone for a safety. The Broncos grabbed the lead when linebacker Mario Haggan returned an interception off Vikings' quarterback Christian Ponder 16 yards for a touchdown. Vikings' kicker Ryan Longwell made a 40-yard field goal, then the Vikings reclaimed the lead in the second quarter, on a 19-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to tight end Kyle Rudolph, followed by another field goal by Longwell, this time from 25 yards, just before halftime. The Broncos narrowed Minnesota's lead in the third quarter, with a 21-yard touchdown pass from quarterback Tim Tebow to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas, but the Vikings countered with a 52-yard touchdown pass from Ponder to wide receiver Percy Harvin. The Broncos responded with a 41-yard touchdown pass from Tebow to Thomas. Ponder then threw a 48-yard touchdown pass to Harvin to give Minnesota a 29-21 lead. On the Broncos' next possession, McGahee rushed 24 yards for a touchdown and Tebow scrambled for a two-point conversion to tie the game at 29. The Vikings subsequently reclaimed the lead on Longwell's 39-yard field goal with 3:06 left in the game. The Broncos answered with kicker Matt Prater's 46-yard field goal with 1:33 left to tie the game at 32. On the Vikings' ensuing possession, Broncos' cornerback André Goodman returned an interception off Ponder to the Vikings' 15-yard line. Six plays later, Prater nailed the game-winning 23-yard field goal as time expired to give the Broncos their fifth consecutive win. how many yards did ponder get? **Answer:** Ponder's passing yards came from three touchdown passes: * 19 yards to Rudolph * 52 yards to Harvin * 48 yards to Harvin Total passing yards for Ponder: 19 + 52 + 48 = 119 So the answer is $\boxed{119}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the three documented touchdown passes by Ponder and sums their yardage to calculate the total passing yards mentioned in the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_103_8e69e590-5608-4850-8023-a60d5beef76e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After the Battle of Deçiq Ottoman government decided for peaceful means of suppression of the revolt because frequent clashes with Albanians attracted the attention of the European Great Powers. On 11 June sultan Mehmed V visited Skopje where he was greeted enthusiastically by the local population together with two Albanian chieftains who swore their allegiance to the Ottoman sultan. On 15 June, the date of the Battle of Kosovo, he visited the site of the historical battle greeted by 100.000 people. During his visit to Kosovo vilayet he signed a general amnesty for all participants of the Albanian revolts of 1910 and 1911. He was welcomed by the choir of the Serbian Orthodox Seminary with Turkish songs and vice-consul Milan Rakić had gathered a large contingent of Serbs, but many Albanians boycotted the event. Ottoman representatives managed to deal with the leaders of Albanian rebels in Kosovo Vilayet and Scutari Vilayet separately, because they were not united and lacked central control. The Ottoman Empire first managed to pacify the northern Albanian malësorë from Scutari Vilayet reaching a compromise during a meeting in Podgorica. In order to resolve the problems in the south, the Ottoman representatives invited Albanian southern leaders to a meeting in Tepelenë on 18 August 1911. They promised to meet most of their demands, like general amnesty, the opening of Albanian language schools, and the restriction that military service was to be performed only in the territory of the vilayets with substantial Albanian population. Other demands included requiring administrative officers to learn the Albanian language, and that the possession of weapons would be permitted. How many Albanian revolts did Mehmed V sign general amnesty for all participants during his visit to Kosovo vilayet? Answer: The passage states that during his visit to Kosovo vilayet, Mehmed V signed a general amnesty for all participants of the Albanian revolts of 1910 and 1911. Since there were revolts in 1910 and 1911, he signed an amnesty for participants of two revolts. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain accurately identifies the relevant sentence in the context and correctly deduces the number of revolts covered by the amnesty.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2191_bc22e45a-cda4-46dd-a1fa-5b982f95417a

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to snap their three-game losing streak, and coming off their bye week, the Broncos traveled to Sun Life Stadium to face the Miami Dolphins, where the Broncos had never won in their franchise history. After a scoreless first quarter, the Dolphins grabbed the lead in the second quarter, with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. After a scoreless third quarter, the Dolphins extended their lead in the fourth quarter, with quarterback Matt Moore throwing a 16-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter, giving Miami a 15-0 lead. However, after each team traded punts, the Broncos staged a rally with just over five minutes remaining, with quarterback Tim Tebow throwing a 5-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas to pull to within 15-7 with 2:44 remaining. After the Broncos recovered an onside kick, they subsequently marched down the field, with Tebow connecting on a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Fells, followed by Tebow scrambling for the two-point conversion to send the game into overtime. On the Dolphins' second possession in overtime, Broncos' linebacker D. J. Williams forced a fumble off Moore, giving the Broncos possession at the Dolphins' 36-yard line. Four plays later, kicker Matt Prater, who had missed two field goals in the first half, nailed the game-winning 52-yard field goal. With the win, the Broncos earned their 400th win in franchise history, their first-ever win at Miami in eight tries, and became the first team in NFL history since the AFL-NFL merger to win a game after trailing by 15 or more points with less than three minutes remaining in the fourth quarter. How many more field goals did Dan Carpenter convert than Matt Prater?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to snap their three-game losing streak, and coming off their bye week, the Broncos traveled to Sun Life Stadium to face the Miami Dolphins, where the Broncos had never won in their franchise history. After a scoreless first quarter, the Dolphins grabbed the lead in the second quarter, with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. After a scoreless third quarter, the Dolphins extended their lead in the fourth quarter, with quarterback Matt Moore throwing a 16-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter, giving Miami a 15-0 lead. However, after each team traded punts, the Broncos staged a rally with just over five minutes remaining, with quarterback Tim Tebow throwing a 5-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas to pull to within 15-7 with 2:44 remaining. After the Broncos recovered an onside kick, they subsequently marched down the field, with Tebow connecting on a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Fells, followed by Tebow scrambling for the two-point conversion to send the game into overtime. On the Dolphins' second possession in overtime, Broncos' linebacker D. J. Williams forced a fumble off Moore, giving the Broncos possession at the Dolphins' 36-yard line. Four plays later, kicker Matt Prater, who had missed two field goals in the first half, nailed the game-winning 52-yard field goal. With the win, the Broncos earned their 400th win in franchise history, their first-ever win at Miami in eight tries, and became the first team in NFL history since the AFL-NFL merger to win a game after trailing by 15 or more points with less than three minutes remaining in the fourth quarter. How many more field goals did Dan Carpenter convert than Matt Prater? Answer: Dan Carpenter made two field goals (38 and 36 yards) and one field goal (43 yards). 2 + 1 = 3. So Dan Carpenter made 3 field goals. Matt Prater made one field goal (52 yards). Carpenter made 3 field goals and Prater made 1 field goal. 3 - 1 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of field goals made by Dan Carpenter (3) and Matt Prater (1) based on the text and calculates the difference correctly.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_175_626792ad-5b62-4461-8bef-7e603f7a3bd9

Clean

Full Question

When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg was Vladislaus son Louis II born?

Ground Truth Answer

[['15', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg was Vladislaus son Louis II born? Answer: Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg in 1491. Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506. 1506 - 1491 = 15. So the answer is $\boxed{15}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1708_2b959aed-f25f-4b71-88e4-7bbcb999fd49

Clean

Full Question

In 1905, 1,003 Korean immigrants, which included 802 men and 231 women and children, departed from the port of Chemulpo, Incheon aboard the ship Ilford to Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico. The journey took 45 days, after which they took a train to Coatzacoalcos, Veracruz. In the Veracruz port, another boat was taken to the port of Progreso with the final destination being the capital city of Mérida, Yucatan. They arrived in May 1905, with previously signed contracts for four years' work as indentured laborers on the Yucatán henequen haciendas. Many of these Koreans were distributed throughout the Yucatán in 32 henequen haciendas. The town of Motul, Yucatan, located in the heart of the henequen zone, was a destination for many of the Korean immigrants. Subsequently, in 1909, at the end of their contracts, they began a new stage in which they scattered even further Thus, the majority of those who came were single men who made or remade their family lives with Yucatecan especially Maya women. While Korean girls were much more subject to marriages arranged by Korean parents, males had greater freedom when it came to making a family. This rapid intermarriage by Koreans, coupled with geographic dispersal, prevented the establishment of close social networks among these migrants and therefore provided the basis for Korean descendants among the Yucatan Peninsula. After that 1905 ship, no further entries of Koreans into Mexico were recorded, until many years later, leading to a new community of Koreans with completely different characteristics from those who entered in 1905. These descendants have started the Museo Conmemorativo de la Inmigración Coreana a Yucatán, a museum for the remembrance of their ancestors journey. How many Korean immigrants were more men than woman and children?

Ground Truth Answer

[['571', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1905, 1,003 Korean immigrants, which included 802 men and 231 women and children, departed from the port of Chemulpo, Incheon aboard the ship Ilford to Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico. The journey took 45 days, after which they took a train to Coatzacoalcos, Veracruz. In the Veracruz port, another boat was taken to the port of Progreso with the final destination being the capital city of Mérida, Yucatan. They arrived in May 1905, with previously signed contracts for four years' work as indentured laborers on the Yucatán henequen haciendas. Many of these Koreans were distributed throughout the Yucatán in 32 henequen haciendas. The town of Motul, Yucatan, located in the heart of the henequen zone, was a destination for many of the Korean immigrants. Subsequently, in 1909, at the end of their contracts, they began a new stage in which they scattered even further Thus, the majority of those who came were single men who made or remade their family lives with Yucatecan especially Maya women. While Korean girls were much more subject to marriages arranged by Korean parents, males had greater freedom when it came to making a family. This rapid intermarriage by Koreans, coupled with geographic dispersal, prevented the establishment of close social networks among these migrants and therefore provided the basis for Korean descendants among the Yucatan Peninsula. After that 1905 ship, no further entries of Koreans into Mexico were recorded, until many years later, leading to a new community of Koreans with completely different characteristics from those who entered in 1905. These descendants have started the Museo Conmemorativo de la Inmigración Coreana a Yucatán, a museum for the remembrance of their ancestors journey. How many Korean immigrants were more men than woman and children? Answer: The passage states there were 802 men and 231 women and children. 802 - 231 = 571. So the answer is $\boxed{571}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant numbers (802 men and 231 women and children) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question about how many more men there were than women and children.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1373_18607572-dd53-4db5-9aee-2e24acc7324a

1 issue

Full Question

From November 1943, during the seven-week Battle of Changde, the Chinese forced Japan to fight a costly war of attrition, while awaiting Allied relief. In January 1944, the Allies launched a series of attacks in Italy against the line at Monte Cassino and tried to outflank it with landings at Anzio. By the end of January, a major Soviet offensive expelled German forces from the Leningrad region, ending the longest and most lethal siege in history. The following Soviet offensive was halted on the pre-war Estonian border by the German Army Group North aided by Estonians hoping to re-establish national independence. This delay slowed subsequent Soviet operations in the Baltic Sea region. By late May 1944, the Soviets had liberated Crimea, largely expelled Axis forces from Ukraine, and made incursions into Romania, which were repulsed by the Axis troops. The Allied offensives in Italy had succeeded and, at the expense of allowing several German divisions to retreat, on 4 June, Rome was captured. The Allies had mixed success in mainland Asia. In March 1944, the Japanese launched the first of two invasions, an operation against British positions in Assam, India, and soon besieged Commonwealth positions at Imphal and Kohima. In May 1944, British forces mounted a counter-offensive that drove Japanese troops back to Burma, and Chinese forces that had invaded northern Burma in late 1943 besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina. The second Japanese invasion of China aimed to destroy China's main fighting forces, secure railways between Japanese-held territory and capture Allied airfields. By June, the Japanese had conquered the province of Henan and begun a new attack on Changsha in the Hunan province. How many months passed between the Battle of Changde and the Allied attack in Italy?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: From November 1943, during the seven-week Battle of Changde, the Chinese forced Japan to fight a costly war of attrition, while awaiting Allied relief. In January 1944, the Allies launched a series of attacks in Italy against the line at Monte Cassino and tried to outflank it with landings at Anzio. By the end of January, a major Soviet offensive expelled German forces from the Leningrad region, ending the longest and most lethal siege in history. The following Soviet offensive was halted on the pre-war Estonian border by the German Army Group North aided by Estonians hoping to re-establish national independence. This delay slowed subsequent Soviet operations in the Baltic Sea region. By late May 1944, the Soviets had liberated Crimea, largely expelled Axis forces from Ukraine, and made incursions into Romania, which were repulsed by the Axis troops. The Allied offensives in Italy had succeeded and, at the expense of allowing several German divisions to retreat, on 4 June, Rome was captured. The Allies had mixed success in mainland Asia. In March 1944, the Japanese launched the first of two invasions, an operation against British positions in Assam, India, and soon besieged Commonwealth positions at Imphal and Kohima. In May 1944, British forces mounted a counter-offensive that drove Japanese troops back to Burma, and Chinese forces that had invaded northern Burma in late 1943 besieged Japanese troops in Myitkyina. The second Japanese invasion of China aimed to destroy China's main fighting forces, secure railways between Japanese-held territory and capture Allied airfields. By June, the Japanese had conquered the province of Henan and begun a new attack on Changsha in the Hunan province. How many months passed between the Battle of Changde and the Allied attack in Italy? Answer: The passage states that the Battle of Changde took place in November 1943. The Allied attack in Italy began in January 1944. From November to January, there are 2 months (December and then January). So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the start dates (November 1943 and January 1944) but incorrectly calculates the number of months passed *between* them. If the Battle started in November and the attack started in January, only December fully passed between the start dates (1 month). The reasoning calculates 2 months by including both December and January.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

From November to January, there are 2 months (December and then January).

Explanation

The question asks how many months passed *between* the start of the Battle of Changde (November 1943) and the start of the Allied attack in Italy (January 1944). The time elapsed is December and January, which is 2 months *including* the end month, but the standard interpretation of 'months passed between' November and January is 1 full month (December) plus the start of the next month (January), or simply counting the intervening months. If the Battle started in November and the attack started in January, the time elapsed is 2 months (December and January). However, if the question implies the duration *between* the start dates, the calculation is flawed or based on an incorrect interpretation of 'passed between'. November to January is 2 months later. If we count the full months *between* November and January, only December passes. If we count the number of months that have elapsed from the start of November to the start of January, it is 2 months (December, January). The reasoning states 'December and then January', implying 2 months elapsed. If the Battle started *during* November and the attack started *during* January, the time elapsed is 2 months (December and January). The reasoning states '2 months (December and then January)'. This is a common ambiguity, but the calculation of 2 months is factually derived from the dates given (Nov -> Jan). Let's re-evaluate the contradiction based on standard counting: November to December is 1 month passed. December to January is 1 month passed. Total 2 months passed. The reasoning states '2 months (December and then January)'. This seems to be counting the months that have passed *since* November, which is December and January. This is a calculation error based on the phrasing 'passed between'. If the Battle started in November and the attack started in January, only December fully passed between them. If the question means 'How many months elapsed from the start of the first event to the start of the second event?', the answer is 2 months. Given the ambiguity, the reasoning's calculation of 2 months based on Nov -> Jan is plausible, but the explanation 'December and then January' suggests counting both boundary months, which is often incorrect for 'passed between'. However, the most critical error is the calculation itself: November to January is 2 months later. The reasoning states '2 months (December and then January)'. This is a direct calculation based on the dates provided. Let's check if the reasoning *ignores* context. It correctly identifies the dates. The calculation of 2 months is the result. If the question implies the number of full months *between* the start dates, the answer should be 1 (December). If it implies the difference in month numbers (1 - 11 = 2), the answer is 2. Since the reasoning explicitly states '2 months (December and then January)', it is counting December and January. This is a calculation error if 'passed between' means full intervening months. If we assume the standard interpretation of 'months passed between' two events starting in Nov and Jan is 1 (December), then counting 2 is a contradiction of the implied duration. Let's flag the calculation/counting error as a contradiction of the implied duration calculation.

Answer Span:

From November to January, there are 2 months (December and then January).

Reference/Question Span:

Question #history_241_0ac9c4ec-9ef4-429b-970a-9af43bdb672b

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the three regions mentioned as being included in the uprising and derives the count from that information.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_778e9761-1bc6-4233-b711-8d2a85ef58e8

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 1], ['5', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days; they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many days after Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán did they set out from Mopán leaving sick soldiers behind? Answer: Amésqueta arrived at Mopán on February 25, 1696. The group set out from Mopán on March 7, 1696. Since February has 29 days in 1696 (a leap year), there were 29-25 = 4 days remaining in February after Amésqueta's arrival. Therefore, the number of days between arrival and departure from Mopán is 4 (remaining days in Feb) + 7 (days in March) = 11 days. So the answer is $\boxed{11}$.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the key dates (arrival Feb 25, departure Mar 7) but introduces external knowledge about 1696 being a leap year to calculate the days remaining in February, which is not explicitly stated in the source text. However, the calculation method is sound based on the dates provided.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context low

Statement

Since February has 29 days in 1696 (a leap year), there were 29-25 = 4 days remaining in February after Amésqueta's arrival.

Explanation

The reasoning chain introduces external world knowledge about 1696 being a leap year (February having 29 days) to calculate the difference. While the calculation itself might be correct based on this external knowledge, the question only provides dates (February 25 and March 7) and does not specify the number of days in February 1696. The calculation should rely only on the provided context or standard calendar knowledge if the context is silent, but here the context is silent on the length of February, making the leap year assumption an external addition not strictly derived from the text.

Answer Span:

Since February has 29 days in 1696 (a leap year), there were 29-25 = 4 days remaining in February after Amésqueta's arrival.

Reference/Question Span:

Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; ... They set out from Mopán on 7 March

Question #history_2234_3778ff16-fcb9-4008-89dd-1053235875d2

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2800000', 1], ['4765000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1918, party membership was approximately 200,000. In the late 1920s under Stalin, the party engaged in an intensive recruitment campaign, the "Lenin Levy", resulting in new members referred to as the Lenin Enrolment, from both the working class and rural areas. This represented an attempt to "proletarianize" the party and an attempt by Stalin to strengthen his base by outnumbering the Old Bolsheviks and reducing their influence in the Party. In 1925, the party had 1,025,000 members in a Soviet population of 147 million. In 1927, membership had risen to 1,200,000. During the collectivization campaign and industrialization campaigns of the first five-year plan from 1929 to 1933, party membership grew rapidly to approximately 3.5 million members. However, party leaders suspected that the mass intake of new members had allowed "social-alien elements" to penetrate the partys ranks and document verifications of membership ensued in 1933 and 1935, removing supposedly unreliable members. Meanwhile, the party closed its ranks to new members from 1933 to November 1936. Even after the reopening of party recruiting, membership fell to 1.9 million by 1939. Nicholas DeWitt gives 2.307 million members in 1939, including candidate members, compared with 1.535 million in 1929 and 6.3 million in 1947. In 1986, the CPSU had over 19 million membersapproximately 10% of the Soviet Unions adult population. Over 44% of party members were classified as industrial workers and 12% as collective farmers. The CPSU had party organizations in 14 of the Soviet Unions 15 republics. The Russian Soviet Federative Socialist Republic itself had no separate Communist Party until 1990 because the CPSU controlled affairs there directly. How many more members di the party have in 1947 compared to 1929? Answer: The question asks the difference in party members between 1947 and 1929. In 1929, there were 1.535 million members. In 1947, there were 6.3 million members. 6.3 million - 1.535 million = 4.765 million. So the answer is $\boxed{4.765 million}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the required data points from the context (1947 membership and 1929 membership) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2191_209ad0b1-2198-4ca1-a170-1b9f14fe449b

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to snap their three-game losing streak, and coming off their bye week, the Broncos traveled to Sun Life Stadium to face the Miami Dolphins, where the Broncos had never won in their franchise history. After a scoreless first quarter, the Dolphins grabbed the lead in the second quarter, with field goals of 38 and 36 yards by kicker Dan Carpenter. After a scoreless third quarter, the Dolphins extended their lead in the fourth quarter, with quarterback Matt Moore throwing a 16-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 43-yard field goal by Carpenter, giving Miami a 15-0 lead. However, after each team traded punts, the Broncos staged a rally with just over five minutes remaining, with quarterback Tim Tebow throwing a 5-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Demaryius Thomas to pull to within 15-7 with 2:44 remaining. After the Broncos recovered an onside kick, they subsequently marched down the field, with Tebow connecting on a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Fells, followed by Tebow scrambling for the two-point conversion to send the game into overtime. On the Dolphins' second possession in overtime, Broncos' linebacker D. J. Williams forced a fumble off Moore, giving the Broncos possession at the Dolphins' 36-yard line. Four plays later, kicker Matt Prater, who had missed two field goals in the first half, nailed the game-winning 52-yard field goal. With the win, the Broncos earned their 400th win in franchise history, their first-ever win at Miami in eight tries, and became the first team in NFL history since the AFL-NFL merger to win a game after trailing by 15 or more points with less than three minutes remaining in the fourth quarter. How many field goal kicks were missed? Answer: The passage states that Matt Prater missed two field goals. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly assumes that the only missed field goals mentioned (Matt Prater's two misses) constitute the total number of missed field goals requested by the question. It ignores the possibility of other missed kicks by Dan Carpenter or any other kicker, leading to an incomplete and potentially incorrect answer based on the provided context.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction high

Statement

The passage states that Matt Prater missed two field goals.

Explanation

The passage states that kicker Matt Prater missed two field goals, but it does not state that this is the total number of missed kicks in the game. The question asks for the total number of field goal kicks missed, which requires summing up all missed kicks mentioned, not just Prater's.

Answer Span:

The passage states that Matt Prater missed two field goals.

Reference/Question Span:

kicker Matt Prater, who had missed two field goals in the first half

Question #history_103_be8d3c59-5e04-4f35-b36d-0f6ad095ca13

Clean

Full Question

After the Battle of Deçiq Ottoman government decided for peaceful means of suppression of the revolt because frequent clashes with Albanians attracted the attention of the European Great Powers. On 11 June sultan Mehmed V visited Skopje where he was greeted enthusiastically by the local population together with two Albanian chieftains who swore their allegiance to the Ottoman sultan. On 15 June, the date of the Battle of Kosovo, he visited the site of the historical battle greeted by 100.000 people. During his visit to Kosovo vilayet he signed a general amnesty for all participants of the Albanian revolts of 1910 and 1911. He was welcomed by the choir of the Serbian Orthodox Seminary with Turkish songs and vice-consul Milan Rakić had gathered a large contingent of Serbs, but many Albanians boycotted the event. Ottoman representatives managed to deal with the leaders of Albanian rebels in Kosovo Vilayet and Scutari Vilayet separately, because they were not united and lacked central control. The Ottoman Empire first managed to pacify the northern Albanian malësorë from Scutari Vilayet reaching a compromise during a meeting in Podgorica. In order to resolve the problems in the south, the Ottoman representatives invited Albanian southern leaders to a meeting in Tepelenë on 18 August 1911. They promised to meet most of their demands, like general amnesty, the opening of Albanian language schools, and the restriction that military service was to be performed only in the territory of the vilayets with substantial Albanian population. Other demands included requiring administrative officers to learn the Albanian language, and that the possession of weapons would be permitted. How many days after Mehmed V visited Skopje visit the site of the Battle of Kosovo?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After the Battle of Deçiq Ottoman government decided for peaceful means of suppression of the revolt because frequent clashes with Albanians attracted the attention of the European Great Powers. On 11 June sultan Mehmed V visited Skopje where he was greeted enthusiastically by the local population together with two Albanian chieftains who swore their allegiance to the Ottoman sultan. On 15 June, the date of the Battle of Kosovo, he visited the site of the historical battle greeted by 100.000 people. During his visit to Kosovo vilayet he signed a general amnesty for all participants of the Albanian revolts of 1910 and 1911. He was welcomed by the choir of the Serbian Orthodox Seminary with Turkish songs and vice-consul Milan Rakić had gathered a large contingent of Serbs, but many Albanians boycotted the event. Ottoman representatives managed to deal with the leaders of Albanian rebels in Kosovo Vilayet and Scutari Vilayet separately, because they were not united and lacked central control. The Ottoman Empire first managed to pacify the northern Albanian malësorë from Scutari Vilayet reaching a compromise during a meeting in Podgorica. In order to resolve the problems in the south, the Ottoman representatives invited Albanian southern leaders to a meeting in Tepelenë on 18 August 1911. They promised to meet most of their demands, like general amnesty, the opening of Albanian language schools, and the restriction that military service was to be performed only in the territory of the vilayets with substantial Albanian population. Other demands included requiring administrative officers to learn the Albanian language, and that the possession of weapons would be permitted. How many days after Mehmed V visited Skopje visit the site of the Battle of Kosovo? Answer: Mehmed V visited Skopje on June 11 and visited the site of the Battle of Kosovo on June 15. 15 - 11 = 4. So the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the two events mentioned in the question and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2234_a2ea2d15-157c-495e-8078-7634045e0643

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1600000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1918, party membership was approximately 200,000. In the late 1920s under Stalin, the party engaged in an intensive recruitment campaign, the "Lenin Levy", resulting in new members referred to as the Lenin Enrolment, from both the working class and rural areas. This represented an attempt to "proletarianize" the party and an attempt by Stalin to strengthen his base by outnumbering the Old Bolsheviks and reducing their influence in the Party. In 1925, the party had 1,025,000 members in a Soviet population of 147 million. In 1927, membership had risen to 1,200,000. During the collectivization campaign and industrialization campaigns of the first five-year plan from 1929 to 1933, party membership grew rapidly to approximately 3.5 million members. However, party leaders suspected that the mass intake of new members had allowed "social-alien elements" to penetrate the partys ranks and document verifications of membership ensued in 1933 and 1935, removing supposedly unreliable members. Meanwhile, the party closed its ranks to new members from 1933 to November 1936. Even after the reopening of party recruiting, membership fell to 1.9 million by 1939. Nicholas DeWitt gives 2.307 million members in 1939, including candidate members, compared with 1.535 million in 1929 and 6.3 million in 1947. In 1986, the CPSU had over 19 million membersapproximately 10% of the Soviet Unions adult population. Over 44% of party members were classified as industrial workers and 12% as collective farmers. The CPSU had party organizations in 14 of the Soviet Unions 15 republics. The Russian Soviet Federative Socialist Republic itself had no separate Communist Party until 1990 because the CPSU controlled affairs there directly. How many members did the party lose 1933 to 1939? Answer: The passage states that in 1933 membership was approximately 3.5 million. By 1939, it had fallen to 1.9 million. Therefore, the loss in membership is 3.5 million - 1.9 million = 1.6 million. So the answer is $\boxed{1.6 million}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the membership figures for 1933 and 1939 from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_175_a276d73c-0685-43e4-990d-b89d58a13070

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['15', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years after Peace of Pressburg was Vladislaus' son born? Answer: The Peace of Pressburg was signed in 1491. Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506. 1506 - 1491 = 15. So the answer is $\boxed{15}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates for the Peace of Pressburg (1491) and the birth of Louis II (1506) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_86724d12-e859-41b5-bea2-4b2d2441a21d

Clean

Full Question

The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many months after harsh criticism of Juan Diaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá did Barrios die?

Ground Truth Answer

[['7', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many months after harsh criticism of Juan Diaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá did Barrios die? Answer: The criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat took place in April 1695. Barrios died in November 1695. From April to November there are 7 months (April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November). Therefore, Barrios died 7 months after the criticism. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{7}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates of the criticism (April 1695) and Barrios' death (November 1695) from the text and accurately calculates the difference as 7 months.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_87ca0aad-2581-4d09-80a4-e383f6edf1e7

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many days before the end of the negotiating of the Anglo-Irish Treaty was a decision taken to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann? Answer: The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty negotiations ended on December 6, 1921. The decision to recommend the treaty was made on December 5, 1921. December 6 - December 5 = 1 day. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_daec607e-3554-4ebc-913e-2eac19c82338

1 issue

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many months after the truce of the War of Independence was called did the entire island of Ireland become the Irish Free State?

Ground Truth Answer

[['17', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State. Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many months after the truce of the War of Independence was called did the entire island of Ireland become the Irish Free State? Answer: The truce was called in July 1921. Ireland became the Irish Free State on December 6, 1922. From July 1921 to December 1922, there are 17 months (5 months in 1921 (August to December) + 12 months in 1922). Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{17}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the start date (July 1921) and end date (December 6, 1922) from the context. However, the subsequent calculation to determine the number of months between these two points is mathematically flawed and contradicts the actual duration implied by the dates provided in the context, leading to an incorrect final answer based on faulty arithmetic.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

From July 1921 to December 1922, there are 17 months (5 months in 1921 (August to December) + 12 months in 1922).

Explanation

The calculation incorrectly counts the months. If the truce was called in July 1921, the period until December 1922 is 17 months (July 1921 to July 1922 is 12 months, plus August, September, October, November, December 1922 = 5 months). The reasoning states 5 months in 1921 (August to December), which is 5 months, but the total period from July 1921 to December 1922 inclusive is 18 months if counting the start month, or 17 months if counting the difference between the start of July 1921 and the start of December 1922. However, the calculation provided (5 months in 1921 + 12 months in 1922 = 17 months) is mathematically flawed for the period described. July 1921 to December 1921 is 6 months (July, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec). July 1921 to December 1922 is 18 months total (6 months in 1921 + 12 months in 1922). The reasoning states 5 months in 1921 (August to December), which ignores July 1921, leading to an incorrect count of 17 months.

Answer Span:

From July 1921 to December 1922, there are 17 months (5 months in 1921 (August to December) + 12 months in 1922)

Reference/Question Span:

truce called in July 1921

Question #history_175_17f59db4-794b-4cc4-9036-b6f0ccd9789c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['20', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: When Matthias Corvinus died from a stroke on 6 April 1490, Frederick was able to regain the Austrian lands. However, he could not enforce the Habsburg succession to the Hungarian throne and in 1491 his son King Maximilian I signed the Peace of Pressburg with Vladislaus Jagiellon, who was elected Matthias' successor in Hungary. The treaty arranged for the return of Matthias' conquests, and the agreement that Maximilian would succeed Vladislaus should he produce no heir. This did not happen as Vladislaus' son Louis II was born in 1506, but the Habsburgs did exert significant pressure on the Jagiellonians with the 1515 First Congress of Vienna in which they arranged two royal weddings of Vladislaus' daughter Anne with Maximilian's grandson Ferdinand and of Maximilian's granddaughter Mary with Louis II. The double wedding celebrated at St. Stephen's Cathedral decisively advanced the Habsburg succession agenda. During his reign in Hungary, the new Polish king would go on to undo many of Matthias' efforts, unmaking the reformed system of taxation, the standing army, and the centralized authority of the monarch. Hungary's nobles would act in complicity with this, contributing to the weakening of the country until 1526, when Hungary was defeated by the Ottoman Empire in the Battle of Mohács, whereby King Louis II was killed. The Habsburg archduke Ferdinand of Austria by his marriage with Anne of Bohemia and Hungary claimed the succession, he was enfoffed with the Bohemian kingdom by his elder brother Emperor Charles V and also reached the consent of the Hungarian magnates. He was crowned king in Pressburg on 24 February 1527, laying the grounds for the transnational Habsburg Monarchy. How many years old was Louis II when he died? Answer: Louis II was born in 1506. He died in 1526. 1526 - 1506 = 20. So the answer is $\boxed{20}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the birth year (1506) and death year (1526) of Louis II from the context and performs the correct subtraction to find his age at death.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_85ef7d66-ce05-44db-9405-08cf211f95cf

1 issue

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many days after the negotiating of the Anglo-Irish Treaty did the entire island of Ireland become the Irish Free State?

Ground Truth Answer

[['365', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State. Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many days after the negotiating of the Anglo-Irish Treaty did the entire island of Ireland become the Irish Free State? Answer: The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty was negotiated from October 11, 1921 to December 6, 1921. The passage also states that the entire island of Ireland became the Irish Free State on December 6, 1922. From December 6, 1921 to December 6, 1922 is one year, which is 365 days. So the answer is $\boxed{365}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two necessary dates from the text (end of negotiation: Dec 6, 1921; establishment of Free State: Dec 6, 1922) and calculates the difference as 365 days. This calculation is an inference based on the extracted facts and does not contradict any explicit statement in the source text.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction low

Statement

From December 6, 1921 to December 6, 1922 is one year, which is 365 days.

Explanation

The reasoning chain incorrectly uses December 6, 1921 as the end date of the negotiation, but the negotiation ended on December 6, 1921. The calculation should start from the end date of the negotiation (December 6, 1921) to the date the Free State was established (December 6, 1922). The error is in assuming the negotiation ended in 1921 when the text states the treaty was negotiated *until* December 6, 1921, and the Free State was established on December 6, 1922. The calculation itself is based on an incorrect premise derived from misinterpreting the dates provided in the text, specifically using the end date of negotiation (Dec 6, 1921) as the starting point for the day count, which is fine, but the text states the treaty was negotiated *from 11 October to 6 December 1921*. The calculation is based on the difference between Dec 6, 1921 and Dec 6, 1922. The actual contradiction is that the reasoning chain implies the negotiation ended in 1921, which is correct, but the calculation relies on the assumption that the negotiation ended on Dec 6, 1921, which is the date the treaty was *signed/concluded*, not the date the Free State was established. The core issue is that the reasoning chain uses the end date of the negotiation (Dec 6, 1921) as the starting point for the calculation, which is logically sound for finding the difference, but the calculation itself is flawed because it assumes 365 days for a year, which is generally true but irrelevant if the calculation is wrong. The actual contradiction is subtle: the reasoning chain uses the end date of the negotiation (Dec 6, 1921) as the starting point for the calculation, which is correct based on the text, but the text does not explicitly state the negotiation ended on Dec 6, 1921, only that it ran *to* that date. However, the most significant error is the assumption that the difference between Dec 6, 1921 and Dec 6, 1922 is exactly 365 days, which ignores leap years, although this is often accepted in simple date difference problems. The primary factual error is the assumption that the negotiation ended on Dec 6, 1921, which is stated in the text, but the reasoning chain uses this date as the starting point for a calculation that yields 365 days, which is a calculation based on the text, not a contradiction of the text itself. The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two dates needed: end of negotiation (Dec 6, 1921) and establishment of the Free State (Dec 6, 1922). The calculation of 365 days is an inference based on these dates, not a direct contradiction of a fact in the text. Let's re-evaluate based on strict contradiction. The text states: negotiation ended Dec 6, 1921. Free State established Dec 6, 1922. The reasoning calculates the difference between these two dates as 365 days. This calculation is an inference, not a contradiction of the source text. Therefore, I must look for a contradiction or missing context. There is no direct contradiction. The context used (the two dates) is present. The calculation itself is an external step. I will mark this as 'fair' quality but without a hallucination, as the reasoning steps follow logically from the extracted facts, even if the final arithmetic might be slightly inaccurate due to ignoring leap years (which is not a contradiction of the source text). Re-reading the instructions: 'Flag facts that CONTRADICT information explicitly stated in the question'. The statement 'From December 6, 1921 to December 6, 1922 is one year, which is 365 days' is an assertion about the duration, not a contradiction of the dates themselves. I will change the assessment to 'no hallucinations' based on strict adherence to the definition.

Answer Span:

From December 6, 1921 to December 6, 1922 is one year, which is 365 days.

Reference/Question Span:

negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. . . on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State

Question #nfl_1838_2f70aca0-fbe1-43e1-8f0e-a448c3326430

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['9', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many yards difference was Matt Prater’s first field goal compared to his second? Answer: Matt Prater's first field goal was 49 yards. His second field goal was 40 yards. 49 - 40 = 9. So the answer is $\boxed{9}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardage for Matt Prater's two field goals from the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1838_42a4f9af-fd71-4157-928c-67ed1db8f132

Clean

Full Question

Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many yards difference was Josh Brown’s first field goal compared to his second?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many yards difference was Josh Brown’s first field goal compared to his second? Answer: Josh Brown's first field goal was 28 yards, and his second was 37 yards. The difference between the two is 37 - 28 = 9. So the answer is $\boxed{9}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardage for Josh Brown's two field goals from the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1782_0dec7ec5-e8eb-46fe-9756-fc132750ca60

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['19', 1], ['21', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: One week later, Dallas faced the 1993 San Francisco 49ers season in the NFC Championship Game for the second year in a row in what was, at the time, the last NFL game to air on CBS. The 49ers had the NFLs highest scoring offense with 473 points, 97 more than the runner-up Cowboys. The last time the two teams played for the NFC title, Dallas won when Aikman thwarted an attempted 49ers comeback with a touchdown drive late in the fourth quarter. But this time, the game was extremely one-sided. The Cowboys scored touchdowns on four of their five first-half possessions. By the end of the half, Dallas had a commanding 28-7 lead. Aikman completed 14 of 18 passes for 177 yards and three touchdowns with no interceptions, while also rushing for 25 yards, but was knocked out of the game with a concussion in the third quarter. Then San Francisco scored a touchdown, making the score 28-14 with plenty of time left for a comeback. However, their hopes were soon dashed as backup quarterback Bernie Kosar, who had already played in three conference championship games and was unable to advance to the Super Bowl each time, led the Cowboys 82 yards to go up 35-14 on his 42-yard touchdown pass to Alvin Harper. Murray then put the finishing touches on San Francisco with a 50-yard field goal, while all the 49ers could do was score a useless touchdown in "garbage time" to make the final score 38-21. Smith rushed for 88 yards, caught seven passes for 85 yards, and scored two touchdowns. Meanwhile, the Dallas defense held 49ers running back Ricky Watters, who rushed for over 100 yards and scored 5 touchdowns in the divisional round, to just 37 yards on 12 carries. How many points were the Cowboys winning by at the end of the half? Answer: The passage states that Dallas had a 28-7 lead at the end of the half. This means they were winning by 28 - 7 = 21 points. So the answer is $\boxed{21}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the score at the end of the half from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_199_eb985324-7e0d-4959-9cdf-a3a302290542

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: On October 8, the Chiefs traveled to Glendale, Arizona for their first game in the University of Phoenix Stadium to face the Arizona Cardinals. Trent Green was still recovering from his concussion, and Arizona's rookie quarterback Matt Leinart made his career start. The game was broadcast on CBS 1:15pm Arizona time. The game began with Arizona's offense dominating and catching the Chiefs' defense off-guard with a 49-yard touchdown pass to Wide receiver Anquan Boldin, putting the Cardinals on the scoreboard within three minutes of the game. On the opening kickoff, Dante Hall was injured and left the game, leaving rookie Jeff Webb to return the kicks for the rest of the game, including a 56-yard punt return. Samie Parker caught a 15-yard touchdown pass, leaving the Chiefs within three points of the Cardinals (17-20). The play was officially reviewed as the referees initially thought Parker caught the ball out of bounds, but the referees decided it was caught in the endzone. Damon Huard threw Larry Johnson a 78-yard screen pass that would be stopped short of a touchdown when Antrel Rolle twisted Johnson's neck by grabbing his facemask, sending him to the turf motionless for 2 minutes. Johnson recovered and received a standing ovation. The NFL fined Rolle $12,500 for his penalty. It was the second time in the 2006 season in which Rolle had been fined for an illegal tackle. The play set up Lawrence Tynes' eventual game-winning field goal, leaving the Chiefs with the 23-20 lead. Neil Rackers set up for a kick with less than 15 seconds to play in order to send the 23-20 contest into overtime. Rackers missed the uprights by a foot with seconds left in the game. How many quarters did Dante Hall play in? Answer: The passage states that Dante Hall was injured on the opening kickoff and left the game. This means he played less than one quarter. Since a quarter is the smallest unit of playing time in football, he played zero full quarters. So the answer is $\boxed{0}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies that Dante Hall was injured on the opening kickoff and left the game, leading to the logical conclusion that he played zero full quarters. No contradictions or missing context were found.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1782_aec757e7-1807-4b63-b8de-2ec49edbed44

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: One week later, Dallas faced the 1993 San Francisco 49ers season in the NFC Championship Game for the second year in a row in what was, at the time, the last NFL game to air on CBS. The 49ers had the NFLs highest scoring offense with 473 points, 97 more than the runner-up Cowboys. The last time the two teams played for the NFC title, Dallas won when Aikman thwarted an attempted 49ers comeback with a touchdown drive late in the fourth quarter. But this time, the game was extremely one-sided. The Cowboys scored touchdowns on four of their five first-half possessions. By the end of the half, Dallas had a commanding 28-7 lead. Aikman completed 14 of 18 passes for 177 yards and three touchdowns with no interceptions, while also rushing for 25 yards, but was knocked out of the game with a concussion in the third quarter. Then San Francisco scored a touchdown, making the score 28-14 with plenty of time left for a comeback. However, their hopes were soon dashed as backup quarterback Bernie Kosar, who had already played in three conference championship games and was unable to advance to the Super Bowl each time, led the Cowboys 82 yards to go up 35-14 on his 42-yard touchdown pass to Alvin Harper. Murray then put the finishing touches on San Francisco with a 50-yard field goal, while all the 49ers could do was score a useless touchdown in "garbage time" to make the final score 38-21. Smith rushed for 88 yards, caught seven passes for 85 yards, and scored two touchdowns. Meanwhile, the Dallas defense held 49ers running back Ricky Watters, who rushed for over 100 yards and scored 5 touchdowns in the divisional round, to just 37 yards on 12 carries. How many passes did Aikman not complete in the first half? Answer: The question asks how many passes Aikman did *not* complete in the first half. The passage states that Aikman completed 14 of 18 passes. This means he threw 18 passes in total. 18 (total passes) - 14 (completed passes) = 4 incomplete passes. So the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the necessary information (14 completed passes out of 18 attempts) and performs the correct subtraction to find the number of incomplete passes, which directly answers the question based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_8be3e663-e0a6-41c6-9f2b-55f9a60bc54d

Clean

Full Question

The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many men of the twenty-five of his 150 men that were sick are still healthy?

Ground Truth Answer

[['125', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his 150 men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many men of the twenty-five of his 150 men that were sick are still healthy? Answer: Amésqueta started with 150 men. Of those 150 men, 25 were sick. To find the number of healthy men, subtract the number of sick men from the total number of men: 150 - 25 = 125. So the answer is $\boxed{125}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the total number of men (150) and the number of sick men (25) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1782_4f85554d-9421-4435-a543-97b3b0dfe55e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['59', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: One week later, Dallas faced the 1993 San Francisco 49ers season in the NFC Championship Game for the second year in a row in what was, at the time, the last NFL game to air on CBS. The 49ers had the NFLs highest scoring offense with 473 points, 97 more than the runner-up Cowboys. The last time the two teams played for the NFC title, Dallas won when Aikman thwarted an attempted 49ers comeback with a touchdown drive late in the fourth quarter. But this time, the game was extremely one-sided. The Cowboys scored touchdowns on four of their five first-half possessions. By the end of the half, Dallas had a commanding 28-7 lead. Aikman completed 14 of 18 passes for 177 yards and three touchdowns with no interceptions, while also rushing for 25 yards, but was knocked out of the game with a concussion in the third quarter. Then San Francisco scored a touchdown, making the score 28-14 with plenty of time left for a comeback. However, their hopes were soon dashed as backup quarterback Bernie Kosar, who had already played in three conference championship games and was unable to advance to the Super Bowl each time, led the Cowboys 82 yards to go up 35-14 on his 42-yard touchdown pass to Alvin Harper. Murray then put the finishing touches on San Francisco with a 50-yard field goal, while all the 49ers could do was score a useless touchdown in "garbage time" to make the final score 38-21. Smith rushed for 88 yards, caught seven passes for 85 yards, and scored two touchdowns. Meanwhile, the Dallas defense held 49ers running back Ricky Watters, who rushed for over 100 yards and scored 5 touchdowns in the divisional round, to just 37 yards on 12 carries. How many points were scored at the end of the game? Answer: The question asks the total points scored at the end of the game. The passage states the final score was 38-21. This means Dallas scored 38 points and San Francisco scored 21 points. Therefore, the total points scored is 38 + 21 = 59. So the answer is $\boxed{59}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the final score from the text and accurately calculates the total points scored, directly answering the question based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1838_38327bd5-01a4-4342-b7e0-cb209f2b4655

1 issue

Full Question

Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many scores behind were the Rams before their first points?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many scores behind were the Rams before their first points? Answer: The question asks how many scores the Rams were behind before they scored their first points. The passage states that the Broncos had a 10-0 lead before the Rams first scored. This 10-0 lead consisted of a touchdown (6 points) and a field goal (3 points). Therefore, the Rams were 2 scores behind (one touchdown and one field goal) before their first points. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{2}$

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning correctly identifies the score difference (10-0) but then incorrectly breaks down how that score was achieved (stating 6+3=10), leading to an incorrect calculation of the number of scores behind (2 scores) based on faulty arithmetic derived from the context's stated scores.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction high

Statement

This 10-0 lead consisted of a touchdown (6 points) and a field goal (3 points).

Explanation

The reasoning incorrectly assumes the 10-0 lead consisted of one touchdown (6 points) and one field goal (3 points), which only totals 9 points. The context explicitly states the 10-0 lead was a 4-yard touchdown run (which implies 6 points plus a successful extra point for 7 points, or 6 points plus a failed conversion for 6 points, but the total score is 10) followed by a 49-yard field goal (3 points). The context states the 10-0 lead was achieved via a touchdown run and a field goal, but the breakdown provided in the reasoning (6+3=9) contradicts the stated score of 10-0.

Answer Span:

This 10-0 lead consisted of a touchdown (6 points) and a field goal (3 points).

Reference/Question Span:

In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater.

Question #history_1450_7a2dc15d-dad5-4886-96f1-5d67686bad09

Clean

Full Question

The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many fighters did Diaz have with 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers?

Ground Truth Answer

[['83', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many fighters did Diaz have with 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers? Answer: Diaz had 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers. The question asks for the total number of fighters. Assuming both soldiers and porters/archers are considered fighters, we add the two numbers: 49 + 34 = 83. Therefore, Diaz had 83 fighters. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{83}$

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the components of Díaz's force (49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers) based on the text and performs the required addition to answer the question about the total number of fighters, assuming both groups count as fighters.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1838_85b90ec6-808e-4577-9ee7-e839ecb57797

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Following their Monday Night debacle in San Diego and subsequent videotaping scandal, the Broncos returned home for an interconference match against the St. Louis Rams. In the first quarter, the Broncos jumped out to a 10-0 lead, with a 4-yard touchdown run from running back Knowshon Moreno, followed by a 49-yard field goal by placekicker Matt Prater. The Rams responded, with quarterback Sam Bradford throwing a 36-yard touchdown pass to tight end Michael Hoomanawanui. In the second quarter, The Broncos took a 13-7 lead, with a 40-yard field goal by Prater. However, the Rams would reel off 26 unanswered points, starting off with a pair of touchdown passes from Bradford to tight end Billy Bajema—2 and 26 yards—the latter with a missed extra point, followed by a pair of field goals from placekicker Josh Brown—28 and 37 yards—before halftime. In the third quarter, the Rams continued their offensive onslaught, with a 1-yard touchdown run from running back Kenneth Darby, giving St. Louis a 33-13 lead. In the fourth quarter, the Broncos snapped the Rams' streak of 26 unanswered points, with quarterback Kyle Orton throwing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Brandon Lloyd, but the Rams responded with a 26-yard field goal from Brown. Trailing 36-20 with four minutes remaining, the Broncos tried to rally, with Orton throwing two touchdown passes—a 16-yarder to wide receiver Eddie Royal (with a failed two-point conversion attempt), followed by a 5-yarder to Lloyd, but the Broncos' rally attempt was cut short by the Rams' defense. With the loss, the Broncos matched their loss total from the previous two seasons. How many more field goals did Brown kick than Prater? Answer: Prater kicked two field goals (a 49-yarder and a 40-yarder). Brown kicked three field goals (a 28-yarder, a 37-yarder, and a 26-yarder). 3 - 2 = 1. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of field goals kicked by Prater (2) and Brown (3) based on the text and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_03368542-1574-4350-a827-cd0138957ebc

Clean

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many years after the Anglo-Irish Treaty did Northern Ireland rejoin the United Kingdom?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State. Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many years after the Anglo-Irish Treaty did Northern Ireland rejoin the United Kingdom? Answer: The Anglo-Irish Treaty was signed on December 6, 1921. Northern Ireland rejoined the United Kingdom on December 8, 1922. 1922 - 1921 = 1. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant dates from the text and performs the correct subtraction to find the time difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_11a86d1d-2ff0-47ef-a631-4cce8706eb27

1 issue

Full Question

After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. Over how many months did the Irtish delegates negotiate the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London?

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. Over how many months did the Irtish delegates negotiate the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London? Answer: The question asks the duration of the treaty negotiation in months. The passage states that the negotiation took place "from 11 October to 6 December 1921". From October 11th to November 11th is one month. From November 11th to December 6th is less than one month but close enough to almost a month. Adding these two values together, 1 month + ~1 month = ~2 months. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning correctly identifies the start and end dates but performs an incorrect calculation of the duration in months, leading to an inaccurate estimate of '2 months' when the actual duration is less than two months.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

From October 11th to November 11th is one month. From November 11th to December 6th is less than one month but close enough to almost a month. Adding these two values together, 1 month + ~1 month = ~2 months.

Explanation

The negotiation spanned from October 11 to December 6. This is 56 days, which is less than two full months (October 11 to December 11 would be two months). The reasoning incorrectly calculates the duration, leading to an answer of 2 months when the actual duration is less than two months (it is 1 month and 25 days, or approximately 1.8 months). The reasoning attempts to round up to 2 months, which contradicts the actual span calculation based on the dates provided.

Answer Span:

Reference/Question Span:

from 11 October to 6 December 1921

Question #history_1313_797e963c-52f2-4f8e-ba70-5a382cda0d85

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Though there had been popular support for the war among the Russian public following the Japanese attack at Port Arthur in 1904, that popular support soon turned to discontent after suffering multiple defeats at the hands of the Japanese forces. For many Russians, the immediate shock of unexpected humiliation at the hands of Japan caused the conflict to be viewed as a metaphor for the shortcomings of the Romanov autocracy. Popular discontent in Russia after the war added more fuel to the already simmering Russian Revolution of 1905, an event Nicholas II had hoped to avoid entirely by taking intransigent negotiating stances prior to coming to the table. Twelve years later, that discontent boiled over into the February Revolution of 1917. In Poland, which Russia partitioned in the late 18th century, and where Russian rule already caused two major uprisings, the population was so restless that an army of 250,000-300,000—larger than the one facing the Japanese—had to be stationed to put down the unrest. Some political leaders of the Polish insurrection movement sent emissaries to Japan to collaborate on sabotage and intelligence gathering within the Russian Empire and even plan a Japanese-aided uprising. In Russia, the defeat of 1905 led in the short term to a reform of the Russian military that allowed it to face Germany in World War I. However, the revolts at home following the war planted seeds that presaged the Russian Revolution of 1917. This was because Tsar Nicholas II issued the October Manifesto, which included only limited reforms such as the Duma and failed to address the societal problems of Russia at the time. How many revolutions did Russia suffer in the early 20th century? Answer: The passage mentions the Russian Revolution of 1905 and the February Revolution of 1917, and the Russian Revolution of 1917. While there are three mentions of revolutions, the February Revolution and the Russian Revolution of 1917 likely refer to the same event. Thus, there were two distinct revolutions: the 1905 revolution and the 1917 revolution. One + One = Two. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two distinct revolutions mentioned in the text (1905 and 1917) and arrives at the correct count based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_cf455cf1-0221-45c3-88ed-b0c768ed82c5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many different military forces combined did Diaz have? Answer: Diaz initially had a party of 25 men. Later, he caught up with another force at Rio Chakal. These two forces combined. Therefore, Diaz combined two different military forces. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies that Diaz's initial party combined with an advance party of roadbuilders and their escort, resulting in two forces combining to form his final group before reaching IxB'ol.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_228_16e4b810-0779-447e-98e2-fb80a94540d3

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['13000', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Serbian army emerged victorious, although details of the actual battle are vague. Şahin Bey entered Serbia with 20.000 akinjis at that time he learned that Serbian lords had prepared an army to attack his troops. He advanced to Pločnik near Prokuplje but could not detect the position of that army, and believed that there was none. At that time, many akinjis lost their temper and began looting civilian properties in the surrounding villages by disobeying orders. Şahin Bey stayed alone with 2,000 soldiers. On the other hand, the battlefield was observed by Serbian expeditionary forces. Suddenly an allied army with 30,000 soldiers appeared, many of whom were cavalry. The Serbian army used heavy knight cavalry charge with horse archers on the flanks. The Serbs first attacked the Ottoman center , although they were unprepared and tasted nasty shock to heavy Serbian knights, the outnumbered Ottoman center resisted for some time but later began to withdraw with Şahin Bey who barely escaped with his life. Then the Serbian army turned to the other 18,000 akinjis that were busy plundering; unprepared, ill-disciplined, surprised akinjis couldn't do anything without their general. Only 5,000 of them returned home alive. More than 60% of the Ottoman army was destroyed. According to tradition Serbian knight and folk hero Miloš Obilić participated in this battle and distinguished himself, and was wounded by an Ottoman arrow. According to some, such as Croatian historian Vjekoslav Klaić, Lazar's army was aided by Bosnian troops. One version of the battle has it that the battle was won thanks to the Bosnian troops and the trickery of a Kastrioti. How many akinjis didn't return home alive? Answer: Şahin Bey entered Serbia with 20,000 akinjis. Of those akinjis who were plundering, 5,000 returned home alive. The passage states there were 18,000 akinjis plundering. Therefore, 18,000 - 5,000 = 13,000 akinjis who were plundering did not return alive. Since the question asks how many akinjis *in total* did not return, and we know 2,000 were with Şahin Bey and survived, the total number of akinjis who didn't return is 13,000. So the answer is $\boxed{13000}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning correctly calculates the number of akinjis lost from the plundering group (13,000) but then incorrectly concludes this is the total number of akinjis who didn't return, ignoring the fate of the 2,000 who stayed with Şahin Bey, despite mentioning them earlier in the chain.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

Since the question asks how many akinjis *in total* did not return, and we know 2,000 were with Şahin Bey and survived, the total number of akinjis who didn't return is 13,000.

Explanation

The reasoning chain incorrectly concludes the total number of akinjis who didn't return is 13,000 by ignoring the fate of the 2,000 akinjis who stayed with Şahin Bey. The text states that 18,000 were plundering and 5,000 of *them* returned alive (meaning 13,000 of the plundering group died). The text also states Şahin Bey stayed alone with 2,000 soldiers, and the overall destruction was 'More than 60% of the Ottoman army was destroyed.' The reasoning chain fails to account for the 2,000 soldiers who were with Şahin Bey in the final calculation, even though it mentions them.

Answer Span:

the total number of akinjis who didn't return is 13,000

Reference/Question Span:

Şahin Bey stayed alone with 2,000 soldiers. . . Only 5,000 of them returned home alive. More than 60% of the Ottoman army was destroyed.

Question #history_200_0def9c5e-066c-45a4-ab56-81c7c7c685f4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['200', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Charles reached Rome in 1265, but was temporarily halted by financial embarrassments. Manfred, however, did not take the field against him until January 1266, when Charles' main army had crossed the Alps. Alarmed by desertions among his followers and fearing further treachery, Manfred sought to bring Charles to battle as swiftly as possible. Charles attempted to turn Manfred's position at Capua by a perilous crossing of the Apennines which wrecked his supply line; but Manfred had intelligence of his move and lay in a strong position across the River Calore, crossed only by one bridge. Charles had divided his cavalry into three "battles". The infantry and the first battle, consisting of 900 Provençals were at the front, commanded by Marshal of France Hugh of Mirepoix and Philip of Montfort, Lord of Castres. Behind them were the second battle, which consisted of 400 Italians and 1,000 men of Languedoc and central France. Charles commanded the second battle in person. Behind them, the third battle consisted of about 700 men from the county of Flanders under Constable of France Gilles II de Trasignies and Robert III of Flanders. Manfred had adopted similar dispositions. His Saracen archers were in the fore. Behind them was the first battle, 1,200 German mercenaries armed in coats of plates, commanded by his cousin Giordano d'Anglano and Galvano of Anglona. The second battle consisted of the Italian mercenaries, about 1,000, and 300 Saracen light horse, commanded by his uncle Galvano Lancia. The third battle, numbering 1,400, were the feudatories of the Kingdom, under Manfred's personal command. How many more men were part of Charles first battle compared to Charles third battle? Answer: According to the passage, Charles' first battle consisted of 900 Provençals, and his third battle consisted of 700 men. 900 - 700 = 200. So the answer is $\boxed{200}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the sizes of Charles' first and third battles from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1352_7b83ff8b-36c8-4b85-80e0-40e3ad25d010

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3400', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: On 10 September 1580, 600 Papal troops commanded by Sebastiano di San Giuseppe, landed in Smerwick, near the same point where Fitzmaurice had landed the previous year. They had been paid for and sent by Pope Gregory to aid the rebellion. Desmond, Baltinglass and John of Desmond made an effort to link up with the expeditionary force but English forces under Ormonde and Grey blocked them and prompt naval action by Richard Bingham blockaded the Papal force's ships into the bay at Smerwick. San Giuseppe had no choice but to fortify his men in the fort at Dún an Óir. In October 1580, Grey de Wilton with up to 4000 troops arrived at Smerwick and laid siege to the garrison. The invasion forces were geographically isolated on the tip of the narrow Dingle Peninsula, cut off by Mount Brandon on one side and the much larger English force on the other. They had no means of escape. In addition, the English had brought up heavy artillery by sea, which rapidly broke down the improvised defences of Dún an Óir. After a three-day siege, commander Di san Giuseppe surrendered on 10 October 1580. Grey de Wilton ordered the massacre of the invasion forces, sparing only the commanders. Italian and Spanish troops, and Irish men and women, were beheaded and their bodies thrown into the sea. Among the English soldiers present at the siege and massacre was the writer and explorer Walter Raleigh. This was brought against him as a criminal charge in one of his trials. Raleigh argued that he was "obliged to obey the commands of his superior officer" but he was unable to exonerate himself. How many more troops did Grey de Wilton have when he arrived in Smerwick compared to Sebastiano di San Giuseppe? Answer: Grey de Wilton had up to 4000 troops, while Sebastiano di San Giuseppe commanded 600 troops. 4000 - 600 = 3400. So the answer is $\boxed{3400}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the troop numbers for both commanders from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1578_d3bc4a55-84c8-4379-a2df-610e30794d1a

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['18', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Baldwin de Burg was a nephew of Baldwin I of Jerusalem and the Count of Edessa from 1100 to 1118. In 1118 his uncle died and he became King Baldwin II of Jerusalem. In the Battle of Ager Sanguinis, fought near Sarmada on 28 June 1119, the Franks suffered a disastrous defeat by the forces of Ilghazi, the ruler of Mardin. Later that year Baldwin regained some territory, but the Franks were seriously weakened. Baldwin asked for help from Pope Callixtus II. The pope forwarded the request to Venice. The terms of the crusade were agreed through negotiations between the envoys of Baldwin II and the doge of Venice. Once the Venetians decided to participate, Pope Callixtus II sent them his papal banner to signify his approval, At the First Council of the Lateran he confirmed that the Venetions had crusader privileges, including remission of their sins. The church also extended its protection to the families and property of the crusaders. In 1122 the Doge of Venice, Domenico Michiel, launched the seaborne crusade. The Venetian fleet of more than 120 ships carrying over 15,000 men left the Venetian Lagoon on 8 August 1122. This seems to have been the first crusade in which the knights brought their horses with them. They invested Corfu, then a possession of the Byzantine Empire, with which Venice had a dispute over privileges. In 1123 Baldwin II was captured by Balak of Mardin, emir of Aleppo, and imprisoned in Kharput. Eustace Graverius became regent of Jerusalem. The Venetians abandoned the siege of Corfu when they heard this news, and reached the Palestinian coast in May 1123. How many years after Baldwin de Burg became Count of Edessa did he become King Baldwin II of Jerusalem? Answer: According to the passage, Baldwin de Burg became the Count of Edessa in 1100 and became King Baldwin II of Jerusalem in 1118. 1118 - 1100 = 18. So the answer is $\boxed{18}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the relevant dates from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_228_62e99d8c-586a-4631-acaf-d2ed1e8a7905

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['13000', 1], ['15000', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Serbian army emerged victorious, although details of the actual battle are vague. Şahin Bey entered Serbia with 20.000 akinjis at that time he learned that Serbian lords had prepared an army to attack his troops. He advanced to Pločnik near Prokuplje but could not detect the position of that army, and believed that there was none. At that time, many akinjis lost their temper and began looting civilian properties in the surrounding villages by disobeying orders. Şahin Bey stayed alone with 2,000 soldiers. On the other hand, the battlefield was observed by Serbian expeditionary forces. Suddenly an allied army with 30,000 soldiers appeared, many of whom were cavalry. The Serbian army used heavy knight cavalry charge with horse archers on the flanks. The Serbs first attacked the Ottoman center , although they were unprepared and tasted nasty shock to heavy Serbian knights, the outnumbered Ottoman center resisted for some time but later began to withdraw with Şahin Bey who barely escaped with his life. Then the Serbian army turned to the other 18,000 akinjis that were busy plundering; unprepared, ill-disciplined, surprised akinjis couldn't do anything without their general. Only 5,000 of them returned home alive. More than 60% of the Ottoman army was destroyed. According to tradition Serbian knight and folk hero Miloš Obilić participated in this battle and distinguished himself, and was wounded by an Ottoman arrow. According to some, such as Croatian historian Vjekoslav Klaić, Lazar's army was aided by Bosnian troops. One version of the battle has it that the battle was won thanks to the Bosnian troops and the trickery of a Kastrioti. How many of the akinjis died? Answer: Şahin Bey started with 20,000 akinjis. 5,000 akinjis returned home alive. 20,000 - 5,000 = 15,000. Therefore, 15,000 akinjis died. The passage also mentions 18,000 akinjis were plundering and that more than 60% of the Ottoman army was destroyed, but this information isn’t needed to calculate the number of akinjis that died. So the answer is $\boxed{15000}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly uses the initial number of akinjis (20,000) and the number that returned alive (5,000) to calculate the number that died (15,000), which directly answers the question based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1450_684416af-6cbf-44ee-8fd8-82c1a4f887f3

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['125', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Guatemalan authorities were unaware of ongoing contacts between the colonial authorities in Yucatán and the Itza. In the second half of 1695 President Barrios began planning another expedition against the Itza from Verapaz, following harsh criticism of Juan Díaz de Velasco's retreat from near Lake Petén Itzá in April of that year. Barrios died in November, and oidor José de Escals became acting head of the Guatemalan colonial administration. He appointed oidor Bartolomé de Amésqueta to lead the next expedition against the Itza. Amésqueta marched his men through torrential rain from Cahabón to Mopán, arriving on 25 February 1696; the Guatemalans were still unaware of the clashes between García's forces and the Itza. Amésqueta's expedition was suffering from shortages of native labour and supplies. Twenty-five of his 150 men were sick, and his advance stalled as the force rested up at Mopán. Captain Díaz de Velasco volunteered to lead a party of 25 men ahead to the lake; he was accompanied by Dominican friars Cristóbal de Prada and Jacinto de Vargas. He was also accompanied by AjK'ixaw, the Itza nobleman who had been taken prisoner on Díaz's previous expedition, who served as a trusted guide, scout and translator. They set out from Mopán on 7 March and left some sick soldiers with some supplies after five days, they then caught up with an advance party of roadbuilders and their military escort at Río Chakal. The two forces combined, giving Díaz a force of 49 soldiers and 34 porters and archers from Verapaz. Once they arrived at IxB'ol, near the shore of Lake Petén Itzá, AjK'ixaw was sent ahead as an emissary to Nojpetén. How many of the 150 men were not sick? Answer: According to the passage, Amesqueta originally had 150 men, and 25 of them were sick. 150 - 25 = 125. So, the answer is $\boxed{125}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the total number of men and the number sick, performs the correct subtraction based on the provided text, and arrives at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1092_bce995bb-9595-4f6e-bad5-4ffdc763d132

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['84', 2]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** On 12 November, a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917, the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917, the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many total mandatory delegates were proposed by both the Bolshevik Central Committee and the Socialist Revolutionaries? **Answer:** The question asks for the total number of mandatory delegates proposed by both the Bolshevik Central Committee and the Socialist Revolutionaries. The Bolsheviks proposed 26 delegates and the Socialist Revolutionaries proposed 58 delegates. 26 + 58 = 84. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{84}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures from the context (26 and 58) and performs the correct addition to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1237_2e29475a-c7fd-495c-8ae4-f0f841350dd2

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After the War of Independence and truce called in July 1921, representatives of the British government and the Irish treaty delegates, led by Arthur Griffith, Robert Barton and Michael Collins, negotiated the Anglo-Irish Treaty in London from 11 October to 6 December 1921. The Irish delegates set up headquarters at Hans Place in Knightsbridge, and it was here in private discussions that the decision was taken on 5 December to recommend the treaty to Dáil Éireann.The Second Dáil Éireann narrowly ratified the Treaty. In accordance with the treaty, on 6 December 1922 the entire island of Ireland became a self-governing Dominion called the Irish Free State . Under the Constitution of the Irish Free State, the Parliament of Northern Ireland had the option to leave the Irish Free State one month later and return to the United Kingdom. During the intervening period, the powers of the Parliament of the Irish Free State and Executive Council of the Irish Free State did not extend to Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland exercised its right under the treaty to leave the new Dominion and rejoined the United Kingdom on 8 December 1922. It did so by making an address to the King requesting, "that the powers of the Parliament and Government of the Irish Free State shall no longer extend to Northern Ireland." The Irish Free State was a constitutional monarchy sharing a monarch with the United Kingdom and other Dominions of the British Commonwealth. The country had a governor-general , a bicameral parliament, a cabinet called the "Executive Council", and a prime minister called the President of the Executive Council. How many months was the Anglo-Irish Treaty negotiated for? Answer: The passage states that the Anglo-Irish Treaty was negotiated from 11 October to 6 December 1921. From October 11th to November 11th is one month. From November 11th to December 6th is less than one month. Therefore, the treaty was negotiated for approximately two months. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{2}$

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning correctly identifies the start and end dates but incorrectly calculates the duration, concluding 'approximately two months' when the period is clearly less than two full months (October 11 to December 6).

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

Therefore, the treaty was negotiated for approximately two months.

Explanation

The negotiation period from October 11 to December 6 is less than two full months (it is 1 month and 26 days). Stating it was 'approximately two months' contradicts the precise dates provided, which allow for an exact calculation of the duration (less than two months).

Answer Span:

approximately two months

Reference/Question Span:

from 11 October to 6 December 1921

Question #history_1578_b4230db9-a914-4172-9489-c0f6ea85d583

Clean

Full Question

Baldwin de Burg was a nephew of Baldwin I of Jerusalem and the Count of Edessa from 1100 to 1118. In 1118 his uncle died and he became King Baldwin II of Jerusalem. In the Battle of Ager Sanguinis, fought near Sarmada on 28 June 1119, the Franks suffered a disastrous defeat by the forces of Ilghazi, the ruler of Mardin. Later that year Baldwin regained some territory, but the Franks were seriously weakened. Baldwin asked for help from Pope Callixtus II. The pope forwarded the request to Venice. The terms of the crusade were agreed through negotiations between the envoys of Baldwin II and the doge of Venice. Once the Venetians decided to participate, Pope Callixtus II sent them his papal banner to signify his approval, At the First Council of the Lateran he confirmed that the Venetions had crusader privileges, including remission of their sins. The church also extended its protection to the families and property of the crusaders. In 1122 the Doge of Venice, Domenico Michiel, launched the seaborne crusade. The Venetian fleet of more than 120 ships carrying over 15,000 men left the Venetian Lagoon on 8 August 1122. This seems to have been the first crusade in which the knights brought their horses with them. They invested Corfu, then a possession of the Byzantine Empire, with which Venice had a dispute over privileges. In 1123 Baldwin II was captured by Balak of Mardin, emir of Aleppo, and imprisoned in Kharput. Eustace Graverius became regent of Jerusalem. The Venetians abandoned the siege of Corfu when they heard this news, and reached the Palestinian coast in May 1123. How many years after becoming king did Baldwin get captured by Balak of Mardin?

Ground Truth Answer

[['5', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Baldwin de Burg was a nephew of Baldwin I of Jerusalem and the Count of Edessa from 1100 to 1118. In 1118 his uncle died and he became King Baldwin II of Jerusalem. In the Battle of Ager Sanguinis, fought near Sarmada on 28 June 1119, the Franks suffered a disastrous defeat by the forces of Ilghazi, the ruler of Mardin. Later that year Baldwin regained some territory, but the Franks were seriously weakened. Baldwin asked for help from Pope Callixtus II. The pope forwarded the request to Venice. The terms of the crusade were agreed through negotiations between the envoys of Baldwin II and the doge of Venice. Once the Venetians decided to participate, Pope Callixtus II sent them his papal banner to signify his approval, At the First Council of the Lateran he confirmed that the Venetions had crusader privileges, including remission of their sins. The church also extended its protection to the families and property of the crusaders. In 1122 the Doge of Venice, Domenico Michiel, launched the seaborne crusade. The Venetian fleet of more than 120 ships carrying over 15,000 men left the Venetian Lagoon on 8 August 1122. This seems to have been the first crusade in which the knights brought their horses with them. They invested Corfu, then a possession of the Byzantine Empire, with which Venice had a dispute over privileges. In 1123 Baldwin II was captured by Balak of Mardin, emir of Aleppo, and imprisoned in Kharput. Eustace Graverius became regent of Jerusalem. The Venetians abandoned the siege of Corfu when they heard this news, and reached the Palestinian coast in May 1123. How many years after becoming king did Baldwin get captured by Balak of Mardin? Answer: Baldwin II became king in 1118. He was captured in 1123. 1123 - 1118 = 5. So the answer is $\boxed{5}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the year Baldwin II became king (1118) and the year he was captured (1123) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1907_2e5f562d-7c22-4b82-9532-2cd8e7b68ca6

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Tottenham Hotspur F.C. became a limited company, The Tottenham Hotspur Football and Athletic Company Ltd, on 2 March 1898 so as to raise funds for the club and limit the personal liability of its members. 8,000 shares were issued at £1 each, although only 1,558 shares were taken up in the first year. Members of the Wale family, who had association with the club since the 1930s and were chairmen of Tottenham Hotspur F.C. in the 1960s and 1970s, were once the largest shareholder of the club. In the early 1980s, cost overruns in the construction of a new West Stand together with the cost of rebuilding the team in previous years led to financial difficulties for the club. In November 1982, Irving Scholar bought 25% of the club for £600,000, and together with Paul Bobroff gained control of the club. Scholar Flotation (shares) Tottenham Hotspur Public limited company, which wholly owns the football club, on the London Stock Exchange in 1983, the first European sports club to be listed in a stock market. The share issue was successful with 3.8 million shares quickly sold. Ill-judged financial decisions led to accumulating debts, and in June 1991 Terry Venables teamed up with businessman Alan Sugar to buy the club, initially as equal partner with each investing £3.25 million. Sugar increased his stake to £8 million by December 1991 and became the dominant partner with effective control of the club. In May 1993, Venables was sacked from the board after a dispute. By 2000, Sugar began to consider selling the club, and in February 2001, he sold the major part of his shareholding to ENIC Group. For how many years did Alan Sugar own the majority of the club? Answer: Alan Sugar gained dominant control of Tottenham Hotspur in December 1991 and sold the majority of his shares in February 2001. From December 1991 to December 2000 is 9 years. Then from December 2000 to February 2001 adds roughly another 2 months. Therefore, Alan Sugar owned the majority of the club for approximately 9 years and 2 months. So the answer is $\boxed{9}$.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning correctly identifies the start (Dec 1991) and end (Feb 2001) dates for Sugar's majority control but incorrectly calculates the duration by stopping the main subtraction at December 2000 instead of February 2001, leading to an inaccurate intermediate step, although the final boxed answer is based on a different, unstated calculation or rounding.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

From December 1991 to December 2000 is 9 years.

Explanation

The reasoning calculates the duration until December 2000, but the context states Sugar sold the majority shareholding in February 2001. The calculation should extend to February 2001 to accurately reflect the period of majority ownership.

Answer Span:

From December 1991 to December 2000 is 9 years.

Reference/Question Span:

in February 2001, he sold the major part of his shareholding to ENIC Group

Question #history_1092_48c48b6d-7e51-442f-96c0-9f58415a01cd

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many delegates were women from both the Bolshevik delegates and the Socialist Revolutionary delegates?

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: On 12 November, a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917, the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917, the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many delegates were women from both the Bolshevik delegates and the Socialist Revolutionary delegates? Answer: The question asks for the total number of women delegates from both the Bolsheviks and the Socialist Revolutionaries. One Bolshevik delegate was a woman and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. 1 + 7 = 8. So the answer is $\boxed{8}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures from the context (one Bolshevik woman delegate and seven Socialist Revolutionary women delegates) and performs the correct addition to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1352_e4d11a90-2b7e-47c0-a1c8-901c885ff5ea

Clean

Full Question

On 10 September 1580, 600 Papal troops commanded by Sebastiano di San Giuseppe , landed in Smerwick, near the same point where Fitzmaurice had landed the previous year. They had been paid for and sent by Pope Gregory to aid the rebellion. Desmond, Baltinglass and John of Desmond made an effort to link up with the expeditionary force but English forces under Ormonde and Grey blocked them and prompt naval action by Richard Bingham blockaded the Papal force's ships into the bay at Smerwick. San Giuseppe had no choice but to fortify his men in the fort at Dún an Óir. In October 1580, Grey de Wilton with up to 4000 troops arrived at Smerwick and laid siege to the garrison. The invasion forces were geographically isolated on the tip of the narrow Dingle Peninsula, cut off by Mount Brandon on one side and the much larger English force on the other. They had no means of escape. In addition, the English had brought up heavy artillery by sea, which rapidly broke down the improvised defences of Dún an Óir. After a three-day siege, commander Di san Giuseppe surrendered on 10 October 1580. Grey de Wilton ordered the massacre of the invasion forces, sparing only the commanders. Italian and Spanish troops, and Irish men and women, were beheaded and their bodies thrown into the sea. Among the English soldiers present at the siege and massacre was the writer and explorer Walter Raleigh. This was brought against him as a criminal charge in one of his trials. Raleigh argued that he was "obliged to obey the commands of his superior officer" but he was unable to exonerate himself. How many months into the year of 1580 did commander Di san Giuseppe surrender?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 4]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: On 10 September 1580, 600 Papal troops commanded by Sebastiano di San Giuseppe, landed in Smerwick, near the same point where Fitzmaurice had landed the previous year. They had been paid for and sent by Pope Gregory to aid the rebellion. Desmond, Baltinglass and John of Desmond made an effort to link up with the expeditionary force but English forces under Ormonde and Grey blocked them and prompt naval action by Richard Bingham blockaded the Papal force's ships into the bay at Smerwick. San Giuseppe had no choice but to fortify his men in the fort at Dún an Óir. In October 1580, Grey de Wilton with up to 4000 troops arrived at Smerwick and laid siege to the garrison. The invasion forces were geographically isolated on the tip of the narrow Dingle Peninsula, cut off by Mount Brandon on one side and the much larger English force on the other. They had no means of escape. In addition, the English had brought up heavy artillery by sea, which rapidly broke down the improvised defences of Dún an Óir. After a three-day siege, commander Di san Giuseppe surrendered on 10 October 1580. Grey de Wilton ordered the massacre of the invasion forces, sparing only the commanders. Italian and Spanish troops, and Irish men and women, were beheaded and their bodies thrown into the sea. Among the English soldiers present at the siege and massacre was the writer and explorer Walter Raleigh. This was brought against him as a criminal charge in one of his trials. Raleigh argued that he was "obliged to obey the commands of his superior officer" but he was unable to exonerate himself. How many months into the year of 1580 did commander Di san Giuseppe surrender? Answer: The question asks the number of months into the year 1580 that commander Di san Giuseppe surrendered. The passage states that the surrender occurred on 10 October 1580. October is the 10th month of the year. Therefore, the answer is 10. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{10}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the surrender date (10 October 1580) and accurately calculates the corresponding month number (10) based on the context provided.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_200_ac47eb17-6d08-488e-9f69-8d1e0d018767

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1500', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Charles reached Rome in 1265, but was temporarily halted by financial embarrassments. Manfred, however, did not take the field against him until January 1266, when Charles' main army had crossed the Alps. Alarmed by desertions among his followers and fearing further treachery, Manfred sought to bring Charles to battle as swiftly as possible. Charles attempted to turn Manfred's position at Capua by a perilous crossing of the Apennines which wrecked his supply line; but Manfred had intelligence of his move and lay in a strong position across the River Calore, crossed only by one bridge. Charles had divided his cavalry into three "battles". The infantry and the first battle, consisting of 900 Provençals were at the front, commanded by Marshal of France Hugh of Mirepoix and Philip of Montfort, Lord of Castres. Behind them were the second battle, which consisted of 400 Italians and 1,000 men of Languedoc and central France. Charles commanded the second battle in person. Behind them, the third battle consisted of about 700 men from the county of Flanders under Constable of France Gilles II de Trasignies and Robert III of Flanders. Manfred had adopted similar dispositions. His Saracen archers were in the fore. Behind them was the first battle, 1,200 German mercenaries armed in coats of plates, commanded by his cousin Giordano d'Anglano and Galvano of Anglona. The second battle consisted of the Italian mercenaries, about 1,000, and 300 Saracen light horse, commanded by his uncle Galvano Lancia. The third battle, numbering 1,400, were the feudatories of the Kingdom, under Manfred's personal command. How many total Italians fought from both sides? Answer: Charles's side had 400 Italians. Manfred's side had 1,000 Italian mercenaries. 400 + 1,000 = 1400. So the answer is $\boxed{1400}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of Italians on Charles's side (400) and Manfred's side (1,000 Italian mercenaries) and sums them correctly based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1092_628fc601-b5ca-4a8b-8ffc-65f1544665cb

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many days took place between the elimination of hierarchy in the army and the creation of Cheka?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 4]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: On 12 November, a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917, the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917, the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many days took place between the elimination of hierarchy in the army and the creation of Cheka? Answer: The passage states that the elimination of hierarchy in the army occurred on December 16, 1917, and the Cheka was created on December 20, 1917. The 20th of December is 4 days after the 16th of December. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_200_6153eb8b-88b3-40b7-9644-129f36fde149

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1400', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Charles reached Rome in 1265, but was temporarily halted by financial embarrassments. Manfred, however, did not take the field against him until January 1266, when Charles' main army had crossed the Alps. Alarmed by desertions among his followers and fearing further treachery, Manfred sought to bring Charles to battle as swiftly as possible. Charles attempted to turn Manfred's position at Capua by a perilous crossing of the Apennines which wrecked his supply line; but Manfred had intelligence of his move and lay in a strong position across the River Calore, crossed only by one bridge. Charles had divided his cavalry into three "battles". The infantry and the first battle, consisting of 900 Provençals were at the front, commanded by Marshal of France Hugh of Mirepoix and Philip of Montfort, Lord of Castres. Behind them were the second battle, which consisted of 400 Italians and 1,000 men of Languedoc and central France. Charles commanded the second battle in person. Behind them, the third battle consisted of about 700 men from the county of Flanders under Constable of France Gilles II de Trasignies and Robert III of Flanders. Manfred had adopted similar dispositions. His Saracen archers were in the fore. Behind them was the first battle, 1,200 German mercenaries armed in coats of plates, commanded by his cousin Giordano d'Anglano and Galvano of Anglona. The second battle consisted of the Italian mercenaries, about 1,000, and 300 Saracen light horse, commanded by his uncle Galvano Lancia. The third battle, numbering 1,400, were the feudatories of the Kingdom, under Manfred's personal command. How many men in all made up Charles' cavalry? Answer: Charles' cavalry was divided into three battles. The first battle consisted of 900 Provençals. The second battle consisted of 400 Italians and 1,000 men of Languedoc and central France, totaling 400 + 1000 = 1400 men. The third battle consisted of 700 men from Flanders. The total number of men in Charles' cavalry is 900 + 1400 + 700 = 3000. So the answer is $\boxed{3000}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly calculates the total cavalry size by omitting the infantry mentioned as being part of the front contingent, which was explicitly linked to the first battle component. The question asks for the total number of men in Charles' cavalry, but the context separates infantry from the cavalry divisions described later, making the interpretation of 'cavalry' ambiguous. However, the reasoning chain makes a specific factual error by stating the first battle *consisted of* only the 900 Provençals, ignoring the preceding mention of infantry being at the front with the first battle.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

The first battle consisted of 900 Provençals.

Explanation

The text states the first battle consisted of the infantry AND the first battle (900 Provençals). The reasoning chain incorrectly assumes the 900 Provençals constitute the entirety of Charles' cavalry's first battle, ignoring the infantry component mentioned in the context.

Answer Span:

The first battle consisted of 900 Provençals.

Reference/Question Span:

The infantry and the first battle, consisting of 900 Provençals were at the front

Question #history_1092_e44f4ea8-b8b8-4b03-93b3-76456f0dc2cb

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many months before the Red Terror was started did Bolsheviks dissolve the Constituent Assembly?

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 2]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many months before the Red Terror was started did Bolsheviks dissolve the Constituent Assembly? **Answer:** The question asks the time difference in months between two events. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918. The Red Terror started in September 1918. From January 1918 to September 1918, there are 8 months (Jan-Feb-Mar-Apr-May-Jun-Jul-Aug). Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{8}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two relevant dates from the context (January 1918 for dissolution and September 1918 for the start of the Red Terror) and accurately calculates the time difference of 8 months.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1222_35c2174f-2eb4-45eb-9658-c6ebbc99ea7b

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their road loss to the Bills, the Chargers flew to Wembley Stadium for the 2008 International Series game with the New Orleans Saints. In the first quarter, San Diego trailed early as kicker Taylor Mehlhaff got a 23-yard field goal. The 'Bolts would respond with kicker Nate Kaeding getting a 33-yard field goal. In the second quarter, New Orleans regained the lead as QB Drew Brees (a former Charger) completed a 12-yard TD pass to WR Devery Henderson (with a failed PAT) and RB Deuce McAllister getting a 1-yard TD run. San Diego answered as QB Philip Rivers completed a 12-yard TD pass to RB LaDainian Tomlinson, but the Saints replied with Brees completing a 30-yard TD pass to WR Lance Moore. The Chargers closed out the half with Rivers completing a 12-yard TD pass to TE Antonio Gates. In the third quarter, New Orleans increased its lead Brees completing a 1-yard TD pass to TE Mark Campbell, after a very controversial Pass interference call on cornerback Cletis Gordon put the Saints on the 1-yard line. The 'Bolts would answer with Kaeding getting a 24-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Saints continued to build its lead as FB Mike Karney got a 1-yard TD run. San Diego tried to rally as Kaeding nailed a 31-yard field goal, Rivers completed a 14-yard TD pass to WR Vincent Jackson, and Brees giving the 'Bolts a safety via an incomplete pass thrown into the back of his own endzone. However, New Orleans' defense stiffened for the win. With the loss, the Chargers went into their bye week at 3-5. How many yards longer was Kaeding's longest field goal than Mehlhaff's longest field goal? Answer: Mehlhaff's longest field goal was 23 yards. Kaeding had field goals of 33 yards, 24 yards, and 31 yards. His longest field goal was 33 yards. The difference is 33 - 23 = 10. So the answer is $\boxed{10}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the lengths of the field goals for both kickers mentioned and accurately calculates the difference between Kaeding's longest field goal and Mehlhaff's field goal.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1883_655e44af-df8d-43f3-81d6-4516d6a9f13e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['14', 1], ['10', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Colts traveled to Denver, Colorado for an AFC conference matchup with the Denver Broncos. The game started with punts by both teams on their own opening drives. The Colts then drove down the field and scored on a 38-yard field goal by Adam Vinateri. After a defensive interception set the Colts up down field, Indianapolis was forced to kick another field goal to extend their lead to 6-0 at the end of the first quarter. The Colts offense did not stop firing with the start of the second quarter, Peyton Manning threw to Austin Collie for his first touchdown of the game and gave the Colts a 13-0 lead. With the start of the second quarter the Bronco offense came alive. However, many offensive mistakes and key plays caused Denver to get points only on a late field goal by Matt Prater. At halftime, the Indianapolis Colts held the lead of 13-3. Denver received the ball first in the second half and was able to capitalize with a touchdown drive closing the game to a three-point margin. After switching possession, the Colts were able to respond with a touchdown drive that included Blair White, who was just signed from the practice squad prior to the game. Denver then scored a field goal late in the third quarter making the game a 20-13 contest heading into the fourth quarter. After defensive stops, the Colts were able to score a touchdown on another Austin Collie reception to take a commanding 27-13. The defense was able to stop the Broncos on their next possession allowing the Colts to win 27-13, and take their second straight game of the season, improving their record to 2-1. How many points did the colts lead by? Answer: The question asks the point difference by which the Colts won. The final score was 27-13. Therefore, the Colts won by 27 - 13 = 14 points. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{14}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the final score from the context (27-13) and accurately calculates the lead difference (14 points) to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1222_f631fc80-ccc6-4f65-92a1-be1739ef8fbe

Clean

Full Question

Hoping to rebound from their road loss to the Bills, the Chargers flew to Wembley Stadium for the 2008 International Series game with the New Orleans Saints. In the first quarter, San Diego trailed early as kicker Taylor Mehlhaff got a 23-yard field goal. The 'Bolts would respond with kicker Nate Kaeding getting a 33-yard field goal. In the second quarter, New Orleans regained the lead as QB Drew Brees (a former Charger) completed a 12-yard TD pass to WR Devery Henderson (with a failed PAT) and RB Deuce McAllister getting a 1-yard TD run. San Diego answered as QB Philip Rivers completed a 12-yard TD pass to RB LaDainian Tomlinson, but the Saints replied with Brees completing a 30-yard TD pass to WR Lance Moore. The Chargers closed out the half with Rivers completing a 12-yard TD pass to TE Antonio Gates. In the third quarter, New Orleans increased its lead Brees completing a 1-yard TD pass to TE Mark Campbell, after a very controversial Pass interference call on cornerback Cletis Gordon put the Saints on the 1-yard line. The 'Bolts would answer with Kaeding getting a 24-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Saints continued to build its lead as FB Mike Karney got a 1-yard TD run. San Diego tried to rally as Kaeding nailed a 31-yard field goal, Rivers completed a 14-yard TD pass to WR Vincent Jackson, and Brees giving the 'Bolts a safety via an incomplete pass thrown into the back of his own endzone. However, New Orleans' defense stiffened for the win. With the loss, the Chargers went into their bye week at 3-5. How many more total field goal yards did Nate Kaeding make than Taylor Mehlhaff?

Ground Truth Answer

[['23', 1], ['65', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their road loss to the Bills, the Chargers flew to Wembley Stadium for the 2008 International Series game with the New Orleans Saints. In the first quarter, San Diego trailed early as kicker Taylor Mehlhaff got a 23-yard field goal. The 'Bolts would respond with kicker Nate Kaeding getting a 33-yard field goal. In the second quarter, New Orleans regained the lead as QB Drew Brees (a former Charger) completed a 12-yard TD pass to WR Devery Henderson (with a failed PAT) and RB Deuce McAllister getting a 1-yard TD run. San Diego answered as QB Philip Rivers completed a 12-yard TD pass to RB LaDainian Tomlinson, but the Saints replied with Brees completing a 30-yard TD pass to WR Lance Moore. The Chargers closed out the half with Rivers completing a 12-yard TD pass to TE Antonio Gates. In the third quarter, New Orleans increased its lead Brees completing a 1-yard TD pass to TE Mark Campbell, after a very controversial Pass interference call on cornerback Cletis Gordon put the Saints on the 1-yard line. The 'Bolts would answer with Kaeding getting a 24-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Saints continued to build its lead as FB Mike Karney got a 1-yard TD run. San Diego tried to rally as Kaeding nailed a 31-yard field goal, Rivers completed a 14-yard TD pass to WR Vincent Jackson, and Brees giving the 'Bolts a safety via an incomplete pass thrown into the back of his own endzone. However, New Orleans' defense stiffened for the win. With the loss, the Chargers went into their bye week at 3-5. How many more total field goal yards did Nate Kaeding make than Taylor Mehlhaff? Answer: Mehlhaff made a 23-yard field goal. Kaeding made a 33-yard field goal, a 24-yard field goal, and a 31-yard field goal. Kaeding's total field goal yards are 33 + 24 + 31 = 88. The difference between Kaeding's and Mehlhaff's field goal yards is 88 - 23 = 65. So the answer is $\boxed{65}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all field goals made by both kickers mentioned in the context and accurately calculates the difference in total yardage.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1092_ce7ee2ad-946e-4db5-a2b7-5de955aa97a0

Clean

Full Question

On 12 November , a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917 , the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917 , the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many mandatory candidates in total were there for the election?

Ground Truth Answer

[['84', 3], ['26', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: On 12 November, a Constituent Assembly was elected. In these elections, 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. Of these mandatory candidates, only one Bolshevik and seven Socialist Revolutionary delegates were women. The outcome of the election gave the majority to the Socialist Revolutionary Party, which no longer existed as a full party by that time, as the Left SR Party was in coalition with the Bolsheviks. The Bolsheviks dissolved the Constituent Assembly in January 1918, when it came into conflict with the Soviets. On 16 December 1917, the government ventured to eliminate hierarchy in the army, removing all titles, ranks, and uniform decorations. The tradition of saluting was also eliminated. On 20 December 1917, the Cheka was created by the decree of Vladimir Lenin. These were the beginnings of the Bolsheviks' consolidation of power over their political opponents. The Red Terror was started in September 1918, following a failed assassination attempt on Lenin's life. The Jacobin Terror was an example for the Soviet Bolsheviks. Leon Trotsky had compared Lenin to Maximilien Robespierre as early as 1904. The Decree on Land ratified the actions of the peasants who throughout Russia gained private land and redistributed it among themselves. The Bolsheviks viewed themselves as representing an alliance of workers and peasants and memorialized that understanding with the Hammer and Sickle on the flag and coat of arms of the Soviet Union.Other decrees: How many mandatory candidates in total were there for the election? Answer: The question asks for the total number of mandatory candidates. 26 mandatory delegates were proposed by the Bolshevik Central Committee, and 58 were proposed by the Socialist Revolutionaries. 26 + 58 = 84. Thus, there were a total of 84 mandatory candidates. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{84}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant numbers from the context (26 and 58) and accurately calculates the total number of mandatory candidates (84) as requested by the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1883_585c3a26-c4aa-42f2-9aaf-ad69fe92a608

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['38', 1]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** The Colts traveled to Denver, Colorado for an AFC conference matchup with the Denver Broncos. The game started with punts by both teams on their own opening drives. The Colts then drove down the field and scored on a 38-yard field goal by Adam Vinateri. After a defensive interception set the Colts up down field, Indianapolis was forced to kick another field goal to extend their lead to 6-0 at the end of the first quarter. The Colts offense did not stop firing with the start of the second quarter, Peyton Manning threw to Austin Collie for his first touchdown of the game and gave the Colts a 13-0 lead. With the start of the second quarter the Bronco offense came alive. However, many offensive mistakes and key plays caused Denver to get points only on a late field goal by Matt Prater. At halftime, the Indianapolis Colts held the lead of 13-3. Denver received the ball first in the second half and was able to capitalize with a touchdown drive closing the game to a three-point margin. After switching possession, the Colts were able to respond with a touchdown drive that included Blair White, who was just signed from the practice squad prior to the game. Denver then scored a field goal late in the third quarter making the game a 20-13 contest heading into the fourth quarter. After defensive stops, the Colts were able to score a touchdown on another Austin Collie reception to take a commanding 27-13. The defense was able to stop the Broncos on their next possession allowing the Colts to win 27-13, and take their second straight game of the season, improving their record to 2-1. how many yards did the colds have **Answer:** The question asks for the total yards the Colts had, but the passage *does not provide this information*. The passage mentions a 38-yard field goal and several touchdowns (at least two by Austin Collie), but it does not state the total yards gained by the Colts. Therefore, the answer cannot be determined from the given text. \boxed{Cannot be determined}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies that the total yardage for the Colts is not provided in the source text, which is an accurate assessment based on the context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_270c5a01-4971-498a-a1e8-08a6b13264aa

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many years were there between the siege of Herceg Novi and Venice taking Vrgorac? Answer: The passage states that the siege of Herceg Novi started on 1 September 1687. Venice took Vrgorac on 26 November 1690. From September 1687 to September 1690 is 3 years. From September 1690 to November 1690 is another two months, less than a year. Therefore, there were 3 years between the siege of Herceg Novi and Venice taking Vrgorac. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{3}$

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant dates from the text and calculates the time difference accurately based on those dates.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_71446d50-bab4-42a8-b8b5-ba3e4cf99035

Clean

Full Question

In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many areas north of the Republic of Ragusa did Venice take over in 1694?

Ground Truth Answer

[['7', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many areas north of the Republic of Ragusa did Venice take over in 1694? Answer: The passage states that in 1694 Venice took areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. Counting these areas, we have: Čitluk (1), Gabela (2), Zažablje (3), Trebinje (4), Popovo (5), Klobuk (6) and Metković (7). Thus, Venice took over 7 areas north of the Republic of Ragusa in 1694. So the answer is $\boxed{7}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain accurately extracts the list of areas taken in 1694 and correctly counts them based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1459_c2115e30-fe10-428d-8e9f-81765a5feec6

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['6000', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Spanish engaged in a strategy of concentrating native populations in newly founded colonial towns, or reducciones. Native resistance to the new nucleated settlements took the form of the flight of the indigenous inhabitants into inaccessible regions such as the forest or joining neighbouring Maya groups that had not yet submitted to the Spanish. Those that remained behind in the reducciones often fell victim to contagious diseases. An example of the effect on populations of this strategy is the province of Acalan, which occupied an area spanning southern Campeche and eastern Tabasco. When Hernán Cortés passed through Acalan in 1525 he estimated the population size as at least 10,000. In 1553 the population was recorded at around 4,000. In 1557 the population was forcibly moved to Tixchel on the Gulf coast, so as to be more easily accessible to the Spanish authorities. In 1561 the Spanish recorded only 250 tribute-paying inhabitants of Tixchel, which probably had a total population of about 1,100. This indicates a 90% drop in population over a 36-year span. Some of the inhabitants had fled Tixchel for the forest, while others had succumbed to disease, malnutrition and inadequate housing in the Spanish reducción. Coastal reducciones, while convenient for Spanish administration, were vulnerable to pirate attacks; in the case of Tixchel, pirate attacks and contagious European diseases led to the eradication of the reducción town and the extinction of the Chontal Maya of Campeche. Among the Maya, ambush was a favoured tactic. How many more people lived in Acalan in 1525 compared to 1553? Answer: The passage states that in 1525, the population of Acalan was estimated to be at least 10,000. In 1553, the population was around 4,000. The difference between these two populations is 10,000 - 4,000 = 6,000. Therefore, there were 6,000 more people in Acalan in 1525 compared to 1553. So the answer is $\boxed{6000}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary population figures from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1222_a4186127-63c5-47dd-843f-50376c361520

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their road loss to the Bills, the Chargers flew to Wembley Stadium for the 2008 International Series game with the New Orleans Saints. In the first quarter, San Diego trailed early as kicker Taylor Mehlhaff got a 23-yard field goal. The 'Bolts would respond with kicker Nate Kaeding getting a 33-yard field goal. In the second quarter, New Orleans regained the lead as QB Drew Brees (a former Charger) completed a 12-yard TD pass to WR Devery Henderson (with a failed PAT) and RB Deuce McAllister getting a 1-yard TD run. San Diego answered as QB Philip Rivers completed a 12-yard TD pass to RB LaDainian Tomlinson, but the Saints replied with Brees completing a 30-yard TD pass to WR Lance Moore. The Chargers closed out the half with Rivers completing a 12-yard TD pass to TE Antonio Gates. In the third quarter, New Orleans increased its lead Brees completing a 1-yard TD pass to TE Mark Campbell, after a very controversial Pass interference call on cornerback Cletis Gordon put the Saints on the 1-yard line. The 'Bolts would answer with Kaeding getting a 24-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Saints continued to build its lead as FB Mike Karney got a 1-yard TD run. San Diego tried to rally as Kaeding nailed a 31-yard field goal, Rivers completed a 14-yard TD pass to WR Vincent Jackson, and Brees giving the 'Bolts a safety via an incomplete pass thrown into the back of his own endzone. However, New Orleans' defense stiffened for the win. With the loss, the Chargers went into their bye week at 3-5. How many more field goals did Kaeding make than Mehlhaff? Answer: Mehlhaff made 1 field goal. Kaeding made 3 field goals. 3 - 1 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the number of field goals made by each kicker based on the text and calculates the difference accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_1236769b-479b-4adc-bf2c-cbbc25733cc9

Clean

Full Question

In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many cities did Ottomon attack to retaliate for Polijica?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many cities did Ottomon attack to retaliate for Polijica? Answer: The passage states that the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje in June 1685, and Dolac and Srijane in July 1686 to retaliate against Poljica. Zadvarje is one city. Dolac and Srijane are two cities. Therefore, the Ottomans attacked 1 + 2 = 3 cities. So the answer is $\boxed{3}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain accurately identifies the cities attacked by the Ottomans in retaliation for Poljica based solely on the provided text and correctly sums the count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_194_bdcc289c-0316-4dfa-81e9-e36e777b9a28

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their blowout road loss to the Jaguars, the Colts went home for a Monday Night Football matchup with the Cincinnati Bengals. In the first quarter, Indianapolis struck first with K Adam Vinatieri nailing a 30-yard field goal. The Bengals would respond with K Shayne Graham converting a 27-yard field goal. In the second quarter, the Colts began their breakout with QB Peyton Manning completing a 4-yard touchdown pass to WR Marvin Harrison. Harrison would end up catching three touchdown passes in this game. Even though Cincinnati responded with 12-yard touchdown run by RB Rudi Johnson, Indianapolis responded with Manning completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to Harrison. In the third quarter, the Bengals converted another field goal, and the Colts continued their power with Manning completing another touchdown pass to Marvin Harrison. Afterwards, Manning would complete another touchdown pass, this one an 18-yarder to WR Reggie Wayne. In the fourth quarter, the Bengals' only response was another field goal. After that last field goal by Shayne Graham, Adam Vinatieri responded with a 44-yard field goal to close out the game. With the win, the Colts improved to 11-3. Colts QB Peyton Manning finished the game 29 of 36 for 282 yards with four touchdowns and no interceptions, while Bengals QB Carson Palmer was 14 of 28 for 176 passing yards. Palmer also fumbled the football four times in this game. Colts DE Dwight Freeney forced three fumbles in the game and also had three sacks on Carson Palmer. How many touchdowns did Marvin Harrison score in the second quarter? Answer: According to the passage, in the second quarter, Manning completed a 4-yard touchdown pass to Harrison. Later in the same quarter, Manning completed a 3-yard touchdown pass to Harrison. So, one + one = two. Marvin Harrison scored two touchdowns in the second quarter. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain accurately identifies the two touchdowns scored by Marvin Harrison in the second quarter based directly on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_22c82b78-75f9-46a0-a9f8-b070e15b0960

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['30', 1], ['29', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many days did the siege of Herceg Novi last? Answer: The passage states that the siege of Herceg Novi began on September 1, 1687 and ended on September 30, 1687. From the 1st to the 30th of the same month is 30 - 1 = 29 days plus the 1st is 29 + 1 = 30 days. Therefore, the siege lasted 30 days. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{30}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly extracts the start and end dates for the siege of Herceg Novi and accurately calculates the duration based on those dates.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_194_cb558cfc-9787-452a-91f7-2ff9c865f238

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their blowout road loss to the Jaguars, the Colts went home for a Monday Night Football matchup with the Cincinnati Bengals. In the first quarter, Indianapolis struck first with K Adam Vinatieri nailing a 30-yard field goal. The Bengals would respond with K Shayne Graham converting a 27-yard field goal. In the second quarter, the Colts began their breakout with QB Peyton Manning completing a 4-yard touchdown pass to WR Marvin Harrison. Harrison would end up catching three touchdown passes in this game. Even though Cincinnati responded with 12-yard touchdown run by RB Rudi Johnson, Indianapolis responded with Manning completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to Harrison. In the third quarter, the Bengals converted another field goal, and the Colts continued their power with Manning completing another touchdown pass to Marvin Harrison. Afterwards, Manning would complete another touchdown pass, this one an 18-yarder to WR Reggie Wayne. In the fourth quarter, the Bengals' only response was another field goal. After that last field goal by Shayne Graham, Adam Vinatieri responded with a 44-yard field goal to close out the game. With the win, the Colts improved to 11-3. Colts QB Peyton Manning finished the game 29 of 36 for 282 yards with four touchdowns and no interceptions, while Bengals QB Carson Palmer was 14 of 28 for 176 passing yards. Palmer also fumbled the football four times in this game. Colts DE Dwight Freeney forced three fumbles in the game and also had three sacks on Carson Palmer. How many field goals over 40 yards did Adam Vinatieri kick? Answer: Adam Vinatieri kicked a 30-yard field goal and a 44-yard field goal. Only the 44-yard field goal was over 40 yards. Therefore, Adam Vinatieri kicked one field goal over 40 yards. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain accurately identifies the field goals kicked by Adam Vinatieri and correctly determines how many of them exceeded 40 yards based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_194_870a66da-55ab-48c6-870a-7e3abac88339

2 issues

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['5', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Hoping to rebound from their blowout road loss to the Jaguars, the Colts went home for a Monday Night Football matchup with the Cincinnati Bengals. In the first quarter, Indianapolis struck first with K Adam Vinatieri nailing a 30-yard field goal. The Bengals would respond with K Shayne Graham converting a 27-yard field goal. In the second quarter, the Colts began their breakout with QB Peyton Manning completing a 4-yard touchdown pass to WR Marvin Harrison. Harrison would end up catching three touchdown passes in this game. Even though Cincinnati responded with 12-yard touchdown run by RB Rudi Johnson, Indianapolis responded with Manning completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to Harrison. In the third quarter, the Bengals converted another field goal, and the Colts continued their power with Manning completing another touchdown pass to Marvin Harrison. Afterwards, Manning would complete another touchdown pass, this one an 18-yarder to WR Reggie Wayne. In the fourth quarter, the Bengals' only response was another field goal. After that last field goal by Shayne Graham, Adam Vinatieri responded with a 44-yard field goal to close out the game. With the win, the Colts improved to 11-3. Colts QB Peyton Manning finished the game 29 of 36 for 282 yards with four touchdowns and no interceptions, while Bengals QB Carson Palmer was 14 of 28 for 176 passing yards. Palmer also fumbled the football four times in this game. Colts DE Dwight Freeney forced three fumbles in the game and also had three sacks on Carson Palmer. How many field goals were kicked in total by both teams? Answer: Adam Vinatieri kicked one field goal in the first quarter and one in the fourth quarter, for a total of 1 + 1 = 2 field goals. Shayne Graham kicked one field goal in the first quarter, one in the third quarter, and one in the fourth quarter. That's 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 field goals. The total number of field goals kicked by both teams is 2 + 3 = 5. So the answer is $\boxed{5}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of field goals kicked by both teams (2 by Colts, 3 by Bengals) resulting in a total of 5. All claims about the number of kicks align with the explicit and strongly implied facts in the source text.

Detected Issues (2)

contradiction low

Statement

Shayne Graham kicked one field goal in the first quarter, one in the third quarter, and one in the fourth quarter.

Explanation

The context states Shayne Graham kicked a 27-yard field goal in the first quarter and the Bengals' only response in the fourth quarter was another field goal (kicked by Graham, as Vinatieri responded after that). The context does not mention a field goal by Graham in the third quarter. The third quarter mentions the Bengals converted *another* field goal, but the preceding sentence mentions the Colts scoring, and the following sentence mentions Manning completing another TD pass. The context only explicitly mentions one FG for the Bengals in the third quarter (implied by 'the Bengals converted another field goal' after the Colts scored, but the text is slightly ambiguous about *when* the Bengals' third quarter FG occurred relative to the Colts' scoring drive, but it definitely doesn't state Graham kicked one *in* the third quarter and one *in* the fourth quarter, only that the Bengals had one response in the fourth quarter (a FG). Reviewing the text: 1st Q: Colts FG, Bengals FG. 3rd Q: Bengals converted another field goal. 4th Q: Bengals' only response was another field goal. This implies 2 FGs for the Bengals after the 2nd Q. The text states Graham kicked one in the 1st Q. The text states Vinatieri kicked one in the 4th Q *after* the last Bengals FG. This means the Bengals had 3 FGs total (1st Q, 3rd Q, 4th Q). The reasoning claims Graham kicked one in the 1st, 3rd, and 4th quarters, totaling 3. The context supports 3 Bengals FGs total, but the reasoning incorrectly assigns the 4th quarter FG to Graham when the context implies the 4th quarter FG sequence was: Bengals FG, then Vinatieri FG. If the Bengals had 3 FGs total, and Graham kicked the 1st Q FG, then Graham must have kicked the 3rd Q FG and the 4th Q FG. However, the reasoning explicitly states Graham kicked one in the 4th quarter, which contradicts the sequence where Vinatieri responded *after* the last Bengals FG in the 4th quarter, implying the last FG was the Bengals' final score before Vinatieri's response. Let's re-read the 4th quarter: 'In the fourth quarter, the Bengals' only response was another field goal. After that last field goal by Shayne Graham, Adam Vinatieri responded with a 44-yard field goal to close out the game.' This explicitly states the Bengals' last FG was kicked by Shayne Graham. Therefore, Graham kicked the 1st Q FG, the 3rd Q FG, and the 4th Q FG. The reasoning states Graham kicked one in the 1st, 3rd, and 4th quarters (3 total). This seems factually correct based on the text. Let's re-evaluate the Colts' FGs. Vinatieri kicked one in the 1st quarter (30-yard) and one in the 4th quarter (44-yard). The reasoning states Vinatieri kicked 2 total. This is correct (1+1=2). Total FGs = 5. The reasoning seems entirely correct based on the text: Colts FGs = 2 (Vinatieri 1st Q, Vinatieri 4th Q). Bengals FGs = 3 (Graham 1st Q, Graham 3rd Q, Graham 4th Q). Total = 5. I must have misread the initial assessment. Let's check for contradictions again. The reasoning states: 'Shayne Graham kicked one field goal in the first quarter, one in the third quarter, and one in the fourth quarter.' Context: 1st Q: Graham converts 27-yard FG. 3rd Q: Bengals converted another field goal. 4th Q: Bengals' only response was another field goal. After that last field goal by Shayne Graham... This confirms Graham kicked 3 FGs. The reasoning is factually supported.

Answer Span:

Shayne Graham kicked one field goal in the first quarter, one in the third quarter, and one in the fourth quarter.

Reference/Question Span:

The Bengals would respond with K Shayne Graham converting a 27-yard field goal. . . In the third quarter, the Bengals converted another field goal. . . In the fourth quarter, the Bengals' only response was another field goal. After that last field goal by Shayne Graham

missing_context low

Statement

Shayne Graham kicked one field goal in the first quarter, one in the third quarter, and one in the fourth quarter.

Explanation

The context states the Bengals converted a field goal in the third quarter ('the Bengals converted another field goal'), but it does not explicitly state that Shayne Graham kicked it, although it is strongly implied since he kicked the other two Bengals FGs mentioned. The reasoning asserts this as a fact without direct textual support for the 3rd quarter kick being Graham's, although the final sentence implies he kicked the last one. However, the most significant missing context is that the reasoning fails to mention the *specific* field goals mentioned for the Bengals (27-yard in Q1, 'another' in Q3, and the final one in Q4) and instead just counts them, which is acceptable, but the assignment of the 3rd quarter kick to Graham is an inference, not explicitly stated, though highly likely. Upon closer inspection, the reasoning is actually correct based on the explicit mention of Graham kicking the last FG in Q4, and the initial mention of him kicking the Q1 FG, meaning he must have kicked the Q3 FG as well to reach 3 total Bengals FGs. Therefore, this statement is factually supported by combining explicit mentions.

Answer Span:

Shayne Graham kicked one field goal in the first quarter, one in the third quarter, and one in the fourth quarter.

Reference/Question Span:

Question #nfl_1207_02d055e6-1c58-415f-8c47-62955b98f064

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Willie Parker missed his fourth game due to a knee injury. Santonio Holmes also missed the game after a "small quantity of marijuana" was found in his car and the team placed him on the inactive list. Mewelde Moore opened up the game's scoring with a 32-yard touchdown run on the Steelers opening drive. The 5-1 New York Giants responded with a field goal on the ensuing drive. Pittsburgh stopped the Giants on four consecutive plays from inside the Steelers 2-yard line to force a turnover on downs. But were unable to score when two Ben Roethlisberger interceptions and a punt lead to two more field goals in the second quarter for the Giants. At 10:10 of the third quarter Roethlisberger completed a 65-yard touchdown pass to Nate Washington to give the Steelers a 14-9 lead. Later in the quarter, a Steelers 53-yard touchdown pass was negated due to a holding penalty and Pittsburgh was forced to punt. In the final quarter Pittsburgh kept New York out of the end zone on three plays inside the 10-yard line, however, the Giants connected on a field goal to bring the Giants to within two points. On the next drive, James Harrison—who was called in to replace injured long snapper Greg Warren—snapped the ball out of the end zone to give the Giants a safety and tie the game. The Giants drove after receiving the safety's kickoff to score a touchdown—taking a 21-14 lead with 3:07 remaining. Pittsburgh was unable to convert on their final two drives, as Roethlisberger threw his fourth interception of the day. How many interceptions did Ben Roethlisberger have? Answer: The passage mentions that Roethlisberger threw two interceptions in the second quarter. Later, it states that he threw his fourth interception of the day. This implies that he threw a total of 4 interceptions. So the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly synthesizes the information provided in the text to arrive at the total number of interceptions thrown by Ben Roethlisberger.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1340_8293caf0-5c95-44ef-8c22-11ad5fd7595e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the course of the Lutheran Reformation numerous Imperial States had adopted the new confession, against the opposition of the ruling Catholic House of Habsburg, who recognised these conversions as a quest for increasing autonomy to the detriment of the central Imperial authority. At the 1521 Diet of Worms Emperor Charles V had Martin Luther banned and the proliferation of his writings prohibited, which in 1529 provoked the Protestation at Speyer by several Lutheran estates. The tensions culminated to an open conflict over the Lutheran Augsburg Confession of 1530, the Apology of which, written by Philipp Melanchthon, was rejected by the Emperor. In turn several Lutheran states led by Elector John Frederick I of Saxony and Landgrave Philip I of Hesse met at the town of Schmalkalden, where they established the Schmalkaldic League in 1531. In 1544 Charles V returned to Germany from the Italian War after he had signed the Treaty of Crépy and began to forge alliances not only with Pope Paul III but also with Lutheran princes, foremost with Duke Maurice of Saxony, the Albertine cousin of Saxon Elector John Frederick I. In view of the Emperor's preparations for battle, the Schmalkaldic leaders on 4 July 1546 gathered at Ichtershausen and agreed that a preventive strike would be advisable, as long as Charles V had not concentrated a significant amount of mercenaries. The Emperor gathered an army of around 52,000 men for his campaign, that was to start on the Danube. How many years after the Protestation at Speyer did the Lutheran Augsburg Confession take place? Answer: The Protestation at Speyer took place in 1529. The Lutheran Augsburg Confession took place in 1530. 1530 - 1529 = 1. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates for the Protestation at Speyer (1529) and the Lutheran Augsburg Confession (1530) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1042_8d1d1067-668e-47c9-9c68-4047b59b178b

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1], ['11', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success. In the 1685 attempt, the Venetian armies were aided by the local militia of the Republic of Poljica, who thereby rebelled against their nominal Ottoman suzerainty that had existed since 1513. In an effort to retaliate to Poljica, in June 1685, the Ottomans attacked Zadvarje, and in July 1686 Dolac and Srijane, but were pushed back, and suffered major casualties. With the help of the local population of Poljica as well as the Morlachs, the fortress of Sinj finally fell to the Venetian army on 30 September 1686. On 1 September 1687 the siege of Herceg Novi started, and ended with a Venetian victory on 30 September. Knin was taken after a twelve-day siege on 11 September 1688. The capture of the Knin Fortress marked the end of the successful Venetian campaign to expand their territory in inland Dalmatia, and it also determined much of the final border between Dalmatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina that stands today. The Ottomans would besiege Sinj again in the Second Morean War, but would be repelled. On 26 November 1690, Venice took Vrgorac, which opened the route towards Imotski and Mostar. In 1694 they managed to take areas north of the Republic of Ragusa, namely Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković. In the final peace treaty, Venice did relinquish the areas of Popovo polje as well as Klek and Sutorina, to maintain the pre-existing demarcation near Ragusa. How many cities did Venice try to take? Answer: Venice attempted to take the following cities: Sinj Herceg Novi Knin Vrgorac Čitluk, Gabela, Zažablje, Trebinje, Popovo, Klobuk and Metković (7 cities in this area) Total number of cities Venice tried to take: 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 7 = 11. So the answer is $\boxed{11}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly assumes that every city mentioned in connection with a siege or capture was a distinct 'attempt' to take a city, leading to an inflated count. Crucially, it fails to address the ambiguity of the question ('How many cities did Venice try to take?') against the provided text, which lists specific sieges/captures but doesn't provide a definitive count of *attempts* versus *successful captures* for all locations. The reasoning chain also misses the fact that the text mentions the Ottomans besieging Sinj later, which is irrelevant to Venice's attempts, but the primary error is the failure to properly interpret the scope of 'tried to take' based on the provided text structure.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

Sinj

Explanation

The reasoning chain lists Sinj as a city Venice *tried* to take, but the context specifies Venice *besieged* Sinj multiple times. The question asks how many cities Venice *tried to take*. While besieging implies trying to take, the reasoning chain fails to account for the fact that the text only explicitly mentions Venice *trying* to take the cities listed later in the text (Vrgorac, the area north of Ragusa, etc.) or the ones they successfully took after initial failures (Sinj, Herceg Novi, Knin). More critically, the reasoning chain does not distinguish between attempts and successes, and it fails to account for the fact that the text only lists *successful* attempts or specific sieges, not a comprehensive list of *all* attempts.

Answer Span:

Sinj

Reference/Question Span:

In the Morean War, the Republic of Venice besieged Sinj in October 1684 and then again March and April 1685, but both times without success.

Question #history_1340_8cc1ddae-fc57-452f-8bc9-e5f03b5b2146

Clean

Full Question

In the course of the Lutheran Reformation numerous Imperial States had adopted the new confession, against the opposition of the ruling Catholic House of Habsburg, who recognised these conversions as a quest for increasing autonomy to the detriment of the central Imperial authority. At the 1521 Diet of Worms Emperor Charles V had Martin Luther banned and the proliferation of his writings prohibited, which in 1529 provoked the Protestation at Speyer by several Lutheran estates. The tensions culminated to an open conflict over the Lutheran Augsburg Confession of 1530, the Apology of which, written by Philipp Melanchthon, was rejected by the Emperor. In turn several Lutheran states led by Elector John Frederick I of Saxony and Landgrave Philip I of Hesse met at the town of Schmalkalden, where they established the Schmalkaldic League in 1531. In 1544 Charles V returned to Germany from the Italian War after he had signed the Treaty of Crépy and began to forge alliances not only with Pope Paul III but also with Lutheran princes, foremost with Duke Maurice of Saxony, the Albertine cousin of Saxon Elector John Frederick I. In view of the Emperor's preparations for battle, the Schmalkaldic leaders on 4 July 1546 gathered at Ichtershausen and agreed that a preventive strike would be advisable, as long as Charles V had not concentrated a significant amount of mercenaries. The Emperor gathered an army of around 52,000 men for his campaign, that was to start on the Danube. How many years did it take to sign the Treaty of Crépy after the Lutheran Augsburg Confession?

Ground Truth Answer

[['14', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In the course of the Lutheran Reformation numerous Imperial States had adopted the new confession, against the opposition of the ruling Catholic House of Habsburg, who recognised these conversions as a quest for increasing autonomy to the detriment of the central Imperial authority. At the 1521 Diet of Worms Emperor Charles V had Martin Luther banned and the proliferation of his writings prohibited, which in 1529 provoked the Protestation at Speyer by several Lutheran estates. The tensions culminated to an open conflict over the Lutheran Augsburg Confession of 1530, the Apology of which, written by Philipp Melanchthon, was rejected by the Emperor. In turn several Lutheran states led by Elector John Frederick I of Saxony and Landgrave Philip I of Hesse met at the town of Schmalkalden, where they established the Schmalkaldic League in 1531. In 1544 Charles V returned to Germany from the Italian War after he had signed the Treaty of Crépy and began to forge alliances not only with Pope Paul III but also with Lutheran princes, foremost with Duke Maurice of Saxony, the Albertine cousin of Saxon Elector John Frederick I. In view of the Emperor's preparations for battle, the Schmalkaldic leaders on 4 July 1546 gathered at Ichtershausen and agreed that a preventive strike would be advisable, as long as Charles V had not concentrated a significant amount of mercenaries. The Emperor gathered an army of around 52,000 men for his campaign, that was to start on the Danube. How many years did it take to sign the Treaty of Crépy after the Lutheran Augsburg Confession? Answer: The Lutheran Augsburg Confession was presented in 1530. The Treaty of Crépy was signed in 1544. The time elapsed between these two events is 1544 - 1530 = 14. So the answer is $\boxed{14}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates for the Augsburg Confession (1530) and the Treaty of Crépy (1544) from the context and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1151_5085088f-14c6-4522-8255-a3d78a629066

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Conference of Ambassadors drew the first demarcation line on June 18. The line, drawn about 5 km west of the Warsaw - Saint Petersburg Railway, was based on the military situation on the ground rather than ethnic composition. Neither Poles nor Lithuanians were content with the line. The Polish Ministry of Foreign Affairs rejected the line as it would require the Polish forces to retreat up to 35 km . The Lithuanians protested leaving Vilnius and Hrodna under Polish control. As German volunteers were departing from Lithuania and Lithuanian forces were preoccupied with battles against the Soviets in northern Lithuania, Poland mounted an offensive on 100 km wide front moving 20-30 km deeper into the Lithuanian territory. On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26. The Lithuanians were informed about the new line only on August 3. Two major modifications favorable to the Poles were made: the Suwałki Region was assigned to Poland and the entire line was moved about 7 km west. Again, both Poles and Lithuanians protested the line as it would require them to withdraw their armies from the Vilnius and Suwałki Regions respectively. German administration, which had not yet retreated from the Suwałki Region, also opposed the Foch Line. The new line did not immediately halt the hostilities. After a couple of Polish attacks on July 29 and August 2, the front stabilized. How many days did it take after approval of the Foch Line for the Lithuanians to be informed about it? Answer: The Foch Line was approved on July 26. The Lithuanians were informed on August 3. From July 26th to August 3rd, there are 8 days (27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 1, 2, 3). So the answer is $\boxed{8}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the approval date (July 26) and the notification date (August 3) from the text and accurately calculates the number of days between them.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1262_904ccf30-1b74-4bd6-9682-6b7be3114fff

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Shang Zhixin was forced to commit suicide in 1680; of his thirty six brothers four were executed when he committed suicide while the rest of his family was allowed to live. Geng Jingzhong was executed; his brother Geng Juzhong 耿聚忠 was in Beijing with the Qing court with the Kangxi Emperor during the rebellion and was not punished for his brother's revolt. Geng Juzhong died of natural causes in 1687. Several Ming princes had accompanied Koxinga to Taiwan in 1661-1662, including the Prince of Ningjing Zhu Shugui and Prince Zhu Honghuan , son of Zhu Yihai. The Qing sent the 17 Ming princes still living on Taiwan back to mainland China where they spent the rest of their lives in exile since their lives were spared from execution. In 1685, the Qing used former Ming loyalist Han Chinese naval specialists who had served under the Zheng family in Taiwan in the siege of Albazin. Former Ming loyalist Han Chinese troops who had served under Zheng Chenggong and who specialized at fighting with rattan shields and swords 藤牌营 were recommended to the Kangxi Emperor to reinforce Albazin against the Russians. Kangxi was impressed by a demonstration of their techniques and ordered 500 of them to defend Albazin, under Ho Yu, a former Koxinga follower, and Lin Hsing-chu, a former General of Wu Sangui. These rattan shield troops did not suffer a single casualty when they defeated and cut down Russian forces traveling by rafts on the river, only using the rattan shields and swords while fighting naked. How many years did several Ming princes accompanied Koxinga Tawain? Answer: The passage states that several Ming princes accompanied Koxinga to Taiwan in 1661-1662. This means they were there for one to two years. So the answer is $\boxed{1-2}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant dates (1661-1662) but incorrectly assumes this date range represents the duration of accompaniment, leading to a flawed calculation (1-2 years) for a question that asks 'How many years' based on the provided text, which does not explicitly state the duration.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

This means they were there for one to two years.

Explanation

The question asks 'How many years did several Ming princes accompanied Koxinga Tawain?', implying a duration or period. The context only states the *time frame* they accompanied him (1661-1662), not the duration of their stay or how long they accompanied him. The reasoning incorrectly interprets the date range as the duration of accompaniment.

Answer Span:

This means they were there for one to two years.

Reference/Question Span:

How many years did several Ming princes accompanied Koxinga Tawain?

Question #history_1151_eaa88ab7-e8f6-4038-8918-c9a13d6c5256

Clean

Full Question

The Conference of Ambassadors drew the first demarcation line on June 18. The line, drawn about 5 km west of the Warsaw - Saint Petersburg Railway, was based on the military situation on the ground rather than ethnic composition. Neither Poles nor Lithuanians were content with the line. The Polish Ministry of Foreign Affairs rejected the line as it would require the Polish forces to retreat up to 35 km . The Lithuanians protested leaving Vilnius and Hrodna under Polish control. As German volunteers were departing from Lithuania and Lithuanian forces were preoccupied with battles against the Soviets in northern Lithuania, Poland mounted an offensive on 100 km wide front moving 20-30 km deeper into the Lithuanian territory. On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26. The Lithuanians were informed about the new line only on August 3. Two major modifications favorable to the Poles were made: the Suwałki Region was assigned to Poland and the entire line was moved about 7 km west. Again, both Poles and Lithuanians protested the line as it would require them to withdraw their armies from the Vilnius and Suwałki Regions respectively. German administration, which had not yet retreated from the Suwałki Region, also opposed the Foch Line. The new line did not immediately halt the hostilities. After a couple of Polish attacks on July 29 and August 2, the front stabilized. How many days after Foch's proposal was it approved by the Entente?

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Conference of Ambassadors drew the first demarcation line on June 18. The line, drawn about 5 km west of the Warsaw - Saint Petersburg Railway, was based on the military situation on the ground rather than ethnic composition. Neither Poles nor Lithuanians were content with the line. The Polish Ministry of Foreign Affairs rejected the line as it would require the Polish forces to retreat up to 35 km . The Lithuanians protested leaving Vilnius and Hrodna under Polish control. As German volunteers were departing from Lithuania and Lithuanian forces were preoccupied with battles against the Soviets in northern Lithuania, Poland mounted an offensive on 100 km wide front moving 20-30 km deeper into the Lithuanian territory. On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26. The Lithuanians were informed about the new line only on August 3. Two major modifications favorable to the Poles were made: the Suwałki Region was assigned to Poland and the entire line was moved about 7 km west. Again, both Poles and Lithuanians protested the line as it would require them to withdraw their armies from the Vilnius and Suwałki Regions respectively. German administration, which had not yet retreated from the Suwałki Region, also opposed the Foch Line. The new line did not immediately halt the hostilities. After a couple of Polish attacks on July 29 and August 2, the front stabilized. How many days after Foch's proposal was it approved by the Entente? Answer: The passage states that Foch proposed the demarcation line on July 18. The Entente approved it on July 26. July 26 - July 18 = 8. So the answer is $\boxed{8}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates of Foch's proposal (July 18) and the Entente's approval (July 26) from the text and accurately calculates the difference (8 days) to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1151_dbf61567-8597-4d2c-a79a-64066c33f5af

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Conference of Ambassadors drew the first demarcation line on June 18. The line, drawn about 5 km west of the Warsaw - Saint Petersburg Railway, was based on the military situation on the ground rather than ethnic composition. Neither Poles nor Lithuanians were content with the line. The Polish Ministry of Foreign Affairs rejected the line as it would require the Polish forces to retreat up to 35 km . The Lithuanians protested leaving Vilnius and Hrodna under Polish control. As German volunteers were departing from Lithuania and Lithuanian forces were preoccupied with battles against the Soviets in northern Lithuania, Poland mounted an offensive on 100 km wide front moving 20-30 km deeper into the Lithuanian territory. On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26. The Lithuanians were informed about the new line only on August 3. Two major modifications favorable to the Poles were made: the Suwałki Region was assigned to Poland and the entire line was moved about 7 km west. Again, both Poles and Lithuanians protested the line as it would require them to withdraw their armies from the Vilnius and Suwałki Regions respectively. German administration, which had not yet retreated from the Suwałki Region, also opposed the Foch Line. The new line did not immediately halt the hostilities. After a couple of Polish attacks on July 29 and August 2, the front stabilized. How many days did it take the Ente to approve the Foch Line? Answer: The Foch line was proposed on July 18. The Entente approved the Foch Line on July 26. Therefore, it took 26 - 18 = 8 days for approval. So the answer is $\boxed{8}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the proposal date (July 18) and the approval date (July 26) from the context and accurately calculates the duration between these two dates as 8 days, which directly answers the question.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context low

Statement

Therefore, it took 26 - 18 = 8 days for approval.

Explanation

The calculation incorrectly assumes the approval time is the difference between the proposal date (July 18) and the approval date (July 26). The question asks how many days it took the Entente to approve the Foch Line, and the context states the line was proposed on July 18 and approved on July 26. The calculation should count the days *between* these dates, inclusive of the end date if counting days elapsed, or simply calculate the difference. However, the critical missing context is that the question asks for the time taken for *approval* after proposal, and the calculation uses the proposal date (July 18) as the start, which is plausible, but the reasoning chain fails to account for the fact that the approval date (July 26) is the date of approval, not the day *after* approval. More importantly, the reasoning chain uses the proposal date (July 18) as the starting point for the subtraction, which is a common way to calculate duration, but the context states the Lithuanians were informed on August 3, which is irrelevant to the approval time. The core issue is that the calculation $26 - 18 = 8$ is a direct subtraction of dates, which yields the number of days *elapsed* between the two dates (July 19 through July 26 inclusive, or 7 full days elapsed plus the start day). If we count the days from July 18 to July 26 inclusive, it is 9 days (18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26). If we count the duration, it is 8 days (July 19 to July 26). The reasoning chain presents the calculation $26 - 18 = 8$ as the number of days for approval, which is mathematically correct for the difference between the dates, but the reasoning chain ignores the actual dates provided in the context for the calculation, which is the core information needed. The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates but the calculation $26-18=8$ is a direct subtraction, which is often how duration is calculated, but it is not explicitly stated how the Entente's approval time is measured (e.g., inclusive/exclusive). However, the most significant issue is that the reasoning chain *only* uses the proposal date and approval date, ignoring the fact that the question asks for the time taken for *approval* by the Entente, which is directly stated by the two dates. The calculation itself is a direct application of the two facts, but the reasoning chain is flawed because it doesn't explicitly state the duration calculation based on the context provided. The calculation $26-18=8$ is mathematically sound for the difference, but the reasoning chain is weak because it doesn't explicitly state the duration measurement. Given the strict instruction to flag missing context that affects reasoning, the reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary facts (July 18 proposal, July 26 approval) and performs a standard date difference calculation. However, the question asks 'How many days did it take the Entente to approve the Foch Line?'. The context states: 'On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line... It was approved by the Entente on July 26.' The duration is 8 days (July 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26). The calculation $26-18=8$ is correct for the duration. Therefore, this is not a hallucination based on contradiction or missing context, but rather a correct derivation. Re-evaluating: The reasoning chain correctly identifies the proposal date (July 18) and approval date (July 26) and calculates the difference as 8 days. This directly answers the question using only the provided context. There are no hallucinations.

Answer Span:

Therefore, it took 26 - 18 = 8 days for approval.

Reference/Question Span:

On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26.

Question #history_1151_94625e23-01be-411e-af34-34a93bfcbbea

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['8', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Conference of Ambassadors drew the first demarcation line on June 18. The line, drawn about 5 km west of the Warsaw - Saint Petersburg Railway, was based on the military situation on the ground rather than ethnic composition. Neither Poles nor Lithuanians were content with the line. The Polish Ministry of Foreign Affairs rejected the line as it would require the Polish forces to retreat up to 35 km . The Lithuanians protested leaving Vilnius and Hrodna under Polish control. As German volunteers were departing from Lithuania and Lithuanian forces were preoccupied with battles against the Soviets in northern Lithuania, Poland mounted an offensive on 100 km wide front moving 20-30 km deeper into the Lithuanian territory. On July 18, Ferdinand Foch proposed the second demarcation line, known as the Foch Line. It was approved by the Entente on July 26. The Lithuanians were informed about the new line only on August 3. Two major modifications favorable to the Poles were made: the Suwałki Region was assigned to Poland and the entire line was moved about 7 km west. Again, both Poles and Lithuanians protested the line as it would require them to withdraw their armies from the Vilnius and Suwałki Regions respectively. German administration, which had not yet retreated from the Suwałki Region, also opposed the Foch Line. The new line did not immediately halt the hostilities. After a couple of Polish attacks on July 29 and August 2, the front stabilized. How many days after Foch proposed his line was it approved? Answer: Foch proposed the line on July 18. The line was approved on July 26. July 26 - July 18 = 8 days. So the answer is $\boxed{8}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the proposal date (July 18) and the approval date (July 26) from the context and accurately calculates the difference (8 days) to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1744_32f17dd1-cc10-432a-bdc5-d483c8de229e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 4]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The first military action of the Kriegsmarine came during the Spanish Civil War (1936-1939). Following the outbreak of hostilities in July 1936 several large warships of the German fleet were sent to the region. The heavy cruisers and , and the light cruiser were the first to be sent in July 1936. These large ships were accompanied by the 2nd Torpedo-boat Flotilla. The German presence was used to covertly support Francisco Franco Spanish State although the immediate involvement of the Deutschland was humanitarian relief operations and evacuating 9,300 refugees, including 4,550 German citizens. Following the brokering of the Non-intervention in the Spanish Civil War to enforce an international arms embargo the Kriegsmarine was allotted the patrol area between Cabo de Gata (Almeria) and Oropesa del Mar. Numerous vessels served as part of these duties including . On 29 May 1937 the Deutschland incident (1937) off Ibiza by two bombers from the Spanish Republican Air Force. Total casualties from the Republican attack were 31 dead and 110 wounded, 71 seriously, mostly burn victims. In retaliation the Admiral Scheer Bombardment of Almería on 31 May killing 19-20 civilians, wounding 50 and destroying 35 buildings. Following further attacks by Republican submarines against the off the port of Oran between 15-18 June 1937 Germany withdrew from the Non-Intervention Patrol. How many days after the Spanish Republican Air Force attacked off Ibiza did the Admiral Scheer Bombardment of Almería occur in retaliation? Answer: The Spanish Republican Air Force attacked the Deutschland on May 29, 1937. The Admiral Scheer bombardment of Almería happened on May 31, 1937. The number of days between May 29 and May 31 is 31 - 29 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the two events from the context and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1998_992a1196-5aef-4381-8aa7-56446ef9ca4a

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1100', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Howe resupplied in Nova Scotia and headed for New York City with the British fleet, as it was considered the key to securing the continent. The British forces assembled in New York Bay, including more than 100 ships and thousands of troops. Howe’s army landed unopposed on Staten Island on July 2, and British ships continued to arrive from England and Carolina for a siege of the city. Howe’s troop strength totaled 32,000 well-trained soldiers, including 8,000 Hessian (soldier), while Washington’s troop strength consisted of 23,000 soldiers, 19,000 of whom were raw recruits and militia. On August 22, Howe landed 20,000 troops at Gravesend, Brooklyn and approached Washington’s fortifications. Washington chose to fight despite the objections of his generals, as he had received false information that Howe’s army had only 8,000 to 9,000 troops. Howe [New York and New Jersey campaign] on August 27 and inflicted 1,500 Patriot casualties, while the British suffered 400 casualties. Washington and his generals decided to retreat, and he instructed General William Heath to make available every flat-bottomed riverboat and sloop in the area. General William Alexander, Lord Stirling held off the British Army and covered the retreat, and the army safely crossed the East River under the cover of darkness to Manhattan Island without loss of life or material—although the British captured General Alexander. How many more Patriots were casualties than British in the New York and New Jersey campaign? Answer: The question asks for the difference in casualties between the Patriots and the British during the New York and New Jersey campaign. The passage states that the Patriots suffered 1,500 casualties, and the British suffered 400 casualties. 1500 - 400 = 1100. So the answer is $\boxed{1100}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant casualty figures from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1998_f66ee451-7c0e-4c0e-aa6f-f054c49d9a86

Clean

Full Question

Howe resupplied in Nova Scotia and headed for New York City with the British fleet, as it was considered the key to securing the continent. The British forces assembled in New York Bay, including more than 100 ships and thousands of troops. Howes army landed unopposed on Staten Island on July 2, and British ships continued to arrive from England and Carolina for a siege of the city. Howes troop strength totaled 32,000 well-trained soldiers, including 8,000 Hessian (soldier), while Washingtons troop strength consisted of 23,000 soldiers, 19,000 of whom were raw recruits and militia. On August 22, Howe landed 20,000 troops at Gravesend, Brooklyn and approached Washingtons fortifications. Washington chose to fight despite the objections of his generals, as he had received false information that Howes army had only 8,000 to 9,000 troops. Howe New York and New Jersey campaign on August 27 and inflicted 1,500 Patriot casualties, while the British suffered 400 casualties. Washington and his generals decided to retreat, and he instructed General William Heath to make available every flat-bottomed riverboat and sloop in the area. General William Alexander, Lord Stirling held off the British Army and covered the retreat, and the army safely crossed the East River under the cover of darkness to Manhattan Island without loss of life or material—although the British captured General Alexander. How many more troops did Howe have than Washington when they arrived in New York in July?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9000', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Howe resupplied in Nova Scotia and headed for New York City with the British fleet, as it was considered the key to securing the continent. The British forces assembled in New York Bay, including more than 100 ships and thousands of troops. Howe’s army landed unopposed on Staten Island on July 2, and British ships continued to arrive from England and Carolina for a siege of the city. Howe’s troop strength totaled 32,000 well-trained soldiers, including 8,000 Hessian (soldier), while Washington’s troop strength consisted of 23,000 soldiers, 19,000 of whom were raw recruits and militia. On August 22, Howe landed 20,000 troops at Gravesend, Brooklyn and approached Washington’s fortifications. Washington chose to fight despite the objections of his generals, as he had received false information that Howe’s army had only 8,000 to 9,000 troops. Howe New York and New Jersey campaign on August 27 and inflicted 1,500 Patriot casualties, while the British suffered 400 casualties. Washington and his generals decided to retreat, and he instructed General William Heath to make available every flat-bottomed riverboat and sloop in the area. General William Alexander, Lord Stirling held off the British Army and covered the retreat, and the army safely crossed the East River under the cover of darkness to Manhattan Island without loss of life or material—although the British captured General Alexander. How many more troops did Howe have than Washington when they arrived in New York in July? Answer: The question asks for the difference in troop strength between Howe and Washington when they arrived in New York in July. Howe arrived on July 2nd with 32,000 troops, and Washington had 23,000 troops. 32,000 - 23,000 = 9,000. So the answer is $\boxed{9000}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant troop numbers for Howe (32,000) and Washington (23,000) as stated in the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question about the troop difference upon arrival in New York in July.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1401_b50bf6f4-6892-4baf-9833-71f4bc7ddce5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3], ['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1664, a group of missionaries led by François Pallu, Bishop of Heliopolis, also of the Paris Foreign Missions Society, joined Lambert in the capital city of Ayutthaya after 24 months overland travel and started missionary work. In 1665-66 they built a seminary in Ayutthaya with the approval of King Narai, the Seminary of Saint Joseph. In 1669, Louis Laneau, Bishop of Motella, also a member of the Paris Foreign Missions Society, was named head of a Roman Catholic mission in mainland Southeast Asia, with his headquarters at Ayutthaya. They propagated the Christian faith and also took care of Annamite Christians and Japanese Christian communities in Thailand. Narai welcomed these missionaries, providing them with land for a church, a mission-house and a seminary. Bishops Lambert and Ballue established a Western hospital in Thailand in 1669 at Ayutthaya, with Father Laneau as the head doctor. The hospital provided medical care to about 200-300 people daily. During a 1670 trip to France, Pallu obtained from Louis XIV a letter to King Narai, which, together with a letter from the Pope, he remitted in Ayutthaya in October 1673 and which was received with great reverence. These contacts were closely associated with the development of French influence in South Asia, and especially with the establishment of the French East India Company in 1664, and the development of colonial French India. How many years did it take after arriving for the seminary to be built in Ayutthaya? Answer: The missionaries arrived in Ayutthaya in 1664. The seminary was built in 1665-1666. This means the seminary was built 1 to 2 years after the missionaries arrived (1665-1664 = 1; 1666-1664 = 2). So the answer is $\boxed{1-2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the arrival year (1664) and the construction period (1665-66) and calculates the time difference accurately based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1074_a83c925c-6bf8-45a1-b567-bc8b181539bc

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['23', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Following this victory, Edward realized that to create a force capable of retaking Jerusalem it would be necessary to end the internal unrest within the Christian state, and so he mediated between Hugh and his unenthusiastic knights from the Ibelin family of Cyprus. In parallel to the mediation, Prince Edward and King Hugh began negotiating a truce with Sultan Baibars; a 10-year-10-month-and-10-day agreement was reached in May 1272, at Caesarea. Almost immediately Prince Edmund departed for England, while Edward remained to see if the treaty would hold. The following month, an attempt to assassinate Edward was made. Several versions of who sent the assassin exist. According to different versions, the assassin was sent by the emir of Ramlah or by Baibars. Some legends also say that the assassin was sent by the "Old Man of the Mountains", leader of a heretical Muslim sect. Edward killed the assassin but received a festering wound from a poisoned dagger in the process, further delaying Edward's own departure. In September 1272, Edward departed Acre for Sicily and, while recuperating on the island, he first received news of the death of his son John, and then a few months later news of the death of his father. In 1273 Edward started his homeward journey via Italy, Gascony and Paris. Edward finally reached England in the middle of 1274, and was crowned King of England on 19 August 1274. How many months after departing for Sicily was Edward crowned King of England? Answer: Edward departed for Sicily in September 1272. He was crowned King in August 1274. From September 1272 to September 1273 is 12 months. 12 months From September 1273 to August 1274 is 11 months. 11 months 12 + 11 = 23 months. 23 months So the answer is $\boxed{23}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the departure date (September 1272) and the coronation date (August 1274) from the text and performs the correct calculation to find the difference in months.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1250_c4ce3dc6-d231-4496-bbd7-031d9a7745d2

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['26', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many days after the Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started did Garegin Nzhdeh declare Syunik as a self-governing region? Answer: The invasion started on November 29, 1920. Syunik was declared a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. From November 29th to December 25th, there are 26 days. So the answer is $\boxed{26}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the start date of the invasion (November 29, 1920) and the date Garegin Nzhdeh declared Syunik self-governing (December 25, 1920) from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days (26).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1456_43297e2b-a90e-4011-beca-ec20d02a7407

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['471', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After Atahualpa's execution, Pizarro installed Atahualpa's brother, Túpac Huallpa, as a puppet Inca ruler, but he soon died unexpectedly, leaving Manco Inca Yupanqui in power. He began his rule as an ally of the Spanish and was respected in the southern regions of the empire, but there was still much unrest in the north near Quito where Atahualpa's generals were amassing troops. Atahualpa's death meant that there was no hostage left to deter these northern armies from attacking the invaders. Led by Atahualpa's generals Rumiñahui, Zope-Zupahua and Quisquis, the native armies were finally defeated, effectively ending any organized rebellion in the north of the empire.:221-223,226 Archaeological evidence of the rebellion incident exists. The remains of about 70 men, women, and adolescents were found in the path of a planned expressway near Lima in 2007. Forensic evidence suggests that the natives were killed by European weapons, probably during the uprising in 1536. Manco Inca initially had good relations with Francisco Pizarro and several other Spanish conquistadors. However, in 1535 he was left in Cuzco under the control of Pizarro's brothers, Juan and Gonzalo, who so mistreated Manco Inca that he ultimately rebelled. Under the pretense of recovering a statue of pure gold in the nearby Yucay valley, Manco was able to escape Cuzco.:235-237 How many years after the uprising in 1536 where many natives were killed did Archaeologists find their remains near Lima? Answer: The passage states that the remains of the natives killed in the 1536 uprising were found near Lima in 2007. 2007 - 1536 = 471. So the answer is $\boxed{471}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant dates (1536 and 2007) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1250_1054b945-7a9f-4ef0-950c-89131e5c650f

Clean

Full Question

Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many days after the Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started did the actual transfer of power take place in Yerevan?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many days after the Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started did the actual transfer of power take place in Yerevan? Answer: The invasion started on November 29, 1920. The transfer of power occurred on December 2, 1920. From November 29th to December 2nd, there are 3 days. (November has 30 days, so there are 30-29 = 1 day remaining in November. Then there are 2 days in December. 1 + 2 = 3.) So the answer is $\boxed{3}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the start date of the invasion (November 29, 1920) and the date of the power transfer (December 2, 1920) from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1998_efb84d08-99d6-4754-b075-2d12c4510ddf

Clean

Full Question

Howe resupplied in Nova Scotia and headed for New York City with the British fleet, as it was considered the key to securing the continent. The British forces assembled in New York Bay, including more than 100 ships and thousands of troops. Howes army landed unopposed on Staten Island on July 2, and British ships continued to arrive from England and Carolina for a siege of the city. Howes troop strength totaled 32,000 well-trained soldiers, including 8,000 Hessian (soldier), while Washingtons troop strength consisted of 23,000 soldiers, 19,000 of whom were raw recruits and militia. On August 22, Howe landed 20,000 troops at Gravesend, Brooklyn and approached Washingtons fortifications. Washington chose to fight despite the objections of his generals, as he had received false information that Howes army had only 8,000 to 9,000 troops. Howe New York and New Jersey campaign on August 27 and inflicted 1,500 Patriot casualties, while the British suffered 400 casualties. Washington and his generals decided to retreat, and he instructed General William Heath to make available every flat-bottomed riverboat and sloop in the area. General William Alexander, Lord Stirling held off the British Army and covered the retreat, and the army safely crossed the East River under the cover of darkness to Manhattan Island without loss of life or material—although the British captured General Alexander. How many of Washington's troops were not raw recruits or militia?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4000', 4]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Howe resupplied in Nova Scotia and headed for New York City with the British fleet, as it was considered the key to securing the continent. The British forces assembled in New York Bay, including more than 100 ships and thousands of troops. Howe’s army landed unopposed on Staten Island on July 2, and British ships continued to arrive from England and Carolina for a siege of the city. Howe’s troop strength totaled 32,000 well-trained soldiers, including 8,000 Hessian (soldier), while Washington’s troop strength consisted of 23,000 soldiers, 19,000 of whom were raw recruits and militia. On August 22, Howe landed 20,000 troops at Gravesend, Brooklyn and approached Washington’s fortifications. Washington chose to fight despite the objections of his generals, as he had received false information that Howe’s army had only 8,000 to 9,000 troops. Howe’s New York and New Jersey campaign on August 27 inflicted 1,500 Patriot casualties, while the British suffered 400 casualties. Washington and his generals decided to retreat, and he instructed General William Heath to make available every flat-bottomed riverboat and sloop in the area. General William Alexander, Lord Stirling held off the British Army and covered the retreat, and the army safely crossed the East River under the cover of darkness to Manhattan Island without loss of life or material—although the British captured General Alexander. How many of Washington’s troops were not raw recruits or militia? Answer: Washington had 23,000 soldiers in total. Of those, 19,000 were raw recruits and militia. Therefore, the number of soldiers who were *not* raw recruits or militia is 23,000 - 19,000 = 4,000. So the answer is $\boxed{4000}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary troop numbers from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1169_93957280-c977-46cf-a2c4-362de4399d4a

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The war is known by several names. "Polish-Soviet War" is the most common but other names include "Russo-Polish War of 1919-1921" and "Polish-Bolshevik War". This second term is most common in Polish sources. In some Polish sources it is also referred as the "War of 1920". There is disagreement over the dates of the war. The Encyclopædia Britannica begins its article with the date range 1919-1920 but then states, "Although there had been hostilities between the two countries during 1919, the conflict began when the Polish head of state Józef Piłsudski formed an alliance with the Ukrainian nationalist leader Symon Petlyura and their combined forces began to overrun Ukraine, occupying Kiev on 7 May." The Polish Internetowa encyklopedia PWN, as well as Western historians such as Norman Davies, consider 1919 the starting year of the war. The ending date is given as either 1920 or 1921; this confusion stems from the fact that while the ceasefire was put in force in the autumn of 1920, the official treaty ending the war was signed months later, in March 1921. While the events of 1919 can be described as a border conflict, and only in early 1920 did both sides engage in all-out war, the conflicts that took place in 1920 were an inevitable escalation of fighting that began in earnest a year earlier. In the end, the events of 1920 were a logical, though unforeseen, consequence of the 1919 prelude. How many names does the Polish-Soviet War have? Answer: The passage lists these names for the war: Polish-Soviet War, Russo-Polish War of 1919-1921, Polish-Bolshevik War, and War of 1920. Therefore, the answer is 4. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{4}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the four names listed in the text for the war and derives the correct count based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1250_0b67cac8-bbe9-46a1-9646-a2e6bcc9b9d7

Clean

Full Question

Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many days passed from when the invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started to when Syunik was declared as a self-governing region

Ground Truth Answer

[['26', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many days passed from when the invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started to when Syunik was declared as a self-governing region? Answer: The invasion started on November 29, 1920. Syunik was declared a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. From November 29 to December 25, there are 26 days. So the answer is $\boxed{26}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1169_8f4bba77-19d7-49bb-ba92-63a0ae909905

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The war is known by several names. "Polish-Soviet War" is the most common but other names include "Russo-Polish War of 1919-1921" and "Polish-Bolshevik War". This second term is most common in Polish sources. In some Polish sources it is also referred as the "War of 1920". There is disagreement over the dates of the war. The Encyclopædia Britannica begins its article with the date range 1919-1920 but then states, "Although there had been hostilities between the two countries during 1919, the conflict began when the Polish head of state Józef Piłsudski formed an alliance with the Ukrainian nationalist leader Symon Petlyura and their combined forces began to overrun Ukraine, occupying Kiev on 7 May." The Polish Internetowa encyklopedia PWN, as well as Western historians such as Norman Davies, consider 1919 the starting year of the war. The ending date is given as either 1920 or 1921; this confusion stems from the fact that while the ceasefire was put in force in the autumn of 1920, the official treaty ending the war was signed months later, in March 1921. While the events of 1919 can be described as a border conflict, and only in early 1920 did both sides engage in all-out war, the conflicts that took place in 1920 were an inevitable escalation of fighting that began in earnest a year earlier. In the end, the events of 1920 were a logical, though unforeseen, consequence of the 1919 prelude. How many years did the Polish-Soviet War last? Answer: The passage mentions several possible durations for the Polish-Soviet War. Encyclopædia Britannica suggests 1919-1920, which would be 1920 - 1919 = 1 year. However, it's also stated that some consider 1919 as the start and 1921 as the end, meaning 1921 - 1919 = 2 years. The passage clarifies that the ceasefire occurred in 1920, but the official treaty was signed in 1921. Because the question asks how many years the war *lasted*, the most accurate answer is based on the official treaty date. Therefore, the war lasted for 2 years. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{2}$

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the conflicting date ranges provided in the text (1919-1920 and 1919-1921) and uses the context about the official treaty signing in March 1921 to support the 2-year duration (1919 to 1921).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1169_14213da5-f1ac-46dd-a3bc-9bf635b7879c

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The war is known by several names. "Polish-Soviet War" is the most common but other names include "Russo-Polish War of 1919-1921" and "Polish-Bolshevik War". This second term ) is most common in Polish sources. In some Polish sources it is also referred as the "War of 1920" . There is disagreement over the dates of the war. The Encyclopædia Britannica begins its article with the date range 1919-1920 but then states, "Although there had been hostilities between the two countries during 1919, the conflict began when the Polish head of state Józef Pilsudski formed an alliance with the Ukrainian nationalist leader Symon Petlyura and their combined forces began to overrun Ukraine, occupying Kiev on 7 May." The Polish Internetowa encyklopedia PWN, as well as Western historians such as Norman Davies, consider 1919 the starting year of the war. The ending date is given as either 1920 or 1921; this confusion stems from the fact that while the ceasefire was put in force in the autumn of 1920, the official treaty ending the war was signed months later, in March 1921. While the events of 1919 can be described as a border conflict, and only in early 1920 did both sides engage in all-out war, the conflicts that took place in 1920 were an inevitable escalation of fighting that began in earnest a year earlier. In the end, the events of 1920 were a logical, though unforeseen, consequence of the 1919 prelude. How many years was the Polish-Soviet War? Answer: Several sources give different dates for the Polish-Soviet War. Britannica gives 1919-1920, implying 1920 - 1919 = 1 year, or 1 year + a portion of both years could be close to 2 years. Other sources say it began in 1919. The end date is given as 1920 or 1921. Using 1919 as the start date and 1921 as the end date, this leads to 1921 - 1919 = 2 years. The passage acknowledges the confusion stemming from the ceasefire in 1920 but the official treaty in 1921. Given this information and the Russo-Polish War name including the years 1919-1921 , the most accurate answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the conflicting dates provided in the text (1919-1920, 1920, or 1921) and uses the widest range mentioned (1919 to 1921) to calculate the duration, which is a reasonable approach given the ambiguity presented in the source text regarding the question 'How many years was the Polish-Soviet War?'.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1408_9e7c6934-6115-4c31-80dd-2908cec2e281

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 4], ['9', 1], ['19', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: From 1623 to 1624 the Dutch had been at war over the Pescadores, and in 1633 clashed with a fleet led by Zheng Zhilong in the Battle of Liaoluo Bay, ending in another Dutch defeat. By 1632 the Dutch had established a post on a peninsula named Tayoan, which was separated from the main part of Formosa by a shallow lagoon historically referred to as the Taikang inland sea . The Dutch fortifications consisted of two forts along the bay: the first and main fortification was the multiple-walled Fort Zeelandia, situated at the entrance to the bay, while the second was the smaller Fort Provintia, a walled administrative office. Frederick Coyett, the governor of Taiwan for the Dutch East India Company, was stationed in Fort Zeelandia with 1,800 men, while his subordinate, Valentyn, was in charge of Fort Provintia and its garrison of 500 men. In 1659, after an unsuccessful attempt to capture Nanjing, Koxinga, son of Zheng Zhilong and leader of the Ming loyalist remnants, felt that the Qing Empire had consolidated their position in China sufficiently, while his troops needed more supplies and manpower. He began searching for a suitable location as his base of operations, and soon a Chinese man named He Bin, who was working for the Dutch East India Company in Formosa, fled to Koxinga's base in Xiamen and provided him with a map of Taiwan. How many years passed between the beginning of the war over the Pescadores and the Battle of Liaoluo Bay? Answer: The passage states that the war over the Pescadores began in 1623. The Battle of Liaoluo Bay took place in 1633. 1633 - 1623 = 10. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{10}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the start year of the Pescadores war (1623) and the year of the Battle of Liaoluo Bay (1633) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to find the difference in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1744_b60f3871-a9d9-481f-8c50-e4d775a8a5a5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 5]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The first military action of the Kriegsmarine came during the Spanish Civil War (1936-1939). Following the outbreak of hostilities in July 1936 several large warships of the German fleet were sent to the region. The heavy cruisers and , and the light cruiser were the first to be sent in July 1936. These large ships were accompanied by the 2nd Torpedo-boat Flotilla. The German presence was used to covertly support Francisco Franco Spanish State although the immediate involvement of the Deutschland was humanitarian relief operations and evacuating 9,300 refugees, including 4,550 German citizens. Following the brokering of the Non-intervention in the Spanish Civil War to enforce an international arms embargo the Kriegsmarine was allotted the patrol area between Cabo de Gata (Almeria) and Oropesa del Mar. Numerous vessels served as part of these duties including . On 29 May 1937 the Deutschland incident (1937) off Ibiza by two bombers from the Spanish Republican Air Force. Total casualties from the Republican attack were 31 dead and 110 wounded, 71 seriously, mostly burn victims. In retaliation the Admiral Scheer Bombardment of Almería on 31 May killing 19-20 civilians, wounding 50 and destroying 35 buildings. Following further attacks by Republican submarines against the off the port of Oran between 15-18 June 1937 Germany withdrew from the Non-Intervention Patrol. How many days after the Deutschland incident did Germany retaliate? Answer: The Deutschland incident occurred on May 29, 1937. Germany retaliated with the Admiral Scheer Bombardment of Almería on May 31, 1937. The 31st of May is two days after the 29th of May. 31 - 29 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the dates of the Deutschland incident (May 29, 1937) and the retaliation (May 31, 1937) from the context and accurately calculates the difference in days.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_8aa72066-46f1-4fa2-ba5a-8fb6b85e22f4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['18', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards of differential were there between Nick Folk's first field goal and the first rushing touchdown of the game? Answer: The question asks for the difference in yards between Nick Folk's field goal and the first rushing touchdown of the game. Nick Folk's field goal was 19 yards. The first rushing touchdown was a 1-yard run by LaDainian Tomlinson. The difference is calculated as 19 - 1 = 18. So the answer is $\boxed{18}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardage for Nick Folk's field goal (19 yards) and the yardage for the first rushing touchdown (1 yard) from the context and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1074_65ffb850-3999-48bd-992f-475cf7db4dc7

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Following this victory, Edward realized that to create a force capable of retaking Jerusalem it would be necessary to end the internal unrest within the Christian state, and so he mediated between Hugh and his unenthusiastic knights from the Ibelin family of Cyprus. In parallel to the mediation, Prince Edward and King Hugh began negotiating a truce with Sultan Baibars; a 10-year-10-month-and-10-day agreement was reached in May 1272, at Caesarea. Almost immediately Prince Edmund departed for England, while Edward remained to see if the treaty would hold. The following month, an attempt to assassinate Edward was made. Several versions of who sent the assassin exist. According to different versions, the assassin was sent by the emir of Ramlah or by Baibars. Some legends also say that the assassin was sent by the "Old Man of the Mountains", leader of a heretical Muslim sect. Edward killed the assassin but received a festering wound from a poisoned dagger in the process, further delaying Edward's own departure. In September 1272, Edward departed Acre for Sicily and, while recuperating on the island, he first received news of the death of his son John, and then a few months later news of the death of his father. In 1273 Edward started his homeward journey via Italy, Gascony and Paris. Edward finally reached England in the middle of 1274, and was crowned King of England on 19 August 1274. How many years did Edward stay in Sicily? Answer: Edward departed for Sicily in September 1272. He began his homeward journey in 1273. 1273 - 1272 = 1 year. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly calculates the duration Edward stayed in Sicily by assuming he left Sicily immediately in 1273, ignoring the fact that he was recuperating there and only started his homeward journey via Italy in 1273. Furthermore, the initial premise about departing *for* Sicily in September 1272 is a slight misrepresentation of the text, which states he departed Acre *for* Sicily then.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

Edward departed for Sicily in September 1272.

Explanation

The text states Edward departed Acre for Sicily in September 1272, not that he departed *for* Sicily in September 1272. He arrived in Sicily sometime after September 1272, as he was recuperating there when he received news.

Answer Span:

Edward departed for Sicily in September 1272.

Reference/Question Span:

In September 1272, Edward departed Acre for Sicily and, while recuperating on the island, he first received news of the death of his son John

Question #history_2060_c38c8e2c-6bca-467a-ba70-ea1bfc3e1a44

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['6.39', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black, white, and Hispanic students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many IQ points did the black-white IQ gap decrease between 1971 and 2008? Answer: According to the passage, the black-white IQ gap decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points between 1971 and 2008. The decrease is calculated as 16.33 - 9.94 = 6.39. So the answer is $\boxed{6.39}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the initial and final gap sizes from the text and accurately calculates the difference, which directly answers the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1250_09caacad-a7ac-45c9-97de-77953711feb5

Clean

Full Question

Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many years passed from when Armenia gave way to communist power to when Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. The Soviet 11th Red Army's invasion of the First Republic of Armenia started on the 29th of November 1920. The actual transfer of power took place on December 2 in Yerevan, when the Armenian leadership approved an ultimatum presented to it by the Soviet plenipotentiary Boris Legran. Armenia agreed to join the Soviet sphere, while Soviet Russia agreed to protect its remaining territory from the advancing Turkish army. The Soviets also pledged to take steps to rebuild the army, to protect the Armenians and not to persecute non-communists, although the final condition of this pledge was reneged when the Dashnaks were forced out of the country. The Soviet Government proposed the annexation of the Nagorno-Karabagh and Syunik regions of Armenia to Soviet Azerbaijan. This step was strongly rejected by Garegin Nzhdeh, who declared Syunik as a self-governing region on December 25, 1920. In January 1921 Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh, suggesting allowing the sovietisation of Syunik, through which they could gain the support of the Bolshevik government in solving the problems of the Armenian lands. Njdeh again proved himself as a long-sighted politician, he did not depart from Syunik and continued his struggle against the Red Army and Soviet Azerbaijan. How many years passed from when Armenia gave way to communist power to when Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh? Answer: Armenia gave way to communist power in late 1920. Drastamat Kanayan sent a telegram to Njdeh in January 1921. From late 1920 to January 1921 is less than one year. Since the question asks for how many *years* passed, and it was a little over a month, rounding to the nearest year is 0. So the answer is $\boxed{0}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two relevant dates (late 1920 and January 1921) and calculates the time difference as less than one year, which is the correct interpretation for the question asking for years passed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_148_a8caa28a-01ba-40a3-8e14-b396260afe00

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: After successive defeats suffered in the revolutions of 1890 and 1893, and not having achieved free and fair elections, the Radical Civic Union entered a serious crisis, which deepened after 1896 with the suicide of Leandro N. Alem and the death of Aristóbulo del Valle. In 1897, Hipólito Yrigoyen, profoundly disagreeing with the direction of agreements imposed by Bernardo de Irigoyen, dissolved the Committee of the RCU in the province of Buenos Aires, due to which the radical party practically ceased to exist. The dissolution of the Radical Civic Union resulted in the formation of a core of radical elements that recognized as their leader Hipólito Yrigoyen. Onto this core - composed of young men, recruited from the middle class, professionals, businessmen, employees, ranchers of the old federal tradition, settlers and laborers from the countryside - was Yrigoyen able to impose discipline and enthusiasm. In this context, in 1903 Hipólito Yrigoyen began his revival and reorganization. On February 29 of 1904, after 7 years of inactivity, the National Committee of the Radical Civic Union said the electoral abstention of all the radicals of the Republic in the elections of representatives from the nation, senators from the capital, electors for president and vice president of the nation, and announced an armed resistance. How many years after the revolution of 1890 did the next revolution follow for the Radical Civic Union? Answer: The question asks the number of years between the revolution of 1890 and the next revolution. The passage mentions revolutions in 1890 and 1893. 1893 - 1890 = 3. So the answer is $\boxed{3}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two relevant years (1890 and 1893) mentioned in the context as 'revolutions' and calculates the difference as requested by the question, which is based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2060_9368ae36-c505-490c-a08f-0b35cb4a623d

Clean

Full Question

A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black, white, and Hispanic students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many points difference is the IQ range in 17-year-old black students?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3.7', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many points difference is the IQ range in 17-year-old black students? Answer: The passage states that the IQ means of 17-year-old black students range from 90.45 to 94.15. The difference is 94.15 - 90.45 = 3.7. So the answer is $\boxed{3.7}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant IQ range for 17-year-old black students from the context and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2060_e8c68958-e1bc-41af-961a-a03bed9cbd49

Clean

Full Question

A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black, white, and Hispanic students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many points did the black-white IQ gap decrease from 1971-2008?

Ground Truth Answer

[['6.39', 2]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black, white, and Hispanic students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many points did the black-white IQ gap decrease from 1971-2008? **Answer:** According to the passage, the black-white IQ gap decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points from 1971 to 2008. The decrease is calculated by subtracting the later value from the earlier value: 16.33 - 9.94 = 6.39. Therefore, the black-white IQ gap decreased by 6.39 IQ points. So the answer is $\boxed{6.39}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the initial and final gap sizes from the text and calculates the difference, which directly answers the question based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1744_7572789f-3881-4340-997d-ef6bb206a44e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['4750', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The first military action of the Kriegsmarine came during the Spanish Civil War (1936-1939). Following the outbreak of hostilities in July 1936 several large warships of the German fleet were sent to the region. The heavy cruisers and , and the light cruiser were the first to be sent in July 1936. These large ships were accompanied by the 2nd Torpedo-boat Flotilla. The German presence was used to covertly support Francisco Franco Spanish State although the immediate involvement of the Deutschland was humanitarian relief operations and evacuating 9,300 refugees, including 4,550 German citizens. Following the brokering of the Non-intervention in the Spanish Civil War to enforce an international arms embargo the Kriegsmarine was allotted the patrol area between Cabo de Gata (Almeria) and Oropesa del Mar. Numerous vessels served as part of these duties including . On 29 May 1937 the Deutschland incident (1937) off Ibiza by two bombers from the Spanish Republican Air Force. Total casualties from the Republican attack were 31 dead and 110 wounded, 71 seriously, mostly burn victims. In retaliation the Admiral Scheer Bombardment of Almería on 31 May killing 19-20 civilians, wounding 50 and destroying 35 buildings. Following further attacks by Republican submarines against the off the port of Oran between 15-18 June 1937 Germany withdrew from the Non-Intervention Patrol. How many refugees were not German citizens? Answer: The passage states that 9,300 total refugees were evacuated, and that 4,550 of those refugees were German citizens. To find the number of refugees who were not German citizens, we subtract the number of German citizens from the total number of refugees: 9,300 - 4,550 = 4,750. So the answer is $\boxed{4750}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1195_b04522b7-29b3-416d-90ab-8725e6623b64

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Eagles faced off with the Baltimore Ravens in an interconference matchup. Both defenses dominated the first quarter, and in the second quarter, Baltimore forced three turnovers (two interceptions and a fumble) from Donovan McNabb. Ravens kicker Matt Stover booted a 44-yard field goal, while quarterback Joe Flacco completed a 1-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Wilcox. However, rookie Quintin Demps returned the following kickoff 100 yards for a Philadelphia touchdown to make it 10-7 Ravens at halftime. Andy Reid decided to bench McNabb (who was 8-for-18 for 59 yards and two interceptions) and put backup quarterback Kevin Kolb into the game. Kolb also struggled with the Baltimore defense, and the Eagles fell behind 12-7 when linebacker Jameel McClain blocked Sav Rocca's punt into the back of the endzone for a safety. In the fourth, the Ravens kicked another field goal after a Kolb interception, then Mark Clayton took a short slant 53-yards for a touchdown to make it 22-7. Kolb drove Philadelphia to the Raven 1-yard line, but was intercepted in the end zone by Ed Reed, who returned the ball an NFL-record 108 yards for the touchdown. Le'Ron McClain added a 1-yard touchdown run as Baltimore won 36-7. Kolb was 10-for-23 for 73 yards and two interceptions, and Brian Westbrook had 39 yards rushing on 14 carries. The Eagles dropped to 5-5-1. How many field goals were successful in this game? Answer: The passage mentions that Matt Stover kicked a 44-yard field goal. This is one successful field goal. Later, the passage states that the Ravens kicked another field goal. This is a second successful field goal. Combining the first and the second successful field goals, we have a total of 1 + 1 = 2. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two mentioned field goals (one by Stover and one later by the Ravens) and sums them up to reach the correct total based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1416_9794f852-dd26-404f-94f4-40712929bdd8

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3465', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Late in the 18th Century, Qing dynasty set about a momentous task, the creation of the Siku Quanshu. The Qianlong Emperor ordered the creation of the Siku Quanshu in 1772. Local and Provincial officers were in charge of locating and collecting important books. The Qianlong Emperor encouraged owners of rare or valuable books to send them to the capital, however few actually did due to concerns about the Literary Inquisition. Towards the end of 1772, seeing that only a limited number of people actually handed in books, the Qianlong Emperor issued imperial decrees stressing that books would be returned to their owners once the compilation was finished and that owners of the books would not be persecuted if their books contained anti-Manchu sentiment. Less than three months after the issue of this decree, four to five thousand books were handed in. By March of 1773, an editorial board was created in Beijing to gather and review books brought to them. This board included over 361 scholars, with Ji Yun and Lu Xixiong as chief editors. There was around 3,826 scribes who copied every word by hand. These copyists were not paid in coinage but in government positions after they had transcribed a set amount of the encyclopedia. It took over a decade until the encyclopedia was completed and all seven copies were distributed. How many more scribes than scholars were in the editorial board created in march of 1773? Answer: The question asks the difference between the number of scribes and scholars. According to the passage, there were 361 scholars and 3,826 scribes. 3,826 - 361 = 3465. So the answer is $\boxed{3465}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary numbers from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_ded4bc12-bfdf-4ea9-8773-09784ca3b8e1

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['14', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many receiving touchdowns did Yancey Thigpen, Andre Hastings, and Ernie Mills have combined? Answer: Yancey Thigpen had 5 receiving touchdowns. Andre Hastings had 1 receiving touchdown. Ernie Mills had 8 receiving touchdowns. 5 + 1 + 8 = 14. So the answer is $\boxed{14}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the receiving touchdown statistics for the three specified players and accurately calculates the sum based on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_91c8dd6c-7176-4690-8210-0cae0266be54

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards did the first rushing touchdown and the first field goal of the game combine for?

Ground Truth Answer

[['20', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards did the first rushing touchdown and the first field goal of the game combine for? Answer: The first rushing touchdown was 1 yard. The first field goal was 19 yards. 1 + 19 = 20. So the answer is $\boxed{20}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the yardage for the first rushing touchdown (1 yard) and the first field goal (19 yards) from the text and sums them accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1195_e5d90a83-6a57-4496-b1d7-6f0581044546

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 2], ['2', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Eagles faced off with the Baltimore Ravens in an interconference matchup. Both defenses dominated the first quarter, and in the second quarter, Baltimore forced three turnovers (two interceptions and a fumble) from Donovan McNabb. Ravens kicker Matt Stover booted a 44-yard field goal, while quarterback Joe Flacco completed a 1-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Wilcox. However, rookie Quintin Demps returned the following kickoff 100 yards for a Philadelphia touchdown to make it 10-7 Ravens at halftime. Andy Reid decided to bench McNabb (who was 8-for-18 for 59 yards and two interceptions) and put backup quarterback Kevin Kolb into the game. Kolb also struggled with the Baltimore defense, and the Eagles fell behind 12-7 when linebacker Jameel McClain blocked Sav Rocca's punt into the back of the endzone for a safety. In the fourth, the Ravens kicked another field goal after a Kolb interception, then Mark Clayton took a short slant 53-yards for a touchdown to make it 22-7. Kolb drove Philadelphia to the Raven 1-yard line, but was intercepted in the end zone by Ed Reed, who returned the ball an NFL-record 108 yards for the touchdown. Le'Ron McClain added a 1-yard touchdown run as Baltimore won 36-7. Kolb was 10-for-23 for 73 yards and two interceptions, and Brian Westbrook had 39 yards rushing on 14 carries. The Eagles dropped to 5-5-1. How many touchdowns occurred in the 1st half? Answer: The question asks for the number of touchdowns in the first half. The passage states that Joe Flacco completed a touchdown pass and Quintin Demps returned a kickoff for a touchdown. These both occurred before halftime. One touchdown + one touchdown = two touchdowns. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two touchdowns that occurred in the first half based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2060_5dc37d3d-4702-4f94-9f77-f1145f8e2c65

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: A 2013 analysis of the National Assessment of Educational Progress found that from 1971 to 2008, the size of the black-white IQ gap in the United States decreased from 16.33 to 9.94 IQ points. It has also concluded however that, while IQ means are continuing to rise in all ethnic groups, this growth is occurring more slowly among 17-year-old students than among younger students and the black-white IQ gap is no longer narrowing. As of 2008, a study published in 2013 by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson have estimated the IQ means of 17-year-old black, white, and Hispanic students to range respectively from 90.45-94.15, 102.29-104.57 and 92.30-95.90 points. They explain that the gap may persist due to the crack epidemic, the degradation of African-American family structure, the rise of fraud in the educational system (especially with respect to No Child Left Behind), the decrease in unskilled real wages and employment among African-Americans due to globalization and minimum wage increases, differences in parental practices (such as breastfeeding or reading to children), and "environmental conditions shaped by [African-Americans] themselves." To resolve this, they ultimately recommend the reestablishment of "meritoric principles" and "blindly graded objective central exams," as opposed to "affirmative action," in education. How many people authored the study released in 2013? Answer: The passage states that the study was published by Heiner Rindermann, Stefan Pinchelmann, and James Thompson. Counting the names listed, there are three authors. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{3}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the authors mentioned in the context and accurately counts them to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1195_5c35081c-3c7f-4c30-a2ef-cf013f46a38e

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Eagles faced off with the Baltimore Ravens in an interconference matchup. Both defenses dominated the first quarter, and in the second quarter, Baltimore forced three turnovers (two interceptions and a fumble) from Donovan McNabb. Ravens kicker Matt Stover booted a 44-yard field goal, while quarterback Joe Flacco completed a 1-yard touchdown pass to tight end Daniel Wilcox. However, rookie Quintin Demps returned the following kickoff 100 yards for a Philadelphia touchdown to make it 10-7 Ravens at halftime. Andy Reid decided to bench McNabb (who was 8-for-18 for 59 yards and two interceptions) and put backup quarterback Kevin Kolb into the game. Kolb also struggled with the Baltimore defense, and the Eagles fell behind 12-7 when linebacker Jameel McClain blocked Sav Rocca's punt into the back of the endzone for a safety. In the fourth, the Ravens kicked another field goal after a Kolb interception, then Mark Clayton took a short slant 53-yards for a touchdown to make it 22-7. Kolb drove Philadelphia to the Raven 1-yard line, but was intercepted in the end zone by Ed Reed, who returned the ball an NFL-record 108 yards for the touchdown. Le'Ron McClain added a 1-yard touchdown run as Baltimore won 36-7. Kolb was 10-for-23 for 73 yards and two interceptions, and Brian Westbrook had 39 yards rushing on 14 carries. The Eagles dropped to 5-5-1. How many field goals occurred in the game? Answer: The passage mentions that Matt Stover kicked one field goal. Later, it states that the Ravens kicked another field goal. One field goal + another field goal = two field goals. Therefore, the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two instances of field goals mentioned in the text and sums them up to arrive at the correct count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_925de638-cd7e-4b29-ac5c-b72836d098e4

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many yards, rounded to one decimal place, were Andre Hastings' punt returns on average?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9.8', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many yards, rounded to one decimal place, were Andre Hastings' punt returns on average? Answer: According to the passage, Andre Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards. To find the average yards per punt return, we divide the total yards by the number of punt returns: 474 yards / 48 punts = 9.875 yards/punt. Rounded to one decimal place, the average is 9.9 yards/punt. So the answer is $\boxed{9.9}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary data points (474 yards and 48 returns for Andre Hastings) and performs the correct calculation to answer the question about average punt return yards, rounding as requested.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_2cde67b2-80e5-40aa-9598-f65a893cde6b

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards were gained on passing touchdowns measuring longer than 20-yards in length?

Ground Truth Answer

[['41', 1], ['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards were gained on passing touchdowns measuring longer than 20-yards in length? Answer: Mark Sanchez completed a 41-yard touchdown pass. Since 41 > 20, this touchdown pass is counted. There is only one passing touchdown that is greater than 20 yards. So the answer is $\boxed{41}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the only passing touchdown longer than 20 yards (41 yards) and uses it to determine the final answer, adhering strictly to the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_74f0250f-d6f4-4744-a8a2-c750ff0823e1

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many receptions did Yancey Thigpen, Andre Hastings, and Ernie Mills have combined?

Ground Truth Answer

[['172', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many receptions did Yancey Thigpen, Andre Hastings, and Ernie Mills have combined? Answer: Yancey Thigpen had 85 receptions. Andre Hastings had 48 receptions. Ernie Mills had 39 receptions. 85 + 48 + 39 = 172. So the answer is $\boxed{172}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the reception numbers for the three specified players from the context and accurately calculates their sum.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_07b2512d-e0de-4d2f-9c2f-74a358fc4f7f

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards were gained on passing touchdowns measuring less than 5-yards in length?

Ground Truth Answer

[['9', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards were gained on passing touchdowns measuring less than 5-yards in length? Answer: Fitzpatrick connected with David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. This is the only passing touchdown under 5 yards mentioned. Therefore, the total yards gained on passing touchdowns measuring less than 5-yards in length is 4. So the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the only passing touchdown under 5 yards (4 yards) and calculates the total yards based on this single instance.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_ae4f0fc9-a3a6-4f96-9329-e25d16f0b15c

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many points did the Steelers lose against the Jaguars by in the expansion 1995?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many points did the Steelers lose against the Jaguars by in the expansion 1995? Answer: The question asks the point difference of the Steelers' loss against the Jaguars. The passage states that the Steelers had a 20-16 upset loss. 20-16 = 4. So the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the score of the loss (20-16) from the context and accurately calculates the point difference (4) to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1408_7b6e7625-a8ba-4cde-8496-1f6c222b2bc9

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: From 1623 to 1624 the Dutch had been at war over the Pescadores, and in 1633 clashed with a fleet led by Zheng Zhilong in the Battle of Liaoluo Bay, ending in another Dutch defeat. By 1632 the Dutch had established a post on a peninsula named Tayoan, which was separated from the main part of Formosa by a shallow lagoon historically referred to as the Taikang inland sea . The Dutch fortifications consisted of two forts along the bay: the first and main fortification was the multiple-walled Fort Zeelandia, situated at the entrance to the bay, while the second was the smaller Fort Provintia, a walled administrative office. Frederick Coyett, the governor of Taiwan for the Dutch East India Company, was stationed in Fort Zeelandia with 1,800 men, while his subordinate, Valentyn, was in charge of Fort Provintia and its garrison of 500 men. In 1659, after an unsuccessful attempt to capture Nanjing, Koxinga, son of Zheng Zhilong and leader of the Ming loyalist remnants, felt that the Qing Empire had consolidated their position in China sufficiently, while his troops needed more supplies and manpower. He began searching for a suitable location as his base of operations, and soon a Chinese man named He Bin, who was working for the Dutch East India Company in Formosa, fled to Koxinga's base in Xiamen and provided him with a map of Taiwan. How many years were the Dutch at war over the Pescadores? Answer: The passage states that the Dutch were at war over the Pescadores from 1623 to 1624. 1624 - 1623 = 1. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant time frame (1623 to 1624) and performs the correct subtraction to find the duration in years.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1408_b0e976b4-4b36-4553-aa26-1fd95eaf24ba

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 5], ['2', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: From 1623 to 1624 the Dutch had been at war over the Pescadores, and in 1633 clashed with a fleet led by Zheng Zhilong in the Battle of Liaoluo Bay, ending in another Dutch defeat. By 1632 the Dutch had established a post on a peninsula named Tayoan, which was separated from the main part of Formosa by a shallow lagoon historically referred to as the Taikang inland sea . The Dutch fortifications consisted of two forts along the bay: the first and main fortification was the multiple-walled Fort Zeelandia, situated at the entrance to the bay, while the second was the smaller Fort Provintia, a walled administrative office. Frederick Coyett, the governor of Taiwan for the Dutch East India Company, was stationed in Fort Zeelandia with 1,800 men, while his subordinate, Valentyn, was in charge of Fort Provintia and its garrison of 500 men. In 1659, after an unsuccessful attempt to capture Nanjing, Koxinga, son of Zheng Zhilong and leader of the Ming loyalist remnants, felt that the Qing Empire had consolidated their position in China sufficiently, while his troops needed more supplies and manpower. He began searching for a suitable location as his base of operations, and soon a Chinese man named He Bin, who was working for the Dutch East India Company in Formosa, fled to Koxinga's base in Xiamen and provided him with a map of Taiwan. How many years was the Dutch at war over the Pescadores? Answer: The passage states that the Dutch were at war over the Pescadores from 1623 to 1624. 1624 - 1623 = 1. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant time frame (1623 to 1624) and calculates the duration (1 year) based solely on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_4e968686-319f-4d94-b490-652220cf1575

1 issue

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many total yards were gained on rushing touchdowns by LaDainian Tomlinson?

Ground Truth Answer

[['27', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many total yards were gained on rushing touchdowns by LaDainian Tomlinson? Answer: Tomlinson's first touchdown run was for 1 yard. His second touchdown run was for 26 yards. 1 + 26 = 27. So the answer is $\boxed{27}$.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the 1-yard touchdown run but incorrectly assumes the 26-yard touchdown run by Tomlinson was also a rushing touchdown, which is not explicitly confirmed in the text (though highly implied). It sums these two values. The context only explicitly labels the 1-yard score as a 'touchdown run' by the running back. The reasoning chain is flawed because it treats the 26-yard score as a confirmed rushing touchdown for the purpose of the calculation, which is an assumption not fully supported by explicit labeling in the text, although the context strongly suggests it.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

His second touchdown run was for 26 yards.

Explanation

The reasoning chain incorrectly identifies the second touchdown run by LaDainian Tomlinson as a rushing touchdown of 26 yards. The context states Tomlinson had one 1-yard touchdown run early, and later, 'Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run.' However, the question asks for the total yards gained on *rushing touchdowns* by Tomlinson. The context only explicitly mentions one rushing touchdown (1-yard run) and one 26-yard touchdown run. The reasoning chain assumes the 26-yard run was also a rushing touchdown, which is not explicitly confirmed as a *rushing* touchdown in the text, unlike the first one. More critically, the text states: 'Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run.' This implies it was a rushing touchdown, but the reasoning chain incorrectly implies there were *two* rushing touchdowns when the text only explicitly details one rushing touchdown (1-yard) and one 26-yard touchdown run (which is assumed to be rushing, but the reasoning chain implies two distinct rushing TDs when only one is clearly defined as such, and the other is just a 'touchdown run'). The primary issue is that the reasoning chain assumes the 26-yard run was a *rushing* touchdown, which is not explicitly stated as such, unlike the 1-yard run. However, upon closer inspection, the text says: 'Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run.' and later 'Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run.' Since Tomlinson is a running back, it is highly probable both were rushing touchdowns. The hallucination here is the *implication* that there were two distinct rushing touchdowns to sum, when the text only explicitly details one rushing TD (1 yard) and one other TD run (26 yards). The reasoning chain incorrectly sums two rushing TDs when only one is explicitly labeled as a 'touchdown run' in the context of the first score, and the second is just a 'touchdown run' without the 'rushing' qualifier, although implied. The most significant error is that the reasoning chain assumes the 26-yard run was a *rushing* touchdown, which is not explicitly stated, unlike the 1-yard run. Given the context, the reasoning chain is adding two numbers based on an assumption about the nature of the second score.

Answer Span:

His second touchdown run was for 26 yards.

Reference/Question Span:

Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run.

Question #history_2086_40835a6b-afac-4b06-ba23-4a4c87261edd

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many more touchdowns did Neil ODonnell have compared to interceptions?

Ground Truth Answer

[['10', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many more touchdowns did Neil ODonnell have compared to interceptions? Answer: According to the passage, Neil ODonnell had 17 touchdowns and 7 interceptions. 17 - 7 = 10. So the answer is $\boxed{10}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary statistics (touchdowns and interceptions for Neil O'Donnell) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1306_cf084a28-2e17-4b61-a65b-95fb1afff749

2 issues

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['171728', 2], ['9728', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Russia accused Georgia of committing "genocide" in South Ossetia. Russian officials initially claimed that up to 2,000 ethnic Ossetian civilians of Tskhinvali were killed by Georgian forces; according to Russia, the reason for the military intervention in Georgia was this large number of casualties. Public opinion among Ossetians was impacted by claims of high casualties; according to HRW, some Ossetian civilians said in interviews that they approved of burning and looting of Georgian villages because of the "thousands of civilian casualties in South Ossetia" reported by Russian television. In December 2008, the figures were revised down to a total of 162 South Ossetian casualties by the Investigative Committee of the Prosecutor's Office of the Russian Federation. Georgia and South Ossetia have filed complaints about alleged war crimes committed by the other side with international courts, including the International Criminal Court, the International Court of Justice, and the European Court of Human Rights. The war displaced a 192,000 people including both Ossetians and Georgians. Many were able to return to their homes after the war, but a year later around 30,000 ethnic Georgians remained displaced. As of May 2014, 20,272 persons remained displaced, with their return being blocked by de facto authorities. By 2014, how many Georgians were actually able to return to their homes? Answer: The passage states that 192,000 people were initially displaced. One year after the war, 30,000 Georgians remained displaced. This means that 192,000 - 30,000 = 162,000 people returned to their homes within a year. By 2014, 20,272 persons remained displaced. The question asks how many Georgians *were able* to return home. From the initial 30,000 displaced Georgians a year after the war, 30,000 - 20,272 = 9,728 more returned home after that first year. Therefore, a total of 162,000 + 9,728 = 171,728 were able to return home. So the answer is $\boxed{171728}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain attempts to calculate the number of returned Georgians by making unsupported assumptions about the composition of the displaced population and the meaning of the figures provided. The context does not allow for the calculation performed, leading to significant missing context errors.

Detected Issues (2)

missing_context high

Statement

This means that 192,000 - 30,000 = 162,000 people returned to their homes within a year.

Explanation

The reasoning assumes that the 162,000 people who returned within a year were all Georgians, or that the question is asking about the total number of people who returned. The context only specifies that 'a year later around 30,000 ethnic Georgians remained displaced,' implying that the remaining 162,000 displaced people (192,000 - 30,000) were either Ossetians or other groups, or that the 162,000 figure represents the total number of people who returned, not specifically Georgians.

Answer Span:

This means that 192,000 - 30,000 = 162,000 people returned to their homes within a year.

Reference/Question Span:

The war displaced a 192,000 people including both Ossetians and Georgians. Many were able to return to their homes after the war, but a year later around 30,000 ethnic Georgians remained displaced.

missing_context high

Statement

From the initial 30,000 displaced Georgians a year after the war, 30,000 - 20,272 = 9,728 more returned home after that first year.

Explanation

The reasoning calculates how many *more* Georgians returned between year 1 and 2014 based on the remaining 30,000 Georgians. However, the question asks how many Georgians *were able* to return by 2014. The context only states that 30,000 ethnic Georgians remained displaced a year later, and 20,272 persons (total, not specified as only Georgians) remained displaced in 2014. It does not provide the necessary information to calculate the total number of Georgians who returned, as the initial number of returned Georgians (192,000 total displaced minus 30,000 remaining Georgians) is unknown.

Answer Span:

From the initial 30,000 displaced Georgians a year after the war, 30,000 - 20,272 = 9,728 more returned home after that first year. Therefore, a total of 162,000 + 9,728 = 171,728 were able to return home.

Reference/Question Span:

The war displaced a 192,000 people including both Ossetians and Georgians. Many were able to return to their homes after the war, but a year later around 30,000 ethnic Georgians remained displaced. As of May 2014, 20,272 persons remained displaced, with their return being blocked by de facto authorities. By 2014, how many Georgians were actually able to return to their homes?

Question #nfl_1021_f8d43ba3-89bf-4c31-b3b4-c4b24725c214

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Broncos began their 2008 campaign on the road against their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders, in the second game of ESPN's Monday Night Football doubleheader. In the first quarter, Denver ran out of the gates early as QB Jay Cutler completed a 26-yard TD pass to rookie WR Eddie Royal (who was filling in for WR Brandon Marshall, due to his 1-game suspension). In the second quarter, the Broncos continued their domination as kicker Matt Prater got a 26-yard field goal, while FB Michael Pittman got a 3-yard TD run. In the third quarter, Denver ran away with the game as Cutler completed a 48-yard TD pass to WR Darrell Jackson, while Prater nailed a 43-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Raiders spoiled the Broncos' bid for a shutout as QB JaMarcus Russell completed an 8-yard TD pass to WR Ashley Lelie. Denver ended its domination with RB Selvin Young's 5-yard TD run and Pittman's 1-yard TD run. Oakland ended the scoring with Russell completing a 4-yard TD pass to WR Ronald Curry. With the dominating win, the Broncos began their season at 1-0; with the rest of the division suffering losses, Denver, in Week 1, is in sole possession of 1st place. Eddie Royal, in his NFL debut, had the best Week 1 stats of any wide receiver, getting 9 receptions for 146 yards and a touchdown. How many yards difference was Michael Pittman’s last touchdown run compared to his first? Answer: Michael Pittman's first touchdown run was 3 yards. His second touchdown run was 1 yard. The difference between the two runs is 3 - 1 = 2 yards. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the yardage for Michael Pittman's two touchdown runs (3 yards and 1 yard) from the context and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_009e57c9-424b-4a5e-874a-fa76d994db0a

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many touchdowns did ODonnell, Hastings, and Mills have put together?

Ground Truth Answer

[['26', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many touchdowns did ODonnell, Hastings, and Mills have put together? Answer: ODonnell had 17 touchdowns. Hastings had 1 touchdown. Mills had 8 touchdowns. 17 + 1 + 8 = 26. So the answer is $\boxed{26}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the touchdown statistics for O'Donnell, Hastings, and Mills from the context and accurately sums them up to reach the final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1021_581a25ed-56ca-4be7-aa0f-260959f3dd74

Clean

Full Question

The Broncos began their 2008 campaign on the road against their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders, in the second game of ESPN's Monday Night Football doubleheader. In the first quarter, Denver ran out of the gates early as QB Jay Cutler completed a 26-yard TD pass to rookie WR Eddie Royal (who was filling in for WR Brandon Marshall, due to his 1-game suspension). In the second quarter, the Broncos continued their domination as kicker Matt Prater got a 26-yard field goal, while FB Michael Pittman got a 3-yard TD run. In the third quarter, Denver ran away with the game as Cutler completed a 48-yard TD pass to WR Darrell Jackson, while Prater nailed a 43-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Raiders spoiled the Broncos' bid for a shutout as QB JaMarcus Russell completed an 8-yard TD pass to WR Ashley Lelie. Denver ended its domination with RB Selvin Young's 5-yard TD run and Pittman's 1-yard TD run. Oakland ended the scoring with Russell completing a 4-yard TD pass to WR Ronald Curry. With the dominating win, the Broncos began their season at 1-0; with the rest of the division suffering losses, Denver, in Week 1, is in sole possession of 1st place. Eddie Royal, in his NFL debut, had the best Week 1 stats of any wide receiver, getting 9 receptions for 146 yards and a touchdown. How many yards difference was Jay Cutler’s first touchdown pass compared to his second?

Ground Truth Answer

[['22', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: The Broncos began their 2008 campaign on the road against their AFC West rival, the Oakland Raiders, in the second game of ESPN's Monday Night Football doubleheader. In the first quarter, Denver ran out of the gates early as QB Jay Cutler completed a 26-yard TD pass to rookie WR Eddie Royal (who was filling in for WR Brandon Marshall, due to his 1-game suspension). In the second quarter, the Broncos continued their domination as kicker Matt Prater got a 26-yard field goal, while FB Michael Pittman got a 3-yard TD run. In the third quarter, Denver ran away with the game as Cutler completed a 48-yard TD pass to WR Darrell Jackson, while Prater nailed a 43-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Raiders spoiled the Broncos' bid for a shutout as QB JaMarcus Russell completed an 8-yard TD pass to WR Ashley Lelie. Denver ended its domination with RB Selvin Young's 5-yard TD run and Pittman's 1-yard TD run. Oakland ended the scoring with Russell completing a 4-yard TD pass to WR Ronald Curry. With the dominating win, the Broncos began their season at 1-0; with the rest of the division suffering losses, Denver, in Week 1, is in sole possession of 1st place. Eddie Royal, in his NFL debut, had the best Week 1 stats of any wide receiver, getting 9 receptions for 146 yards and a touchdown. How many yards difference was Jay Cutler’s first touchdown pass compared to his second? Answer: Jay Cutler's first touchdown pass was 26 yards. His second touchdown pass was 48 yards. The difference between the two is 48 - 26 = 22. So the answer is $\boxed{22}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the lengths of Jay Cutler's two touchdown passes from the context and accurately calculates the difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_81d476cd-8451-4ef2-8181-fd38116c8fe5

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many passing touchdowns measured shorter than 5-yards in length?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many passing touchdowns measured shorter than 5-yards in length? Answer: Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. This is one passing touchdown shorter than 5 yards. Tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith. This is one passing touchdown shorter than 5 yards. Dustin Keller's 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. This is one passing touchdown shorter than 5 yards. The other touchdown passes mentioned are 41 yards () and 13 yards (), both of which are longer than 5 yards. 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 So the answer is $\boxed{3}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all passing touchdowns shorter than 5 yards based on the provided text and sums them up accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_27311f04-73dd-49ee-9b2f-7f079b032c9b

Clean

Full Question

Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many more first half touchdowns did the Jets have than Buffalo?

Ground Truth Answer

[['1', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many more first half touchdowns did the Jets have than Buffalo? Answer: The Jets scored two touchdowns in the first half: one rushing touchdown and one passing touchdown. This gives them a total of 2 first half touchdowns. The Bills scored one touchdown in the first half via a pass. The field goal does not count as a touchdown. Therefore, the Jets had 2 - 1 = 1 more touchdown than the Bills in the first half. So the answer is $\boxed{1}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the number of first-half touchdowns for both teams based on the provided text and calculates the difference accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1233_30c4acad-427e-41b4-a076-326e0da2e210

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['26000', 2]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** The irony of a Cardinal attacking the troops of a Pope was not lost on Rome, Spain, and ultra-Catholics in France. In 1625 the French marshals François de Bonne, Duke of Lesdiguières and Charles de Blanchefort, Marquis de Créquy, joined the Duke of Savoy, invaded the territories of the dominion of Genoa. An attack on Genoa would cut the southern end of the Spanish Road and knock out Spain's banker. The time seemed opportune, with the apparent convergence of Protestant hostility to the Habsburgs, and explains French participation in the London talks with Mansfeld. Richelieu hoped Britain and the Dutch would send a fleet to assist his own squadron in cutting the seaway between Spain and Genoa, while Venice attacked Milan. François Annibal d'Estrées, Duke of Estrées and 3,500 French troops crossed Protestant Swiss territory to join a similar number of Rhetians levied with French money. More subsidies and troops poured into Savoy, where the French formed a third of the 30,000-strong army that began operations against Genoa in February 1625. The attack caught the Genoese Republic unprepared. Most of the Republic was overrun, while 4,000 reinforcements from Spain were intercepted by French warships in March. By this time Cardinal Richelieu remarked: How many more men larger was the army that began operations against Genoa than the reinforcements from Spain that were captured? **Answer:** The question asks the difference in size between the army that attacked Genoa and the Spanish reinforcements that were intercepted. * The army that began operations against Genoa was 30,000 strong. * The Spanish reinforcements that were intercepted numbered 4,000. The difference is calculated as 30,000 - 4,000 = 26,000. So the answer is $\boxed{26,000}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two necessary figures from the context (30,000 for the army against Genoa and 4,000 for the Spanish reinforcements) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the final question posed in the context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1914_ff3b66cf-74ed-4f48-ad46-1f55b6ee6dc4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['56', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their win over the Vikings, the Dolphins went home, donned their alternate uniforms, and played their Week 3 home-opener against their AFC East foe, the New York Jets, on Sunday night. Miami trailed early in the first quarter as Jets quarterback Mark Sanchez completed a 24-yard touchdown pass to tight end Dustin Keller. The Dolphins' deficit would increase in the second quarter as Sanchez hooked up with Keller again on a 3-yard touchdown pass. Miami would respond with quarterback Chad Henne completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano, followed by kicker Dan Carpenter making a 44-yard field goal. The Dolphins would take the lead in the third quarter as Henne connected with wide receiver Brandon Marshall on an 11-yard touchdown pass, but New York would immediately respond as Sanchez found wide receiver Braylon Edwards on a 67-yard touchdown pass. Miami would answer with Carpenter's 20-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Jets would add onto their lead as kicker Nick Folk got a 30-yard field goal. The Dolphins would chip away as their deficit as Carpenter booted a 50-yard field goal, but New York would pull away as running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. Miami tried to rally, but the Jets' defense held on for the win. How many more yard did Sanchez's 67 yard touch down compare to Henne's 11 yard touch down? Answer: Sanchez's touchdown pass was 67 yards, and Henne's touchdown pass was 11 yards. 67 - 11 = 56. So the answer is $\boxed{56}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two relevant yardages from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_be468264-4e73-41ca-bc45-2d0ae7bf1715

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many years in a row did Dermontti Dawson make the Pro Bowl?

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many years in a row did Dermontti Dawson make the Pro Bowl? Answer: According to the passage, Dermontti Dawson made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. This means he made the Pro Bowl for 3 years in a row. So the answer is $\boxed{3}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant information in the context and accurately answers the question based solely on that information.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_f3e1b60f-639c-4bc1-9486-2190e00c1e75

Clean

Full Question

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many more yards did Ernie Mills get than Andre Hastings?

Ground Truth Answer

[['177', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many more yards did Ernie Mills get than Andre Hastings? Answer: Ernie Mills had 679 receiving yards, and Andre Hastings had 502 receiving yards. 679 - 502 = 177. So the answer is $\boxed{177}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the receiving yardage for Ernie Mills and Andre Hastings from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_34f96c58-9e46-4a4d-8b21-65799d79dfa8

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['3', 1], ['2', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many different players threw a TD pass for the Jets? Answer: Mark Sanchez threw a touchdown pass. Brad Smith threw a touchdown pass. Mark Sanchez threw another touchdown pass. Therefore, two different players, Sanchez and Smith, threw TD passes for the Jets. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two players who threw touchdown passes for the Jets based on the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1665_5473e162-5f44-4d32-bdb4-3ad76b4b0c6a

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia as the Russian Army abandoned the province. Although a treaty was signed by the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments following talks between 5 and 9 March 1918 on the withdrawal of Romanian forces from Bessarabia within two months, on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory, based on a resolution passed by the local assembly of that territory on its unification with Romania. Romania officially made peace with the Central Powers by signing the Treaty of Bucharest on 7 May 1918. Under the treaty, Romania was obliged to end the war with the Central Powers and make small territorial concessions to Austria-Hungary, ceding control of some passes in the Carpathian Mountains, and to grant oil concessions to Germany. In exchange, the Central Powers recognised the sovereignty of Romania over Bessarabia. The treaty was renounced in October 1918 by the Alexandru Marghiloman government, and Romania nominally re-entered the war on 10 November 1918. The next day, the Treaty of Bucharest was nullified by the terms of the Armistice of Compiègne. Total Romanian deaths from 1914 to 1918, military and civilian, within contemporary borders, were estimated at 748,000. How many months after Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia did Romania formally attach Bessarabia? Answer: Romania established control in January 1918. Romania formally attached Bessarabia on March 27, 1918. From January to March is 2 months (or close to 3 months depending on the specific day in January). So the answer is $\boxed{2}$. (or approximately 3)

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the two key dates (January 1918 for control, March 27, 1918 for attachment) and calculates the time difference as 2 months, which is accurate based on the context provided.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1601_841d8b22-68ec-450e-a6a9-17d23665d7e8

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['100', 1], ['500', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In February 1479, a Portuguese army commanded by Garcia de Meneses, Bishop of Évora, penetrated into Extremadura. His objective was to occupy and reinforce the strongholds of Mérida and Medellín, controlled by Beatriz Pacheco, Countess of Medellin and supporter of Afonso V. According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him, commanded by their treasurer, Alfonso de Monroy. On February 24, near the hill of Albuera, the army was challenged by Isabellian forces commanded by Alonso de Cárdenas, Master of the Order of Santiago. The army consisted of 500 Knights of the Order, 400 Knights of the Hermandad , and 100 infantrymen. The battle was heavily contested. The Isabellian infantry suffered a severe blow from the Juanist cavalry and became disorganized, but intervention by the Master of Santiago aided the panicked infantry. The Portuguese were forced to retreat, leaving significant spoils of war on the battlefield, as well as around 85 dead Knights. Only 15 Isabellian Knights were killed. The bulk of the Portuguese army was able to take refuge in Mérida and from there continued its march to Medellín, which they occupied. Supporters of King Ferdinand placed Medellín and Mérida under siege. How many more Knights were in Portuguese army than the Isabellian army? Answer: The Portuguese army had 1000 Knights plus 180 Knights which is 1180 Knights total. The Isabellian army had 500 Knights plus 400 Knights totaling 900 Knights. 1180 - 900 = 280. So the answer is $\boxed{280}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly calculates the total number of Portuguese Knights by adding two figures that are not explicitly stated to be additive components of the total force, leading to an unsupported total of 1180 Knights. The calculation for the Isabellian army is correct based on the provided figures.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context high

Statement

The Portuguese army had 1000 Knights plus 180 Knights which is 1180 Knights total.

Explanation

The reasoning chain incorrectly sums the Portuguese Knights by adding the 1,000 Knights mentioned generally to the 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago. The context states the Portuguese army was composed of 'about 1,000 Knights, plus infantry,' and separately mentions that '180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him.' It does not explicitly state that the 180 Knights were *in addition* to the 1,000, nor does it specify the total number of Knights in the Portuguese army, making the calculation of 1180 speculative and based on an assumption not supported by the text.

Answer Span:

The Portuguese army had 1000 Knights plus 180 Knights which is 1180 Knights total.

Reference/Question Span:

According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him

Question #history_1601_bae95c03-4f10-4df8-9e91-7eff969f6518

Clean

Full Question

In February 1479, a Portuguese army commanded by Garcia de Meneses, Bishop of Évora, penetrated into Extremadura. His objective was to occupy and reinforce the strongholds of Mérida and Medellín, controlled by Beatriz Pacheco, Countess of Medellin and supporter of Afonso V. According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him, commanded by their treasurer, Alfonso de Monroy. On February 24, near the hill of Albuera, the army was challenged by Isabellian forces commanded by Alonso de Cárdenas, Master of the Order of Santiago. The army consisted of 500 Knights of the Order, 400 Knights of the Hermandad , and 100 infantrymen. The battle was heavily contested. The Isabellian infantry suffered a severe blow from the Juanist cavalry and became disorganized, but intervention by the Master of Santiago aided the panicked infantry. The Portuguese were forced to retreat, leaving significant spoils of war on the battlefield, as well as around 85 dead Knights. Only 15 Isabellian Knights were killed. The bulk of the Portuguese army was able to take refuge in Mérida and from there continued its march to Medellín, which they occupied. Supporters of King Ferdinand placed Medellín and Mérida under siege. How many more Portuguese knights were killed than Isabellian knights?

Ground Truth Answer

[['70', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In February 1479, a Portuguese army commanded by Garcia de Meneses, Bishop of Évora, penetrated into Extremadura. His objective was to occupy and reinforce the strongholds of Mérida and Medellín, controlled by Beatriz Pacheco, Countess of Medellin and supporter of Afonso V. According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him, commanded by their treasurer, Alfonso de Monroy. On February 24, near the hill of Albuera, the army was challenged by Isabellian forces commanded by Alonso de Cárdenas, Master of the Order of Santiago. The army consisted of 500 Knights of the Order, 400 Knights of the Hermandad , and 100 infantrymen. The battle was heavily contested. The Isabellian infantry suffered a severe blow from the Juanist cavalry and became disorganized, but intervention by the Master of Santiago aided the panicked infantry. The Portuguese were forced to retreat, leaving significant spoils of war on the battlefield, as well as around 85 dead Knights. Only 15 Isabellian Knights were killed. The bulk of the Portuguese army was able to take refuge in Mérida and from there continued its march to Medellín, which they occupied. Supporters of King Ferdinand placed Medellín and Mérida under siege. How many more Portuguese knights were killed than Isabellian knights? Answer: The passage states that approximately 85 Portuguese knights were killed and 15 Isabellian knights were killed. 85 - 15 = 70. So the answer is $\boxed{70}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary casualty figures from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the final question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1601_fd0ab58b-8ad0-4408-915b-1cbf3d8bda0e

Clean

Full Question

In February 1479, a Portuguese army commanded by Garcia de Meneses, Bishop of Évora, penetrated into Extremadura. His objective was to occupy and reinforce the strongholds of Mérida and Medellín, controlled by Beatriz Pacheco, Countess of Medellin and supporter of Afonso V. According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him, commanded by their treasurer, Alfonso de Monroy. On February 24, near the hill of Albuera, the army was challenged by Isabellian forces commanded by Alonso de Cárdenas, Master of the Order of Santiago. The army consisted of 500 Knights of the Order, 400 Knights of the Hermandad , and 100 infantrymen. The battle was heavily contested. The Isabellian infantry suffered a severe blow from the Juanist cavalry and became disorganized, but intervention by the Master of Santiago aided the panicked infantry. The Portuguese were forced to retreat, leaving significant spoils of war on the battlefield, as well as around 85 dead Knights. Only 15 Isabellian Knights were killed. The bulk of the Portuguese army was able to take refuge in Mérida and from there continued its march to Medellín, which they occupied. Supporters of King Ferdinand placed Medellín and Mérida under siege. How many more Portuguese Knights were killed than Isabellian Knights?

Ground Truth Answer

[['70', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In February 1479, a Portuguese army commanded by Garcia de Meneses, Bishop of Évora, penetrated into Extremadura. His objective was to occupy and reinforce the strongholds of Mérida and Medellín, controlled by Beatriz Pacheco, Countess of Medellin and supporter of Afonso V. According to Palencia, the Portuguese army was composed of about 1,000 Knights , plus infantry. 180 Knights of the Order of Santiago marched alongside him, commanded by their treasurer, Alfonso de Monroy. On February 24, near the hill of Albuera, the army was challenged by Isabellian forces commanded by Alonso de Cárdenas, Master of the Order of Santiago. The army consisted of 500 Knights of the Order, 400 Knights of the Hermandad , and 100 infantrymen. The battle was heavily contested. The Isabellian infantry suffered a severe blow from the Juanist cavalry and became disorganized, but intervention by the Master of Santiago aided the panicked infantry. The Portuguese were forced to retreat, leaving significant spoils of war on the battlefield, as well as around 85 dead Knights. Only 15 Isabellian Knights were killed. The bulk of the Portuguese army was able to take refuge in Mérida and from there continued its march to Medellín, which they occupied. Supporters of King Ferdinand placed Medellín and Mérida under siege. How many more Portuguese Knights were killed than Isabellian Knights? Answer: The passage states that approximately 85 Portuguese knights were killed and 15 Isabellian knights were killed. 85 - 15 = 70. So the answer is $\boxed{70}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of Portuguese and Isabellian Knights killed from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1082_dbdf36f7-a935-4b91-9cea-8f2942831ab7

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['75', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In May, the first movements of the war started as a Danish fleet under Jakob Brockenhuus sailed towards the Baltic. At Bornholm, on 30 May 1563, the fleet fired on the Swedish navy under Jakob Bagge, even though war had not officially been declared. A battle arose that ended with Danish defeat. German royal emissaries were sent to negotiate a peace, but at the meeting place of Rostock no Swedes appeared. On 13 August 1563, war was declared by emissaries from Denmark and Lübeck in Stockholm. The same month, Danish king Fredrik II attacked Älvsborg. At the beginning of the war the Danes advanced from Halland with a 25,000-strong army of professional mercenaries and captured Sweden's gateway to the west, Älvsborg Fortress, after only three days of bombardment and a six-hour assault on 4 September. This achieved the Danish aim of cutting off Sweden from the North Sea, blocking the all-important salt imports. Eric then attacked Halmstad, without result; the Swedish counterattack was driven back by the professional Danish army. After the king's departure from his army, Charley de Mornays stepped in as the commanding officer and was beaten by the Danish at the Battle of Mared. At sea a battle broke out near Öland on 11 September, whereafter the war took a pause. How many days passed between the Danish fleet firing on the Swedish navy and the declaration of war? Answer: The Danish fleet fired on the Swedish navy on May 30, 1563. War was declared on August 13, 1563. From May 30 to June 30, there are 31 days (May has 31 days - 30 = 1. 1+30=31). From June 30 to July 30 there are 30 days. From July 30 to August 13, there are 14 days. The total number of days is 31 + 30 + 14 = 75 days. So the answer is $\boxed{75}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning correctly identifies the start and end dates but the calculation used to determine the number of days between May 30 and August 13 is mathematically flawed, leading to an incorrect intermediate step and final answer, although the error is in calculation rather than direct contradiction of source facts.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

From May 30 to June 30, there are 31 days (May has 31 days - 30 = 1. 1+30=31).

Explanation

The calculation for the number of days between May 30 and August 13 is flawed. The reasoning incorrectly calculates the days remaining in May and then adds full months, leading to an incorrect count. The calculation should be: Days remaining in May (31-30=1 day remaining *after* May 30, so 1 day in May if counting inclusively from the next day, or 0 if counting days *after* the event) + days in June (30) + days in July (31) + days in August (13). The reasoning chain's calculation method is faulty and ignores the standard way of counting days between two dates.

Answer Span:

From May 30 to June 30, there are 31 days (May has 31 days - 30 = 1. 1+30=31).

Reference/Question Span:

At Bornholm, on 30 May 1563, the fleet fired on the Swedish navy under Jakob Bagge, even though war had not officially been declared. [...] On 13 August 1563, war was declared by emissaries from Denmark and Lübeck in Stockholm.

Question #history_2086_bd01ac93-f741-44d0-bc63-ea17da8d2cfe

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['170', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many passes did Neil ODonnell not complete? Answer: According to the passage, Neil O'Donnell attempted 416 passes and completed 246 of them. Therefore, the number of incomplete passes is 416 - 246 = 170. So the answer is $\boxed{170}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures (total passes attempted and passes completed) from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2086_e266304d-c05b-4cd2-8d30-a1aa0a16c0dd

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['11', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start (including a 20-16 upset loss to the expansion 1995 Jacksonville Jaguars season) to win eight of their final nine games and finished with an record, the second-best in the AFC. Their offense was led by quarterback Neil ODonnell, who completed 246 out of 416 passes for 2,970 yards and 17 touchdowns, with only seven interceptions. Pro Bowl wide receiver Yancey Thigpen was the teams leading receiver with 85 receptions for 1,307 yards and five touchdowns. Other contributors in the passing game included wide receivers Andre Hastings (48 catches for 502 yards and one touchdown) and Ernie Mills (39 receptions for 679 yards and 8 touchdowns), who both also excelled as returners on special teams. Mills gained 1,306 yards returning kickoffs, while Hastings returned 48 punts for 474 yards and a touchdown. The Steelers rushing attack was led by Erric Pegram, who recorded 813 yards and five touchdowns, and Bam Morris, who had 559 yards and nine touchdowns. On special teams, newly acquired kicker Norm Johnson led the NFL in both field goals made (34) and field goals attempted (41), while also successfully making all 39 of his extra point attempts. Leading the offensive line was future Hall of Fame center Dermontti Dawson, who made the Pro Bowl for the third consecutive year. How many games did the Steelers win in 1995? Answer: The Steelers started with a 3-4 record, meaning they won 3 games. They then won 8 of their final 9 games. So, they won an additional 8 games. 3 + 8 = 11. Therefore, the Steelers won a total of 11 games in 1995. So the answer is $\boxed{11}$.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total wins (3 + 8 = 11) based on the partial information it extracts (3 wins in the start, 8 wins in the final nine games). However, it fails to acknowledge that the final record (which would confirm the total wins) is explicitly missing from the source text, leading to a calculation based on incomplete data points mentioned in the text, rather than finding the final record itself. Since the question asks for the total wins and the text only provides the components (3-4 start and 8 of final 9), the calculation is the only way forward, but the reasoning chain doesn't explicitly state that the final record is missing, which is a key piece of context that was omitted from the source text.

Detected Issues (1)

missing_context medium

Statement

The Steelers started with a 3-4 record, meaning they won 3 games.

Explanation

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the 3-4 start but then uses this to state they won 3 games, which is the correct interpretation of the start record. However, the crucial piece of information needed to calculate the total wins (the final record) is missing from the context, making the calculation based only on the partial information provided in the reasoning chain incomplete relative to the source text's structure, even though the calculation itself is mathematically sound based on the parts it uses.

Answer Span:

The Steelers started with a 3-4 record, meaning they won 3 games.

Reference/Question Span:

In 1995, the Steelers overcame a 3-4 start

Question #nfl_1914_c272f8b5-80b0-42a1-8043-49c90143bb53

Clean

Full Question

Coming off their win over the Vikings, the Dolphins went home, donned their alternate uniforms, and played their Week 3 home-opener against their AFC East foe, the New York Jets, on Sunday night. Miami trailed early in the first quarter as Jets quarterback Mark Sanchez completed a 24-yard touchdown pass to tight end Dustin Keller. The Dolphins' deficit would increase in the second quarter as Sanchez hooked up with Keller again on a 3-yard touchdown pass. Miami would respond with quarterback Chad Henne completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano, followed by kicker Dan Carpenter making a 44-yard field goal. The Dolphins would take the lead in the third quarter as Henne connected with wide receiver Brandon Marshall on an 11-yard touchdown pass, but New York would immediately respond as Sanchez found wide receiver Braylon Edwards on a 67-yard touchdown pass. Miami would answer with Carpenter's 20-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Jets would add onto their lead as kicker Nick Folk got a 30-yard field goal. The Dolphins would chip away as their deficit as Carpenter booted a 50-yard field goal, but New York would pull away as running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. Miami tried to rally, but the Jets' defense held on for the win. How many more is Carpenter's 50 yard compared to Nick Folk's 30 yard?

Ground Truth Answer

[['20', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their win over the Vikings, the Dolphins went home, donned their alternate uniforms, and played their Week 3 home-opener against their AFC East foe, the New York Jets, on Sunday night. Miami trailed early in the first quarter as Jets quarterback Mark Sanchez completed a 24-yard touchdown pass to tight end Dustin Keller. The Dolphins' deficit would increase in the second quarter as Sanchez hooked up with Keller again on a 3-yard touchdown pass. Miami would respond with quarterback Chad Henne completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano, followed by kicker Dan Carpenter making a 44-yard field goal. The Dolphins would take the lead in the third quarter as Henne connected with wide receiver Brandon Marshall on an 11-yard touchdown pass, but New York would immediately respond as Sanchez found wide receiver Braylon Edwards on a 67-yard touchdown pass. Miami would answer with Carpenter's 20-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Jets would add onto their lead as kicker Nick Folk got a 30-yard field goal. The Dolphins would chip away as their deficit as Carpenter booted a 50-yard field goal, but New York would pull away as running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. Miami tried to rally, but the Jets' defense held on for the win. How many more is Carpenter's 50 yard compared to Nick Folk's 30 yard? Answer: Carpenter kicked a 50-yard field goal and Nick Folk kicked a 30-yard field goal. 50 - 30 = 20. So the answer is $\boxed{20}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant field goal distances and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question based solely on the provided context.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1743_808b9efc-b11d-4016-b148-5eb22316ed2c

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['2', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many touchdowns did Mark Sanchez throw? Answer: Mark Sanchez threw one touchdown pass to Braylon Edwards and one touchdown pass to Dustin Keller. 1 + 1 = 2. So the answer is $\boxed{2}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain incorrectly attributes a touchdown pass thrown by Brad Smith to Mark Sanchez, leading to an incorrect count.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction high

Statement

Mark Sanchez threw one touchdown pass to Braylon Edwards and one touchdown pass to Dustin Keller.

Explanation

The context states Sanchez threw a touchdown pass to Braylon Edwards, but the second touchdown pass mentioned (to Dustin Keller) was thrown by Brad Smith, not Mark Sanchez.

Answer Span:

one touchdown pass to Dustin Keller

Reference/Question Span:

tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith

Question #nfl_1743_9921c50b-e446-4c46-9f5f-899bc6157b71

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['41', 3]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Still looking for their first win of the season, the Bills went home, donned their throwback uniforms, and played a Week 4 AFC East duel with the New York Jets. Buffalo would trail early in the first quarter as Jets running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. New York would add onto their lead in the second quarter as kicker Nick Folk nailed a 19-yard field goal, followed by quarterback Mark Sanchez completing a 41-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Braylon Edwards. Buffalo would close out the half as quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick connected with tight end David Martin on a 4-yard touchdown pass. In the third quarter, the Jets would greatly extend their lead with tight end Dustin Keller catching a 3-yard touchdown pass from wide receiver/quarterback Brad Smith, followed by his 2-yard touchdown reception from Sanchez. Afterwards, Tomlinson would help secure the win for New York with his 26-yard touchdown run. The Bills would close out the game in the fourth quarter as Fitzpatrick completed a 13-yard touchdown pass to wide receiver Steve Johnson. With the loss, Buffalo fell to 0-4. Two days later, Marshawn Lynch was traded to the Seattle Seahawks in exchange for a fourth-round draft pick in the 2011 draft and a conditional pick in the 2012 draft, and tackle Jamon Meredith was waived. How many yards was the longest TD play? Answer: The touchdowns mentioned in the passage are: 1-yard touchdown run 41-yard touchdown pass 4-yard touchdown pass 3-yard touchdown pass 2-yard touchdown reception 26-yard touchdown run 13-yard touchdown pass Comparing all the yardages of the touchdowns, the longest TD play was 41 yards. So the answer is $\boxed{41}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all touchdown yardages mentioned in the text and accurately determines the maximum value.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1517_459ec315-291d-4530-8e31-717998430478

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['25', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 993, Khitans under General Xiao Sunning invaded Korea, but retreated after truce negotiations with minister Seo Hui of Goryeo, establishing friendly relations between the two nations. In 1004, the Liao dynasty repulsed Song China. Subsequently, as part of peace negotiations, Song China to paid tribute to the Liao emperor. However, the tension between Goryeo and Liao created another war. In 1009, General Gang Jo of Goryeo led a coup against King Mokjong, killing the king and establishing military rule. In 1010, the alliance was broken and Liao attacked Korea for General Gang's treason. Also, Khitans claimed six garrison settlements east of the Yalu River, which Goryeo claimed as its territory in truce negotiations during 993. After suffering numerous and heavy casualties against the Goryeo army, the Khitans managed to defeat Gangjo, who had begun to underestimate them. Despite this defeat, the Goryeo king managed to retain his claim on the six garrison settlements. The Khitans retreated from the peninsula, with no great prize for the war, but they did not give up their hope of gaining the six garrison settlements and making Goryeo pay tribute. However, beginning in the summer of 1018, the Khitans constructed a bridge across the Yalu River. How many years past since Khitans first invaded Korea to when they built a bridge over the Yalu River? Answer: The passage states that the Khitans first invaded Korea in 993. They built a bridge across the Yalu River in 1018. 1018 - 993 = 25. So the answer is $\boxed{25}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the two relevant dates (993 and 1018) from the text and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1665_b64fd54b-5d21-4f17-aab1-389d089c4a70

1 issue

Full Question

In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia as the Russian Army abandoned the province. Although a treaty was signed by the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments following talks between 5 and 9 March 1918 on the withdrawal of Romanian forces from Bessarabia within two months, on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory, based on a resolution passed by the local assembly of that territory on its unification with Romania. Romania officially made peace with the Central Powers by signing the Treaty of Bucharest on 7 May 1918. Under the treaty, Romania was obliged to end the war with the Central Powers and make small territorial concessions to Austria-Hungary, ceding control of some passes in the Carpathian Mountains, and to grant oil concessions to Germany. In exchange, the Central Powers recognised the sovereignty of Romania over Bessarabia. The treaty was renounced in October 1918 by the Alexandru Marghiloman government, and Romania nominally re-entered the war on 10 November 1918. The next day, the Treaty of Bucharest was nullified by the terms of the Armistice of Compiègne. Total Romanian deaths from 1914 to 1918, military and civilian, within contemporary borders, were estimated at 748,000. How long did talk last before a treaty was signed between Romanian and Bolshevik governments?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia as the Russian Army abandoned the province. Although a treaty was signed by the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments following talks between 5 and 9 March 1918 on the withdrawal of Romanian forces from Bessarabia within two months, on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory, based on a resolution passed by the local assembly of that territory on its unification with Romania. Romania officially made peace with the Central Powers by signing the Treaty of Bucharest on 7 May 1918. Under the treaty, Romania was obliged to end the war with the Central Powers and make small territorial concessions to Austria-Hungary, ceding control of some passes in the Carpathian Mountains, and to grant oil concessions to Germany. In exchange, the Central Powers recognised the sovereignty of Romania over Bessarabia. The treaty was renounced in October 1918 by the Alexandru Marghiloman government, and Romania nominally re-entered the war on 10 November 1918. The next day, the Treaty of Bucharest was nullified by the terms of the Armistice of Compiègne. Total Romanian deaths from 1914 to 1918, military and civilian, within contemporary borders, were estimated at 748,000. How long did talk last before a treaty was signed between Romanian and Bolshevik governments? Answer: The passage states that talks were held between 5 and 9 March 1918. This means the talks lasted 9 - 5 = 4 days. So the answer is $\boxed{4}$.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates (5 and 9 March 1918) but incorrectly calculates the duration between these dates as 4 days (9 - 5), which is a factual error in deriving the duration from the context.

Detected Issues (1)

contradiction medium

Statement

This means the talks lasted 9 - 5 = 4 days.

Explanation

The question asks how long the talk lasted. The context states talks were between 5 and 9 March 1918. Calculating the duration as 9 - 5 = 4 days is an inference/calculation error based on the provided dates, as the duration includes both the start and end dates (5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th), which is 5 days, or the duration between the start and end points is 4 full 24-hour periods. However, the reasoning chain is performing a calculation that is not explicitly supported as the correct method for determining duration from the text, and the text only specifies the range of dates, not the duration itself. More critically, the reasoning chain is performing an arithmetic operation (9 - 5 = 4) which is an interpretation/calculation error based on the provided dates (5th to 9th inclusive is 5 days). Since the reasoning chain is deriving a specific duration (4 days) from the dates (5 and 9) which is factually incorrect based on standard date counting (5, 6, 7, 8, 9 = 5 days), this constitutes a contradiction of the implied duration derived from the context.

Answer Span:

This means the talks lasted 9 - 5 = 4 days.

Reference/Question Span:

talks between 5 and 9 March 1918

Question #nfl_2255_7363a147-a310-47b2-b873-433fc9570716

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['0', 1], ['3', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their win over the Eagles, the Patriots returned home for an AFC duel with the Indianapolis Colts. The Patriots took the early lead, with a 39-yard field goal by Stephen Gostkowski, before placekicker and former Patriots Super Bowl hero Adam Vinateri hit back with a 31-yard field goal of his own early in the second quarter. The Patriots then reeled off 28 unanswered points, starting with quarterback Tom Brady tossing an 11-yard touchdown pass to tight end Rob Gronkowski, a 1-yard touchdown run by running back BenJarvus Green-Ellis just before halftime, then Brady threw two more touchdown passes to Gronkowski in the third quarter - a 21-yarder followed by a 2-yarder. In the fourth quarter, the Patriots were held scoreless and the Colts reeled off 21 unanswered points - a 5-yard touchdown run by running back Donald Brown, followed by two touchdown passes from Dan Orlovsky to wide receiver Pierre Garçon - a 33-yarder and a 12-yarder - the latter with 36 seconds remaining in regulation. Despite the touchdowns, one of Garçon's catches in the end zone was accompanied with an angry throw at a sign with a target meant for Gronkowski's trademark spike. A Colts' onside kick attempt near the end of the contest was unsuccessful, sealing the win for the Patriots. How many touchdowns did the Colts score in the third quarter? Answer: The question asks about the Colts' touchdowns in the third quarter. The passage states that the Patriots scored 28 unanswered points, including two touchdown passes from Brady to Gronkowski in the third quarter. The passage then details the Colts scoring 21 points in the fourth quarter. Since the question asks about the Colts' touchdowns in the third quarter, and the passage says the Patriots scored all the points in the third quarter, the Colts scored zero touchdowns in the third quarter. So the answer is $\boxed{0}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies that the Patriots scored all points in the third quarter, leading to the conclusion that the Colts scored zero touchdowns in that quarter, which is supported by the text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_1914_c6204e5d-8e5e-42c4-9d40-e37ddcbe14f4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['0', 3], ['7', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their win over the Vikings, the Dolphins went home, donned their alternate uniforms, and played their Week 3 home-opener against their AFC East foe, the New York Jets, on Sunday night. Miami trailed early in the first quarter as Jets quarterback Mark Sanchez completed a 24-yard touchdown pass to tight end Dustin Keller. The Dolphins' deficit would increase in the second quarter as Sanchez hooked up with Keller again on a 3-yard touchdown pass. Miami would respond with quarterback Chad Henne completing a 3-yard touchdown pass to tight end Anthony Fasano, followed by kicker Dan Carpenter making a 44-yard field goal. The Dolphins would take the lead in the third quarter as Henne connected with wide receiver Brandon Marshall on an 11-yard touchdown pass, but New York would immediately respond as Sanchez found wide receiver Braylon Edwards on a 67-yard touchdown pass. Miami would answer with Carpenter's 20-yard field goal. In the fourth quarter, the Jets would add onto their lead as kicker Nick Folk got a 30-yard field goal. The Dolphins would chip away as their deficit as Carpenter booted a 50-yard field goal, but New York would pull away as running back LaDainian Tomlinson got a 1-yard touchdown run. Miami tried to rally, but the Jets' defense held on for the win. How many points did Miami score in the first quarter? Answer: The question asks how many points Miami scored in the first quarter. The passage states that Miami trailed early in the first quarter after the Jets scored a touchdown. This implies that Miami had not yet scored any points. Therefore, Miami scored 0 points in the first quarter. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{0}$

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly infers that since the Dolphins trailed early in the first quarter after the Jets scored, the Dolphins had not yet scored in that quarter, which is consistent with the provided text.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #nfl_2255_534b41c5-1448-4a13-8d68-af9e23217607

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['0', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Coming off their win over the Eagles, the Patriots returned home for an AFC duel with the Indianapolis Colts. The Patriots took the early lead, with a 39-yard field goal by Stephen Gostkowski, before placekicker and former Patriots Super Bowl hero Adam Vinateri hit back with a 31-yard field goal of his own early in the second quarter. The Patriots then reeled off 28 unanswered points, starting with quarterback Tom Brady tossing an 11-yard touchdown pass to tight end Rob Gronkowski, a 1-yard touchdown run by running back BenJarvus Green-Ellis just before halftime, then Brady threw two more touchdown passes to Gronkowski in the third quarter - a 21-yarder followed by a 2-yarder. In the fourth quarter, the Patriots were held scoreless and the Colts reeled off 21 unanswered points - a 5-yard touchdown run by running back Donald Brown, followed by two touchdown passes from Dan Orlovsky to wide receiver Pierre Garçon - a 33-yarder and a 12-yarder - the latter with 36 seconds remaining in regulation. Despite the touchdowns, one of Garçon's catches in the end zone was accompanied with an angry throw at a sign with a target meant for Gronkowski's trademark spike. A Colts' onside kick attempt near the end of the contest was unsuccessful, sealing the win for the Patriots. How many points did the Patriots score in the 4th quarter? Answer: The question asks how many points the Patriots scored in the fourth quarter. The passage states that in the fourth quarter, the Patriots were held scoreless. Therefore, the Patriots scored 0 points in the fourth quarter. So the answer is $\boxed{0}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the relevant information from the context to answer the question about the Patriots' 4th quarter score.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2412_54b3be33-59da-4860-86b5-5c5c17833ee6

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['7000000', 1], ['7', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Centered on Post Oak Boulevard and Westheimer Road, the Uptown Houston boomed during the 1970s and early 1980s when a collection of midrise office buildings, hotels, and retail developments appeared along Interstate 610 West. Uptown became one of the most prominent instances of an edge city. The tallest building in Uptown is the 64-floor, -tall, Philip Johnson and John Burgee designed landmark Williams Tower (known as the Transco Tower until 1999). At the time of construction, it was believed to be the worlds tallest skyscraper outside a central business district. The new 20-story Skanska building and BBVA Compass Plaza are the newest office buildings built in Uptown after 30 years. The Uptown District is also home to buildings designed by noted architects I. M. Pei, César Pelli, and Philip Johnson. In the late 1990s and early 2000s, a mini-boom of midrise and highrise Tower block construction occurred, with several over 30 stories tall. Since 2000 more than 30 high-rise buildings have gone up in Houston; all told, 72 high-rises tower over the city, which adds up to about 8,300 units. In 2002, Uptown had more than 23 million square feet (2,100,000 m²) of office space with 16 million square feet (1,500,000 m²) of class A office space. How many more millions of square feet of office space total is there than class A office space? Answer: The passage states that Uptown had 23 million square feet of total office space and 16 million square feet of class A office space. 23 - 16 = 7. So the answer is $\boxed{7}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures from the context and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1665_f452e8c4-5eb3-48e9-9cfc-927c2b03ff5d

Clean

Full Question

In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia as the Russian Army abandoned the province. Although a treaty was signed by the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments following talks between 5 and 9 March 1918 on the withdrawal of Romanian forces from Bessarabia within two months, on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory, based on a resolution passed by the local assembly of that territory on its unification with Romania. Romania officially made peace with the Central Powers by signing the Treaty of Bucharest on 7 May 1918. Under the treaty, Romania was obliged to end the war with the Central Powers and make small territorial concessions to Austria-Hungary, ceding control of some passes in the Carpathian Mountains, and to grant oil concessions to Germany. In exchange, the Central Powers recognised the sovereignty of Romania over Bessarabia. The treaty was renounced in October 1918 by the Alexandru Marghiloman government, and Romania nominally re-entered the war on 10 November 1918. The next day, the Treaty of Bucharest was nullified by the terms of the Armistice of Compiègne. Total Romanian deaths from 1914 to 1918, military and civilian, within contemporary borders, were estimated at 748,000. For how many days did the Romanian and Bolshevik governments talk in March 1918?

Ground Truth Answer

[['4', 2]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In January 1918, Romanian forces established control over Bessarabia as the Russian Army abandoned the province. Although a treaty was signed by the Romanian and Bolshevik Russian governments following talks between 5 and 9 March 1918 on the withdrawal of Romanian forces from Bessarabia within two months, on 27 March 1918 Romania formally attached Bessarabia to its territory, based on a resolution passed by the local assembly of that territory on its unification with Romania. Romania officially made peace with the Central Powers by signing the Treaty of Bucharest on 7 May 1918. Under the treaty, Romania was obliged to end the war with the Central Powers and make small territorial concessions to Austria-Hungary, ceding control of some passes in the Carpathian Mountains, and to grant oil concessions to Germany. In exchange, the Central Powers recognised the sovereignty of Romania over Bessarabia. The treaty was renounced in October 1918 by the Alexandru Marghiloman government, and Romania nominally re-entered the war on 10 November 1918. The next day, the Treaty of Bucharest was nullified by the terms of the Armistice of Compiègne. Total Romanian deaths from 1914 to 1918, military and civilian, within contemporary borders, were estimated at 748,000. For how many days did the Romanian and Bolshevik governments talk in March 1918? Answer: The talks occurred between 5 and 9 March 1918. This means they talked on the 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th of March. That is 5 days. So the answer is $\boxed{5}$.

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning correctly identifies the dates of the talks (5 and 9 March 1918) and accurately calculates the duration as 5 days based on inclusive counting.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_2650_b06d3130-f65d-4da9-b87e-a20a62dd8191

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

[['14500', 2]]

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** The U.S. Marine Corps issued a request for proposals (RFP) in 2013 for its Humvee sustainment modification initiative to upgrade 6,700 expanded capacity vehicles (ECVs). The Marines plan to field the JLTV, but do not have enough funding to completely replace all Humvees, so they decided to continue sustaining their fleet. Key areas of improvement include upgrades to the suspension to reduce the amount of force transferred to the chassis, upgrading the engine and transmission for better fuel efficiency, enhancements to the cooling system to prevent overheating, a central tire inflation system to improve off-road mobility and ride quality, and increased underbody survivability. Testing of upgraded Humvees was to occur in 2014, with production and installation occurring from 2015 through 2018. Older A2 series Humvees make up half the current fleet, and 4,000 are to be disposed of through foreign military sales and transfers. By 2017, the Marines light tactical vehicle fleet is to consist of 3,500 A2 series Humvees, 9,500 ECV Humvees, and 5,000 JLTVs, with 18,000 vehicles in total. Humvees in service with the Marine Corps will be upgraded through 2030. The Marines shelved the Humvee modernization effort in March 2015 due to budget cuts. How many of the Marines light tactical vehicle fleet by 2017 will *not* consist of the A2 series? **Answer:** According to the passage, the total number of vehicles in the Marines' light tactical fleet by 2017 is 18,000. The number of A2 series Humvees is 3,500. The number of non-A2 series vehicles is the total number of vehicles minus the number of A2 series Humvees. 18,000 - 3,500 = 14,500. So the answer is $\boxed{14500}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary figures from the context (total fleet size and A2 series count by 2017) and performs the correct subtraction to answer the question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #history_1517_ab90ed9f-624c-4ebe-b5a2-e775565a0323

Clean

Full Question

In 993, Khitans under General Xiao Sunning invaded Korea, but retreated after truce negotiations with minister Seo Hui of Goryeo, establishing friendly relations between the two nations. In 1004, the Liao dynasty repulsed Song China. Subsequently, as part of peace negotiations, Song China to paid tribute to the Liao emperor. However, the tension between Goryeo and Liao created another war. In 1009, General Gang Jo of Goryeo led a coup against King Mokjong, killing the king and establishing military rule. In 1010, the alliance was broken and Liao attacked Korea for General Gang's treason. Also, Khitans claimed six garrison settlements east of the Yalu River, which Goryeo claimed as its territory in truce negotiations during 993. After suffering numerous and heavy casualties against the Goryeo army, the Khitans managed to defeat Gangjo, who had begun to underestimate them. Despite this defeat, the Goryeo king managed to retain his claim on the six garrison settlements. The Khitans retreated from the peninsula, with no great prize for the war, but they did not give up their hope of gaining the six garrison settlements and making Goryeo pay tribute. However, beginning in the summer of 1018, the Khitans constructed a bridge across the Yalu River. How many years passed since the Kitans invaded Korea to when the alliance was broken?

Ground Truth Answer

[['17', 2], ['1', 1]]

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: In 993, Khitans under General Xiao Sunning invaded Korea, but retreated after truce negotiations with minister Seo Hui of Goryeo, establishing friendly relations between the two nations. In 1004, the Liao dynasty repulsed Song China. Subsequently, as part of peace negotiations, Song China to paid tribute to the Liao emperor. However, the tension between Goryeo and Liao created another war. In 1009, General Gang Jo of Goryeo led a coup against King Mokjong, killing the king and establishing military rule. In 1010, the alliance was broken and Liao attacked Korea for General Gang's treason. Also, Khitans claimed six garrison settlements east of the Yalu River, which Goryeo claimed as its territory in truce negotiations during 993. After suffering numerous and heavy casualties against the Goryeo army, the Khitans managed to defeat Gangjo, who had begun to underestimate them. Despite this defeat, the Goryeo king managed to retain his claim on the six garrison settlements. The Khitans retreated from the peninsula, with no great prize for the war, but they did not give up their hope of gaining the six garrison settlements and making Goryeo pay tribute. However, beginning in the summer of 1018, the Khitans constructed a bridge across the Yalu River. How many years passed since the Kitans invaded Korea to when the alliance was broken? Answer: The passage says that the Khitans invaded Korea in 993. The passage also indicates that the alliance was broken in 1010. 1010 - 993 = 17. So the answer is $\boxed{17}$.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the two relevant dates (993 for the first invasion and 1010 for the alliance breaking) and performs the correct subtraction to find the time elapsed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

🔍 Hallucination Detection Results

Datasets Analyzed

Total Questions

Total Issues Found

Avg Issues/Question

Quick Navigation

Dataset Results

Questions Analyzed

With Issues

Total Issues Found

Issue Type Distribution

Question Analysis

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Questions Analyzed

With Issues

Total Issues Found

Issue Type Distribution

Question Analysis

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)